S800 I O Modules and Termination Units PDF

S800 I/O
Modules and Termination Units
System Version 5.1
Power and productivity

TM
for a better world
S800 I/O
Modules and Termination Units
System Version 5.1

NOTICE
This document contains information about one or more ABB products and may include a
description of or a reference to one or more standards that may be generally relevant to
the ABB products. The presence of any such description of a standard or reference to a
standard is not a representation that all of the ABB products referenced in this document
support all of the features of the described or referenced standard. In order to determine
the specific features supported by a particular ABB product, the reader should consult the
product specifications for the particular ABB product.
ABB may have one or more patents or pending patent applications protecting the intel-
lectual property in the ABB products described in this document.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this document.
In no event shall ABB be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential
damages of any nature or kind arising from the use of this document, nor shall ABB be
liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of any software or hard-
ware described in this document.
This document and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without written per-
mission from ABB, and the contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor used
for any unauthorized purpose.
The software or hardware described in this document is furnished under a license and
may be used, copied, or disclosed only in accordance with the terms of such license. This
product meets the requirements specified in EMC Directive 2004/108/EC and in Low
Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC.
TRADEMARKS
All rights to copyrights, registered trademarks, and trademarks reside with their respec-
tive owners.
Copyright 2003-2013 by ABB.

All rights reserved.
Release: February 2013

Document number: 3BSE020924-510 B
Table of Contents
About This User Manual

General ............................................................................................................................11
User Manual Conventions ...............................................................................................11
Feature Pack .........................................................................................................11
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons ....................................................12
Terminology.....................................................................................................................13
Related Documentation ...................................................................................................14
Released User Manuals and Release Notes.....................................................................15
Section 1 - Introduction
Product Overview ............................................................................................................18
Module Termination Units and Terminal Units ...................................................18
S800 I/O Modules ................................................................................................29
S800L I/O Modules..............................................................................................38
Prerequisites and Requirements ......................................................................................41
Section 2 - Configuration
Module Termination Units (MTU) ..................................................................................43
I/O Modules.....................................................................................................................46
S800 I/O Modules ................................................................................................46
S800L I/O Modules..............................................................................................46
Section 3 - Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance...................................................................................................47
Hardware Indicators ........................................................................................................47
S800 I/O Module LEDs .......................................................................................47
3BSE020924-510 B 5
Table of Contents
S800L I/O Module LED ...................................................................................... 51

Error Messages................................................................................................................ 53
Fault Finding and User Repair ........................................................................................ 53
S800 I/O Module Replacement............................................................................ 53
S800L I/O Module Replacement ......................................................................... 57
Appendix A - Specifications
General S800 I/O Specifications ..................................................................................... 61
Features ............................................................................................................ 61
Description........................................................................................................... 61
Technical Data ..................................................................................................... 63
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA .................................................................... 64
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V................................................. 70
AI815 Analog Input Module ........................................................................................... 84
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,
+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V) ................................. 96
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module ............................................................ 105
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module............................................................................... 112
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module ........................................................ 123
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module ...................................................................... 134
AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant ........................................................ 144
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module ................................................... 159
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA .............................................................. 172
AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA............................................. 178
AO815 Analog Output Module ..................................................................................... 187
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module ..................................... 196
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, Single or Redundant .................................. 205
DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking..................................................... 215
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking...................................... 220
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking...................................... 226
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing................................................... 255
6 3BSE020924-510 B
Table of Contents
DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking......................................................265

DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c..................................................................276
DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c..................................................................285
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE........................................................294
DI828 Digital Input Module ..........................................................................................304
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................312
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................324
DI840 Digital Input Module ..........................................................................................335
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module ..................................................................348
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE,
Current Sinking ..................................................................................................361
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing.....................................371
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open................................376
DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing......................................382
DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking.......................................391
DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing........................................401
DO818 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking.......................................411
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open ................................................421
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed ..............................................430
DO828 Channel Relay Output Module .........................................................................439
DO840 Digital Output Module......................................................................................446
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module ..............................................................456
DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module ...................................................................468
DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module ...................................................................488
TU805 Terminal Unit ....................................................................................................504
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU .................................................................................507
TU813 Compact MTU ..................................................................................................522
TU818 Compact MTU ..................................................................................................536
3BSE020924-510 B 7
Table of Contents
TU819 Compact MTU .................................................................................................. 541

TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU ................................................................................ 548
TU833 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 561
TU834 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 567
TU838 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 590
TU839 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 596
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU ............................................................................. 602
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU.................................................................................. 607
TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU.................................................................................. 617
TU850 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 622
TU851 Extended MTU ................................................................................................. 628
TU852 Redundant Horizontal Dual MTU .................................................................... 633
TY801 Shunt Stick ........................................................................................................ 645
TY804 Shunt Stick ........................................................................................................ 647
TY820 Temperature Sensor .......................................................................................... 649
Appendix B - Certifications
Certifications ................................................................................................................. 651
INDEX
Revision History
Introduction ................................................................................................................... 663
Revision History............................................................................................................ 663
Updates in Revision Index A......................................................................................... 664
Updates in Revision Index B......................................................................................... 665
8 3BSE020924-510 B
Safety Summary
Electrostatic Sensitive Device

Devices labeled with this symbol require special handling precautions as
described in the installation section.
GENERAL Equipment Environment

WARNINGS All components, whether in transportation, operation or storage, must be
in a noncorrosive environment.
Electrical Shock Hazard During Maintenance

Disconnect power or take precautions to insure that contact with ener-
gized parts is avoided when servicing.
SPECIFIC Page-56: Since the module has normally closed relay contacts the field
CAUTIONS power must be removed before replacement. It may be necessary to set the
process device manually to a safe state before the module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the module, that is, relay contacts
will close.
3BSE020924-510 B 9
Safety Summary
10 3BSE020924-510 B
About This User Manual
General
Any security measures described in this User Manual, for example, for user
access, password security, network security, firewalls, virus protection, etc.,
represent possible steps that a user of an 800xA System may want to consider
based on a risk assessment for a particular application and installation. This risk
assessment, as well as the proper implementation, configuration, installation,
operation, administration, and maintenance of all relevant security related
equipment, software, and procedures, are the responsibility of the user of the
800xA System.
This book provides a description of S800 I/O modules and termination units.
It provides instructions for site planning and installation, start-up and shutdown
procedures, and information regarding capacity and performance. This book is not
intended to be the sole source of instruction for the S800 I/O system.
User Manual Conventions

Microsoft Windows conventions are normally used for the standard presentation of
material when entering text, key sequences, prompts, messages, menu items, screen
elements, etc.
Feature Pack
The Feature Pack content (including text, tables, and figures) included in this
User Manual is distinguished from the existing content using the following
two separators:
3BSE020924-510 B 11
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons About This User Manual
Feature Pack Functionality______________________________________________________________________
<Feature Pack Content>

___________________________________________________________________________________________
Feature Pack functionality included in an existing table is indicated using a

table footnote (*):
* Feature Pack Functionality
Feature Pack functionality in an existing figure is indicated using callouts.

Unless noted, all other information in this User Manual applies to 800xA Systems
with or without a Feature Pack installed.
Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

This User Manual includes Warning, Caution, and Information where appropriate to
point out safety related or other important information. It also includes Tip to point
out useful hints to the reader. The corresponding symbols should be interpreted as
follows:
Electrical warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard that could result in
electrical shock.
Warning icon indicates the presence of a hazard that could result in personal
injury.
Caution icon indicates important information or warning related to the concept
discussed in the text. It might indicate the presence of a hazard that could result
in corruption of software or damage to equipment/property.
Information icon alerts the reader to pertinent facts and conditions.
Tip icon indicates advice on, for example, how to design your project or how to
use a certain function
12 3BSE020924-510 B
About This User Manual Terminology
Although Warning hazards are related to personal injury, and Caution hazards are
associated with equipment or property damage, it should be understood that
operation of damaged equipment could, under certain operational conditions, result
in degraded process performance leading to personal injury or death. Therefore,
fully comply with all Warning and Caution notices.
Terminology
A complete and comprehensive list of terms is included in System 800xA System
Guide Functional Description (3BSE038018*). The listing includes terms and
definitions that apply to the 800xA System where the usage is different from
commonly accepted industry standard definitions and definitions given in standard
dictionaries such as Websters Dictionary of Computer Terms. Terms that uniquely
apply to this instruction may be included here as part of this document.
Term Description
FCI The Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) device
contains the interface to the fieldbus (for example
PROFIBUS or AF100).
G3 compliant The module withstand more severe environmental
conditions according to ISA-S71.04.
I/O cluster An I/O cluster can have up to 12 I/O devices.
I/O device A complete I/O device consists of one MTU and one I/O
module.
I/O module Is an active, electronic and signal conditioning unit. Can
be a part of an I/O device or a S800L I/O module.
I/O station An I/O station consists of one or two FCI(s), 1-7 I/O
clusters and up to 24 I/O devices.
ModuleBus Is an incremental, electrical or optical, bus for
interconnection of I/O devices.
3BSE020924-510 B 13
Related Documentation About This User Manual
ModuleBus master ModuleBus master can be a controller (AC 800M) or a

FCI. A ModuleBus master contains a ModuleBus
interface and power regulators. The FCI module can
manage 24 I/O devices and the controller up to 96 I/O
modules (up to 12 directly and to the others in 1 to 7 I/O
clusters).
MTU The Module Termination Unit is a passive base unit
containing process terminals and a part of the
ModuleBus.
OSP Outputs Set as Predetermined. A user configurable
action on an output module when communications is lost
to the FCI or Controller
RTD Resistance Temperature Detector
SOE Sequence of events. Time stamping of status changes
for digital inputs.
TC Thermocouple
Related Documentation
The following is a listing of documentation related to the S800 I/O system.
Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system
Title Description
S800 I/O Getting Started Describes the general installation and
configuration information for the S800
I/O system.
S800 I/O Modules and Termination Describes the modules and termination
Units with Intrinsic Safety Interface units with I.S. interface in the S800 I/O
system.
S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication Describes the AF100 FCI in the S800
Interface for AF100 Users Guide I/O system.
14 3BSE020924-510 B
About This User Manual Released User Manuals and Release Notes
Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system (Continued)
Title Description
S800 I/O Fieldbus Communication Describes the PROFIBUS-DP FCI in the
Interface for PROFIBUS-DP/DPV1 S800 I/O system.
S800 I/O PROFIBUS_DP Fieldbus Describes the memory mapping on
Communication Interface Reference PROFIBUS for the S800 I/O system.
Manual
Interference-free Electronics Describes the rules for the installation of
equipment to ensure the correct
operation of equipment in environments
where disturbance are present.
Released User Manuals and Release Notes

A complete list of all User Manuals and Release Notes applicable to System 800xA
is provided in System 800xA Released User Manuals and Release Notes
(3BUA000263*).
System 800xA Released User Manuals and Release Notes (3BUA000263*) is
updated each time a document is updated or a new document is released. It is in pdf
format and is provided in the following ways:
Included on the documentation media provided with the system and published
to ABB SolutionsBank when released as part of a major or minor release,
Service Pack, Feature Pack, or System Revision.
Published to ABB SolutionsBank when a User Manual or Release Note is
updated in between any of the release cycles listed in the first bullet.
A product bulletin is published each time System 800xA Released User Manuals
and Release Notes (3BUA000263*) is updated and published to ABB
SolutionsBank.
3BSE020924-510 B 15
Released User Manuals and Release Notes About This User Manual
16 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 1 Introduction
The S800 I/O is distributed as modular I/O that communicates with numerous
controllers over Advant Fieldbus 100 (AF100), PROFIBUS-DP, or directly.
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications. The S800 I/O can be mounted in many configurations to fit most
requirements.
Figure 1. S800 I/O with Fieldbus Communication Interface CI801 and I/O Modules
Mounted on Compact Type of Termination Units.
3BSE020924-510 B 17
Product Overview Section 1 Introduction
Product Overview
The S800 I/O provides easy installation of the I/O modules and process cabling.
It is highly modularized and flexible so that the I/O modules can be combined to suit
many applications, including most types of signals, HART and Intrinsic Safety
Interface. The S800 I/O modules and a Fieldbus Communication Interface (FCI) are
combined to form an I/O Station. The S800 I/O can be used in both single and
redundant applications.
In general, all S800 units are G3 compliant. G3 compliant modules withstand more
severe environmental conditions according to ISA-S71.04. The following S800
units are G2 compliant - SD821, SD822, SD823, SD831, SD832, SD833, SD834,
SS822, SS832, TB811 and CI830. G3 compliant versions of SD822 and SS822 are
also available (refer to SD822Z and SS822Z).
All modules are marked with a bar code that shows the serial number, article ID and
the product revision number. A separate bar code strip is also enclosed along with
the module for placing on the module, if needed. The bar code is of type
Bar-code 128.
For more information, refer to S800 I/O Getting Started(3BSE020923*) manual.
The S800 I/O can be categorized into:
Module Termination Units (MTU)
I/O modules S800 I/O modules and S800L I/O modules.
S800 I/O modules are designed to be used together with a Module Termination
Unit.
S800L I/O modules are designed to be directly mounted on a standard DIN rail.
The module also contains terminals for connections.
Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

The Module Termination Units (MTU) are passive base units used to house the I/O
modules. They contain the process wiring terminals and a section of the
ModuleBus.
The Module Termination Units (MTU) distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module
and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O module by
shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
18 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 1 Introduction Module Termination Units and Terminal Units
Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for different types of I/O
modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does not affect the
functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six positions, which gives
a total number of 36 different configurations. The configuration can be changed
with a screwdriver.
The MTU can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. It has a mechanical latch that
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that
keeps the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The top part of the MTU can be removed to replace the termination board even with
the system running. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
The MTUs are available in tree versions (Compact, Extended and Redundant).
The Compact MTU version typically provides for a compact installation of the I/O
modules using 1 wire connections.
The Extended MTU version provides for a more complete installation on the MTU,
including 3 wire connection, fuses and field circuit power distribution. See Figure 3
and Figure 4 for an illustration of the MTUs together with the I/O modules.
The Redundant MTUs are used in redundant I/O applications. There is space on the
MTU for two I/O modules on separate ModuleBuses. See Figure 5.
3BSE020924-510 B 19
Module Termination Units and Terminal Units Section 1 Introduction
The Terminal Unit is a passive unit that enables 2- and 3-wire connections of
process signals. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on an S800L I/O module. See
Figure 2, S800L I/O module with terminal unit TU805.
58.5
Figure 2. S800L Module with TU805
20 3BSE020924-510 B
See Table 2 for information about the combination between MTU and I/O modules
and to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
127 mm
7 mm (4.8)
(.27)
F
R
67.5 mm
W
(2.66)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
162 mm
9
(6.37)
FE
10 D A
11
12
C
B
13
FE
14
99.5 mm
15
D A
(3.92)
C
16
B
DI810
24V
7 mm
(.27) 5 mm 31.5 mm (1.24")
(0.2)
58.5 mm
(2.3)
40 mm
(1.57)
Figure 3. Typical Compact MTU with I/O Module
3BSE020924-510 B 21
7 mm (.27) 127 mm
(4.8)
A
B B
DI810
FE FE
67.5 mm
C C
(2.66)
(1.77)
45 mm
24V
D
D
109 mm
(4.3)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
W
R
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
46.5 mm
(1.85)
5 mm
31.5 mm (1.24")
(0.2)
7 mm
(.27) 120.5 mm
(4.74)
80 mm
(3.15)
Figure 4. Typical Extended MTU with I/O Module
22 3BSE020924-510 B
126
Figure 5. Typical Redundant MTU with I/O Module
TU805 Terminal Unit for 50 Volt Applications

The TU805 is a 16 channel terminal unit. Used to enable 2- and 3-wire connections
on DI801 or DO801. The Terminal Unit is mounted direct on DI801 or DO801.
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU810 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU810 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connections.
3BSE020924-510 B 23

rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU812/TU812V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications and 25 pin D-sub for
Process Connections
The TU812 is a 16 channel compact module termination unit. The TU812 has a 25
pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power connections.
TU813 Compact MTU for 250 V Applications

rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.

rows of crimp snap-in connectors for field signals and process power connections.
TU818 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU818 is a 32 channel compact module termination unit. It consists of 40 pole
screw-terminals for process connections.
TU819 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU819 is a 32 channel compact module termination unit. It consists of two
D-sub 25 pole connector for field signals and process power connections, which
enables connection to the Phoenix Varioface, ABB interfast and so on.
TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU830 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU830 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
24 3BSE020924-510 B
TU831/TU831V1 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications

The TU831 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. TU831 has two rows
of terminals for field signals and process power connection.
TU833 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

The TU833 is a 16 channel extended module termination unit. The TU833 has three
rows of spring-case terminals for field signals and process power connection.

The TU834 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The MTU has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. The MTU has
place for 8 replaceable shunt sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion
of the input current signal to a voltage signal.
TU835/TU835V1 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt

Applications
The TU835 is a 8 channel extended module termination unit. The TU835 has two
rows of terminals for process power connection and a single row of field signal
connections. Each channel has one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power outlet
terminal and one signal terminal. Process voltage can be connected to 2 individually
isolated groups.
Applications
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and one signal return terminal. Process
voltage can be connected to 2 individually isolated groups.
The standard fuse holder that comes with the TU836 can be changed to an
indicating fuse holder. This indicating fuse holder can be ordered from Phoenix
Contact:
15-30 VDC type, order 3118119
110-250 VAC type, order 3118106.
3BSE020924-510 B 25
Standard Optional fuse holder with

fuse holder fuse status indication for
15-30 VDC or 110-250 VAC
Figure 6. Exchange of Standard Fuse Holder for Indication Type
Applications
one fused (3 A max.) power outlet terminal and two signal terminals. Process
voltage return can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
TU838 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt Applications
one fused (3 A max.) transmitter power outlet terminal and one signal terminal.
Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.

of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has one
sensor power outlet terminal and two signal terminals. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups.
26 3BSE020924-510 B
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

The TU842 is a 16 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU842 has
three rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection.It is intended
for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. There is space on the MTU for two I/O
modules connected to separate ModuleBuses.
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications

The TU843 is a 16 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU843 has
three rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is intended
for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules
connected to separate ModuleBuses.

The TU844 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU844 has two
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is a intended for
mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8 replaceable shunt
sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input current signal to a
voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to
separate ModuleBuses.
TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications

The TU845 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU845 has three
rows of terminals for field signals and process power connection. It is intended for
mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8 replaceable shunt sticks
(i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input current signal to a
voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to
separate ModuleBuses.
TU850 Extended MTU, Individually Current Limited and Disconnectable per

Channel for 50 V Applications
of terminals for field signals and process power connection. Each channel has one
current limited sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal and one signal terminal.
Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE020924-510 B 27

The TU851 250V Extended MTU Which allows a maximum of 16 isolated I/O
channels and process voltage connections. It has a 32 pole screw-terminal for
process connections.

The TU852 is a redundant module termination unit for up to 16 channels. The
TU852 has a two 25 pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power
connections. It is a intended for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. There is space
on the MTU for two I/O modules connected to separate Modulebuses.

he TU854 is a 8 channel redundant module termination unit. The TU854 has a 25
pin D-Sub connector for field signals and process power connections. It is a
intended for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU has place for 8
replaceable shunt sticks (i.e one shunt stick per channel) for conversion of the input
current signal to a voltage signal. There is space on the MTU for two I/O modules
connected to separate ModuleBuses.
TY801 Shunt Stick

The TY801 is a shunt stick for current or voltage signals together with AI845 or
AI880 and TU844 or TU845.
TY804 Shunt Stick

The TY804 is a shunt stick for NAMUR signals together with DP840 and TU844 or
TU845.
TY820 Temperature Sensor

The TY820 can be used with AI835/AI835A and AI843 to measure cold junction
temperature.
28 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 1 Introduction S800 I/O Modules
S800 I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures. On the front of all I/O
modules there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and WARNING) indicating
the module status. Additionally some modules have LEDs indicating OSP or
PRIMARY, see Table 3 and Table 4.
I/O modules may be replaced in a fully operational I/O station. Mechanical keying
on modules and MTUs protect I/O modules from being inserted in positions where
they could be damaged by excessive voltage or current. An electronic type
designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being taken into
operation by the ModuleBus master, if a modules ID doesnt match the configured
module type definition. There are modules for both single and redundant
applications.
Refer to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10 V

The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 current and voltage inputs. The inputs are
independent for each channel, in that either voltage or current can be measured.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the transmitter supply without
damage. The input withstand HART communication.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA, 0(2)... +10 V.
AI815 Analog Input Module, 0..20mA, 0..5V, HART

The AI815 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. The inputs can be configured
for voltage or current.
The module has HART pass-through functionality.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)...+20 mA, 0(1)...+5 V.
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V

The AI820 Differential Analog Input Module has 4 differential, bipolar
current/voltage inputs. This module is suitable for applications requiring high
common mode rejection ratings, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal
3BSE020924-510 B 29
S800 I/O Modules Section 1 Introduction
input ranges are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V,

-5...+5 V and 0(1)...+5 V.
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module, -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -
10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V
The AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module has 4 individually galvanic
isolated channels. This module is suitable for applications requiring galvanic
isolated channels, and/or bipolar voltage or current inputs. Nominal input ranges
are: -20...+20 mA, 0(4)...+20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0(2)...+10 V.
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module

The AI830/AI830A Analog Input, RTD Module has 8 RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100
and Ni120 and resistor) inputs. The inputs allow 3-wire connection to RTDs. Inputs
are monitored for open-circuit, short-circuit. Reference channel and internal supply
are also monitored.
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module

The AI835/AI835A Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential
inputs for TC/mV measurements. One channel (channel 8) can be configured for
Cold Junction (ambient) temperature measurement, thus serving as the CJ-
channel for the other channels on the module. All 8 channels can be used if no CJ-
temperature measurement is needed. The inputs can be connected to a variety of
thermocouples with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T also
D, L and U for AI835A.
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The AI843 Analog Input, Thermocouple/mV Module has 8 differential inputs for
TC/mV measurements. A separate channel is used for Cold Junction (ambient)
30 3BSE020924-510 B
temperature measurement. The input can be connected to a variety of

thermocouples with the following characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
AI845 Analog Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The AI845 Analog Input Module has 8 analog inputs. Each channel can be either a
voltage or current input. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART
pass-through functionality. It can be used in both single and redundant application.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)...+20mA, 0(1)...+5V.
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module for Single or Redundant

Configuration
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is TV certified for
IEC 61508 SIL3, and EN 954-1 Category 4.
The AI880/AI880A has 8 analog inputs. The channels are for current input. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both single and
redundant configuration.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
AI880A has support for HART pass-through communication. Nominal input range
is 0(4)...+20mA.
A0810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is
detected. Nominal output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
AO815 Analog Output Module, 4...20 mA, HART

The AO815 Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. State of outputs can be set
to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. The module
has HART pass-through functionality. Nominal output range is 4...20 mA.
3BSE020924-510 B 31
AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module, -20 mA...+20 mA, -10 V...+10 V
The AO820 Bipolar Analog Output Module has 4 bipolar current or voltage outputs.
The choice of either current or voltage output is configurable per channel. Outputs
are individually galvanically isolated. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communication error is detected. Nominal output range are:
-20... +20 mA, 0(4)... +20 mA, -10... +10 V, 0(2)... +10 V.
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module has 8 analog outputs. State of outputs
can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communication error is detected. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics and HART pass-through functionality.
It can be used in both single and redundant applications. Nominal output range is:
4...20mA.
DI810 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking

The DI810 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current limiting,
EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.

The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage
ModuleBus.
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing

The DI814 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. current source
digital inputs. The inputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with
a voltage supervision input for each group. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
32 3BSE020924-510 B

The DI818 Digital Input Module has 32 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs. The
inputs are divided into two isolated groups of 16 channels with a voltage
ModuleBus.
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c.

The DI820 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 120 volt a.c./d.c. digital inputs.
The inputs are individually isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for
channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.

channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is
disabled, channels 1 and 8 can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter
and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c. with SOE

The DI825 Digital Input Module had 8 channels for 125 V d.c. digital inputs and
sequence of events (SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are individually
isolated. Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervisor for channels 2 - 4, and channel
8 can be used for channels 5 - 7. If voltage supervision is disabled, channels 1 and 8
can be used as normal inputs. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator, noise filter and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 33
DI828 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c \ d.c

channels 2 - 8, and channel 16 can be used for channels 9 - 15. If voltage
supervision is disabled, channels 1 and 16 can be used as normal inputs. Each input
channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator, noise
filter and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking

The DI830 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI831 Digital Input Module, 48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking

The DI831 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 0.4 ms for each input channel. The inputs are divided into two
isolated groups of eight channels with a voltage supervision input for each group.
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI840 Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The DI840 Digital Input Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and
has a resolution of 1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current
limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the
ModuleBus. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant applications.
34 3BSE020924-510 B
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, for Single or Redundant

Configuration
The DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module is TV certified for
IEC 61508 SIL3 and EN 954-1 Category 4.
The DI880 has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. digital inputs and sequence of events
(SOE) handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of
1 ms for each input channel. Each input channel provides current limiting, EMC
protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.The
input voltage range is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V d.c. The
module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both single and
redundant configuration.
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V/48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
The DI885 Digital Input Module has 8 channels for 48 volt d.c. digital inputs with
or without open-circuit monitoring (wire break supervision), or 24 volt d.c.
electronic inputs without open-circuit monitoring; and sequence of events (SOE)
handling capabilities. The sequence of events time stamp has a resolution of 1 ms
for each input channel. The inputs are arranged in one group of 8 channels.
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. The DI885 also has the
capability to monitor an internal or external sensor power supply (60 V d.c. max.).
DO810 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing

The DO810 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, digital
outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
DO814 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A

The DO814 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 volt d.c., 0.5 A, current
sinking digital outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of eight
3BSE020924-510 B 35
channels with a voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel
provides protection against short circuits to power supply, over-temperature, EMC
protection, output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus.
State of outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost
error is detected.
DO815 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing

The DO815 Digital Output Module has 8 channels, 24 volt d.c., 2 A, digital outputs.
The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of four channels with a voltage
supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection against
short circuits to ground, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED
indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a
predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
DO818 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking

outputs. The outputs are divided into two isolated groups of 16 channels with a
voltage supervision input for each group. Each output channel provides protection
against short circuits to ground, over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection,
output state LED indicator and optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of
outputs can be set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications lost error is
detected.
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open

The DO820 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
outputs. The outputs are individually isolated. Each output channel provides a relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
optical isolation from the ModuleBus. State of outputs can be set to a predetermined
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected. Internal voltage is
supervised.
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed

The DO821 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 230 volt a.c./d.c. relay
36 3BSE020924-510 B
contact (NC - Normal Closed), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
supervised.

The DO828 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 250 AC / 125V DC relay
contact (NO - Normal Open), EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
supervised.
DO840 Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant Applications

The DO840 Digital Output Module has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum
continuos output current is 0.5 A. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It
can be used in both single and redundant applications.
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module, for Single or Redundant

Configuration
The DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module is TV certified for
IEC 61508 SIL3 and EN 954-1 Category 4.
The DO880 has 16 channels for 24 V d.c. The maximum continuous output current
is 0.5 A. The module has advanced on-board diagnostics. It can be used in both
single and redundant configuration.
DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module

DP820 is an two-channel pulse counting module for incremental pulse transmitters
up to 1.5 MHz. Each channel contains counters and registers for position/length and
speed/frequency measurement. Each channel provides three balanced inputs for
connection of a pulse transmitter, one digital input and one digital output.
Pulse transmitters with RS422, +5 V, +12 V, +24 V and 13 mA interfaces can be
connected to DP820.
3BSE020924-510 B 37
S800L I/O Modules Section 1 Introduction
DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module, for Single or Redundant

Applications
DP840 has 8 channels and each channel can be configured for pulse count or
frequency measurement. The maximum frequency of input signals is 20 kHz. The
inputs can also be read as digital input signals.
Input signal range NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V.
S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules have open ventilated plastic enclosures and a bottom of sheet
metal. On the front of each I/O module there is one LED (STATUS) indicating the
module status and digital I/O modules have one status LED for each channel. Refer
to Hardware Indicators on page 47 for the status indication of the LEDs.
An electronic type designation ID in each module keeps the I/O module from being
taken into operation by the ModuleBus master, if a modules ID doesnt match the
configured module type definition.
Refer to specifications in Appendix A, Specifications for more information.
The module can be mounted on a standard DIN rail. The module is locked to the
DIN rail by using the locking screw.
The process connection is done via detachable connectors.
38 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 1 Introduction S800L I/O Modules
The I/O module distributes the ModuleBus to the next module. It also generate the
correct address to the next module by shifting the outgoing position signals.
86.1 mm (3.4) 58.45 mm (2.3)
110 mm (4.3)
67.5 mm
(2.66) 136 mm
(5.35)
Center of
DIN rail DO801
46.5 mm
(1.83)
5 mm
(0.2)
57.2 mm
(2.25)
Figure 7. Dimensions for S800L Modules
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA

The AI801 Analog Input Module has 8 current inputs.
damage. The input withstands HART communication.
Nominal input ranges are: 0(4)... +20 mA.
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0...20 mA

The AO801 Analog Output Module has 8 current outputs. State of outputs can be
set to a predetermined (OSP) value if a communications error is detected. Nominal
output range is: 0(4)... 20 mA.
3BSE020924-510 B 39
S800L I/O Modules Section 1 Introduction

One input channel can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel
provides current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical
isolation from the ModuleBus.
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking

Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c., Current Sinking

Channel 8 can be used for sensor voltage supervision. Each input channel provides
current limiting, EMC protection, input state LED indicator and optical isolation
from the ModuleBus.
DO801 Digital Output Module, 24 V, 0.5 V, Current Sinking

outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open

The DO802 Digital Output Module has 8 channels for 24-250 volt d.c., digital
outputs. Each output channel provides protection against short circuits to ground,
over-voltage, over-temperature, EMC protection, output state LED indicator and
(OSP) value if a communications lost error is detected.
40 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 1 Introduction Prerequisites and Requirements
Prerequisites and Requirements

When the S800 I/O is used with controllers as part of their I/O system, the
controllers need to have an interface to the fieldbus network. The fieldbus network
connects to a Fieldbus Communications Interface (FCI) with S800 I/O installed.
3BSE020924-510 B 41
Prerequisites and Requirements Section 1 Introduction
42 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 2 Configuration
Module Termination Units (MTU)

Each MTU is used with certain types of I/O Modules. Refer to Table 2 that shows
the relationship between MTUs and I/O Modules. Each MTU has two mechanical
keys that have to be set for the type of I/O module that is installed on it.
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings
TU842 TU843 TU852
TU844 TU845 TU854

TU812 TU814 Compact
Mech.
TU834 Extended
Key
Extended
TU811 TU813
TU830 TU833
TU831 Extended
TU835 Extended
TU836 TU837
TU838 Extended
TU850 Extended
TU851 Extended
TU818 Compact
TU819 Compact
Setting
Redundant
Redundant
Extended
TU810
Compact
Module
TU839
Type
Key Key
1 2
AI810 X X X - - X - - X - X - - - X - A E
AI815 X X X - - X - - X - X - - - - - C C
AI820 X X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - B B
AI825 - - - - X - X - - - - - - - - - D A
AI830/ X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - A F
AI830A X
AI835/ X - - X - - - - - - - - - - B A
AI835A X X
AI843 - - X - - X - - - - - - X - - - B A
AI845 X X X - - X - - X - X - - X - - C C
3BSE020924-510 B 43
Module Termination Units (MTU) Section 2 Configuration
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings (Continued)
TU842 TU843 TU852
TU844 TU845 TU854

TU812 TU814 Compact
Mech.
TU834 Extended
Key
Extended
TU831 Extended
TU835 Extended
TU838 Extended
TU811 TU813
TU830 TU833
TU836 TU837
TU850 Extended
TU851 Extended
TU818 Compact
TU819 Compact
Setting
Redundant
Redundant
TU810
Extended
Compact
Module
TU839
Type
Key Key
1 2
AI880 - - - - - - - X - - - - - X - - F F
AI880A - - - - - - - X - - - - - X - - F D
AO810/ X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - A E
AO810V2 X
AO815 X X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - D B
AO820 X X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - B C
AO845 X - - - X - - - - - - X - - - C C
AO845A X X - - - X - - - - - - X - - - D B
DI810 X X X - - X - - - - X - - - X - A A
DI811 X X X - - X - - - - X - - - X - B D
DI814 X X - - - X - - - - X - - - - - B E
DI818 - - X X - X - - - - - - - - - - E A
DI820 - - - - X - X - - - - X - - - X A B
DI821 - - - - X - X - - - - X - - - X A C
DI825 - - - - X - X - - - - X - - - X A B
DI828 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X E B
DI830 X X X - - X - - - - X - - - X - A A
DI831 X X X - - X - - - - X - - - X - B D
DI840 X X X - - X - - - - X - X - - - C D
44 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 2 Configuration Module Termination Units (MTU)
Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings (Continued)
TU842 TU843 TU852
TU844 TU845 TU854

TU812 TU814 Compact
Mech.
TU834 Extended
Key
Extended
TU831 Extended
TU835 Extended
TU838 Extended
TU811 TU813
TU830 TU833
TU836 TU837
TU850 Extended
TU851 Extended
TU818 Compact
TU819 Compact
Setting
Redundant
Redundant
TU810
Extended
Compact
Module
TU839
Type
Key Key
1 2
DI880 X X(1) X - - X(2) - - - - - - X(2) - - - F F

DI885 X X X - - X - - - - - - - - - - B F
DO810 X X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - A A
DO814 X X - - - X - - - - X - - - - - B E
DO815 X X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - A A
(3)
DO818 - - X X - X - - - - - - - - - - E A
DO820 - - - - X - X - - X - - - - - X A D
DO821 - - - - X - X - - X - - - - - X C A
DO828 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - X E D
DO840 X X - - - X - - - - - - X - - - C E
DO880 X X - - - X - - - - - - X - - - F E
DP820 X X - - - X - - - - - - - - - - C B
DP840 X X X - - X - - - - - - X X - - C F
(1) If single Compact MTUs (TU810, TU812 or TU814) are used, refer to the Technical Description
3BSE050455.
(2) If the outgoing sensor supplies are not used to feed the sensor in the field, refer to the Technical Description
3BSE050455.
(3) TU812 is not recommended due to the maximum rated current.
Connecting an MTU to the ModuleBus master, cluster modem or to another MTU,

automatically sets up the address selection of that MTU. There are no jumpers or
switches that need to be set before installing an I/O module.
3BSE020924-510 B 45
I/O Modules Section 2 Configuration
MTUs are placed on the DIN rails, and then connected to the preceding MTU,
ModuleBus master or cluster modem. Once connected, the MTU is locked in place
by the bottom latch which also bonds it to the chassis ground.
I/O Modules
S800 I/O Modules
Each I/O module is installed on an MTU. Table 2 shows the MTUs that can be used
with each I/O module type. I/O modules do not have any jumpers or switches that
need to be set before installing on an MTU. Refer to Appendix A, Specifications for
more information.
I/O modules are installed by aligning the connectors of the MTU and I/O module
and then pushing the units together. After connected to the MTU, the I/O module is
then locked in place by the I/O Module Lock/Switch which also activates a switch
to enable power to the I/O module.
S800L I/O Modules

The I/O modules are installed directly on the DIN rail and locked with the locking
screw. The process signal are connected to a pluggable connector on the module.
There are no jumpers or switches that need to be set.
The I/O module automatically set up the address for the next I/O module.
To enable 2- and 3-wire connection to 16 channels DI and DO modules, TU805 is
used. TU805 is mounted directly on the module.
46 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance
Preventive Maintenance
For preventive maintenance, refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*)
manual.
Hardware Indicators
S800 I/O Module LEDs
Figure 8 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules.
On the front of all I/O modules, there are at least three LEDs (FAULT, RUN and
WARNING) indicating the module status. Additionally, some modules have LEDs
indicating OSP or PRIMARY, see Table 3 and Table 4.
Each digital channel has one LED indicating the current state (on/off).
3BSE020924-510 B 47
S800 I/O Module LEDs Section 3 Maintenance
Table 3. Standard LEDs on S800 I/O Modules
Marking Color Description

F (FAULT) Red Fatal internal module error is detected
(Error State) or I/O module is in any of the
start-up states (Init State or Not Configured
State). (1)
R (RUN) Green I/O module is running in Operational State.
W (WARNING) Yellow Internal or external channel error is
detected, (module continues to run).
O (OSP) Yellow I/O module is in OSP (Output Set to
Predetermined) State where the outputs
are driven to the OSP value. OSP State is
entered upon demand from the master (e.g.
Profibus) or automatically due to lack of
incoming communication.
PRIM Yellow I/O module is primary within a redundant
(PRIMARY) pair.(2)
Channel status Yellow (red) Indicates the current state (on/off). On
some modules this LED also indicates
channel error (red).
(1) The FAULT LED is turned on at power-on and restart. The LED is turned off after the first
successful access to the module in Not Configured State. If a module with advanced diagnostics
detects a fatal internal error, it enters Error State and turns on the FAULT LED.
(2) In a redundant configuration, the primary I/O module is scanned at the specified cycle time to
supply input values to the application, while the backup I/O module is scanned at a lower cycle
for diagnostic purpose. The input values from the backup module are not used by the
application.
48 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance S800 I/O Module LEDs
Table 4. S800 I/O Module LED Indications in Different States
Module
Run Fault Warning OSP Primary Channel status
state
Init Off On Off Off Off DI On/Off (1),
DO Off
Not Flashing/ On/Off On/Off Off Off DI On/Off (1),
(2)
Configured Off DO Off
Ready Flashing/ Off On/Off Off Off DI On/Off,
Off DO Off
Operational On Off On/Off Off On/Off On/Off
OSP On Off On/Off On On/Off On/Off
Error Off On On/Off Off Off DI On/Off,
DO Off
(1) The DI signal status for module DI830, DI831, DI880, DI885, DP820 is only OFF.
(2) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the module.
3BSE020924-510 B 49
S800 I/O Module LEDs Section 3 Maintenance
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
F F F F F
R R R R R
W W W W W
O O O
1 1 PX1
2 2 UP1
3 3 ST1
4 4 DI1
5 5 SY1
6 6 DO1
7 7 TP1
8 8 UL1
9 9 PX2
10 10 UP2
11 11 ST2
12 12 DI2
13 13 SY2
14 14 DO2
15 15 TP2
16 16
UL2
DO810 DI810 AO810/AO810V2 AI810 DP820
Figure 8. Examples of S800 I/O Module LED Locations
50 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance S800L I/O Module LED
S800L I/O Module LED

Figure 9 shows examples of front panels for different types of I/O modules. On the
front of each I/O module there is one LED indicating the module status.
See Table 5 and Table 6 for information on the meaning and indications for these
modules.
Each digital channel has one LED indicating current state (on/off).
Table 5. Standard LED on S800L I/O Modules
Marking Color Description

S (Status) Red Fatal internal module error is detected
(ErrorState) or I/O module is in any of the
start-up states (Init State or Not Configured
State). (1)
Green I/O module is running in Operational State
or OSP State.
(1) The Status LED is indicating red at power-on and restart. The LED is turned off after the first
successful access to the module in Not Configured State. If a module with advanced diagnostics
(for example, AI/AO) detects a fatal internal error, it enters Error State and turns on the FAULT
LED.
Table 6. S800L I/O Module LED Indications in Different States
Module state Status Channel status

Init Red Off
Not Configured Red/off (1) Off
Ready Off DI On/Off, DO Off
Operational Green On/Off
3BSE020924-510 B 51
S800L I/O Module LED Section 3 Maintenance
Table 6. S800L I/O Module LED Indications in Different States (Continued)
Module state Status Channel status

OSP Green On/Off
Error Red DI On/Off, DO Off
(1) Will be switched off after the first successful access to the
module.
Normally when an I/O module has been removed from the configuration, the
ModuleBus master will do a restart of the module. The module will end up in the
NOT CONFIGURED state.
S S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
STATUS
STATUS
AI801 DO801
0(4)...20 mA 24 V 0.5 A
L+ L- 24 V L+ L- 24 V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
+ I + I + I + I + I + I + I + I
Figure 9. Examples of S800L I/O Module LED Locations
52 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance Error Messages
Error Messages
Refer the relevant controller manuals.
Fault Finding and User Repair

S800 I/O Module Replacement
General
All I/O modules can be exchanged online and with the process power supply
connected, except for relay outputs with normally closed contacts. This is possible
because the module deactivates when the I/O module lock switch is turned to
unlock.
Replacement of an S800 I/O module affects all channels on the module. In some
cases, it indirectly affects the outputs through some application function, on
another module.
The system software in the ModuleBus master checks automatically that all I/O
modules function correctly. In the event of module fault, and module exchange, the
module and associated signals are marked as faulty.
The system software checks that the module that is inserted is correct. If this is the
case, the F(ault) LED is turned off, and after the initial configuration, and the R(un)
LED activated, and the module resumes its normal function.
The following topics contain general instructions for replacement of modules, and
Table 7 gives additional information about handling the replacement of individual
modules.
Practical Execution
Before replacing the faulty I/O module:
1. Refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*) manual.
2. As special restrictions apply to each module type, see the descriptions in
Table 7 for useful information on individual module types.
3. Check if the new module can be a suitable replacement.
3BSE020924-510 B 53
S800 I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
To replace the module:

1. Loosen the module locking.
2. Grip the module firmly and extract the module.
3. Insert the new module carefully.
4. Store extracted modules in envelopes.
5. Ensure that the module contacts connect properly with the contacts in the
MTU, and then lock the module in place.
The module is initialized automatically by the system, and the F(ault) LED is
turned off and the R(un) LED is activated.
6. Perform a function test on the new module.
Additional Information for Replacement of Individual S800 I/O Modules

Table 7 lists S800 I/O modules and provides additional information for replacement
of the modules.
Table 7. Replacement information for S800 I/O Modules
Module Type Settings Comments

AI810, AI815, No settings Replacement with power applied is
AI820, AI825, possible.
AI830, AI830A, Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
AI835, AI835A, module.
AI843, AI845,
AI880, AI880A,
AI890, AI895
Analog Input
AO810, AO815, No settings Replacement with power applied is
AO810V2, AO820, possible.
AO845, AO845A, It may be necessary to set the process
AO890, AO895 device manually to a safe state before the
Analog Output module is extracted.
Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
module.
54 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance S800 I/O Module Replacement
Table 7. Replacement information for S800 I/O Modules (Continued)

DI810, DI811, No settings Replacement with power applied is
DI814, DI820, possible.
DI821, DI890 Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
Digital Input module.
DI825, DI830, No settings Replacement with power applied is
DI831, DI840, possible.
DI880, DI885 Turning locking mechanism deactivates the
Digital Input with module.
SOE
DO810, DO814 No settings Replacement with power applied is
DO815, DO840, possible.
DO880, DO890 It may be necessary to set the process
Digital Output device manually to a safe state before the
module is extracted.
module.
If DO880 is removed from the MTU, the
connected output is automatically turned to
safe state (de-energized).
DO820 No settings Replacement with power applied is
Digital Output possible.
It may be necessary to set the process
device manually to a safe state before the
module.
3BSE020924-510 B 55
S800 I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance

DO821 Digital No settings Replacement with system power applied is
Output possible.
Since the module has normally
closed relay contacts, the field
power must be removed before
replacement.
It may be necessary to set the
process device manually to a safe
state before the module is
extracted.
Turning locking mechanism
deactivates the module, that is, the
relay contacts close.
56 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance S800L I/O Module Replacement

DP820, DP840 No settings Replacement with power applied is
Pulse Counter possible.
It may be necessary to set the process
module.
TU810/TU810V1, No settings Cannot be replaced or repaired with power
TU811/TU811V1, applied.
TU812/TU812V1, Disconnecting an MTU breaks the
TU813, ModuleBus communications bus and
TU814/TU814V1, removes power to the MTUs that follow.
TU830/TU830V1,
MTUs mounted in the middle (between the
TU831/TU831V1,
ModuleBus master, cluster modem and the
TU833, TU834,
number 12 MTU) need to have the
TU835/TU835V1,
preceding or following MTUs moved in
TU836/TU836V1,
order to disconnect the ModuleBus
TU837/TU837V1,
connector.
TU838, TU839,
TU842, TU843,
TU844, TU845,
TU850 MTUs
S800L I/O Module Replacement
General
I/O modules can not be replaced online. The power must be switched off to the I/O
station and the module, before replacing the I/O module.
A power switch off to an I/O station affects all modules and channels in the
station. It also sometimes indirectly affects the outputs in other I/O stations
through some application functions
3BSE020924-510 B 57
S800L I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
The system software checks that the module that is inserted is correct. If this is the
case, the color indication on the S(tatus) LED turns from red to no color, and then to
green, and the module resumes its normal function.
The following topics contain general instructions for replacement of modules, and
Table 8 gives additional information about handling the replacement of individual
modules.
Practical Execution
Before replacing the faulty I/O module:
1. Refer to S800 I/O Getting Started (3BSE020923*).
2. As special restrictions apply to each module type, see the descriptions in
Table 8 for useful information on individual module types.
3. Check if the new module can be a suitable replacement.
To replace the module:
1. Switch off the power to the I/O station.
2. Remove the power supply connector from the I/O module.
3. Remove the process connector from the I/O module.
4. Loosen the module locking.
5. Slide the module to the right and extract the module.
6. Insert the new module.
7. Store extracted modules in envelopes.
8. Ensure that the module contacts connect properly with the module to the left,
and lock the module with the locking screw.
9. Switch on the power to the I/O station.
10. Connect the power supply to the I/O module.
11. Connect the process connector to the I/O module.
58 3BSE020924-510 B
Section 3 Maintenance S800L I/O Module Replacement
The new module is automatically initialized by the system, and the color of the
S(tatus) LED turns from red to off, and then to green indicating that the module
is in normal operation.
12. Perform a function test on the new module.
Additional Information for Replacement of Individual S800L I/O Modules

Table 8 lists S800L I/O modules and provides additional information for
replacement of the modules.
Table 8. Replacement information for S800L I/O Modules

AI801, DI801, No settings Switch the power off before replacement.
DI802, DI803
AO801, DO801, No settings Switch the power off before replacement.
DO802 It may be necessary to set the process
the power switch off.
TU805 No settings Can be replaced with power applied. It may
be necessary to set the process device
manually to a safe state before replacing
the TU805.
3BSE020924-510 B 59
S800L I/O Module Replacement Section 3 Maintenance
60 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications
General S800 I/O Specifications

Features
The following are the general features of S800 I/O modules:
16/8/4/2 channels per I/O module.
Isolation from ground, per channel or group of channels.
Hot swappable (not valid for S800L).
Module status LEDs.
Input/output state LEDs (digital I/O modules only).
Output Set to Predetermined function (output modules only).
EMC protection.
DIN rail mounting.
G3 compliant.
Description
There are two types of S800 I/O modules:
Standard S800 I/O, which is mounted on MTU's.
S800L, which is mounted directly on the DIN-rail.
The two types of S800 I/O modules can co-exist on the same bus. The main
difference is that the standard S800 I/O is hot swappable, and it offers many type of
field connection alternatives through the different type of MTUs that are used.
3BSE020924-510 B 61
Description Appendix A Specifications
On the front of all standard S800 I/O modules, there are at least three LEDs (RUN,
WARNING and FAULT) indicating the module status. Additionally output I/O
modules have one LED indicating OSP (Output Set to Predetermined) and some
input modules have one LED indicating PRIMARY. Digital I/O modules have one
LED per channel indicating the current state (on/off) and pulse counter I/O modules
have two or more LEDs per channel. S800L I/O module has one dual color LED
(STATUS) indicating the module status.
All I/O modules have user parameters that can be configured using the engineering
tool.
The reset circuitry keeps the I/O module in Init State until the bus master indicates
that the Modulebus power supply is valid. In addition, the standard S800 I/O
modules are kept in Init State until the module locking mechanism (on the MTU) is
in the locked position.
All output I/O modules implement the Output Set to Predetermined (OSP) function.
The outputs of the I/O module are set to a predetermined value, if the OSP-
watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received.
The watchdog timer is set by the controller (OSP timer) and is used for ModuleBus
supervision. The watchdog timer is re-triggered every time the correct node address
is decoded (or broadcast). If the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState
command is received, the module enters the OSP state and the active outputs (if
any) are set to their OSP values. The OSP value can be either configured as a
predefined value or set to use the last good value sent.
The output values are kept as long as the module stays in the OSP state. To change
the outputs, the module first has to leave this state. When re-entering Operational
State, the outputs are still kept with their OSP value until new valid values are
written.
62 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications Technical Data
Technical Data
Table 9. Technical data of S800 I/O modules
Feature Data
G3 compliant(1) According to ISA-S71.04
Maximum ambient temperature 55/40C (131/104F)(2)
Equipment class Class I according to IEC 61140
(earth protected)
Protection rating IP20 according to IEC 60529
Width S800: 45 mm (1.77")
S800: 86.1 mm (3.4")
Depth S800: 102 mm (3.8"), 111 mm
(4.2") including connector
S800L: 58.5 mm (2.3")
Height S800: 119 mm (4.7")
S800L: 110 mm (4.33")
Weight S800: 0.2 kg (0.44 lbs.)
S800L: 0.24 kg (0.53 lbs.)
(1) Following S800 units are G2 compliant - SD821, SD822, SD823, SD831, SD832,
SD833, SD834, SS822, SS832, TB811 and CI830. G3 compliant versions of SD822
and SS822 are also available (refer to SD822Z and SS822Z).
(2) 400C (1040F) applies to compact MTUs with I/O modules or S800L modules
mounted on vertical DIN rail.
3BSE020924-510 B 63
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA Appendix A Specifications
AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA
Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA d.c., single ended
unipolar inputs.
S
1 group of 8 channels isolated
from ground.
STATUS
12 Bit resolution.
Input shunt resistors protected
to 30 V by PTC resistor.
Analog inputs are short circuit
secured to ZP or +24 V.
AI801
The input withstand HART 0(4)...20mA
communication.
Process and power
connections via detachable
connectors.
L+ L- 24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
+ I + I + I + I + I + I + I + I
Description
The AI801 Analog Input Module
has 8 channels for current input.
The current input is able to handle
a short circuit to the transmitter
supply at least 30 V d.c without damage. Current limiting is performed with a PTC
resistor. The input resistance of the current input is 250 ohm, PTC included.
64 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI801 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA
The module distributes the external transmitter supply to each channel. This adds a
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. All eight channels are isolated
from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input stages is converted from the
external 24 V.
Technical Data
Table 10. AI801 Analog Input Module Specifications at 25 C
AI801
Feature
Analog Input Module
Number of channels 8
Type of input Unipolar single ended
Measurement range 0...20 mA, 4... 20 mA(1)
Under/over range -0% / +15%
Input impedance (at current input) 230 , 270
(including PTC)
Maximum field cable length 600 meters, (656 yd.)
Voltage input, maximum non-destructive 30 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz >40 dB
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature drift Typ. 50 ppm/ C
Max. 80 ppm/ C
Update cycle time 1 ms
Current consumption 24 V (process 30 mA
power supply, UPx)
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 70 mA
Power dissipation 1.1 W
3BSE020924-510 B 65
Table 10. AI801 Analog Input Module Specifications at 25 C (Continued)
AI801
Feature
Analog Input Module
Input filter cut off frequency 3.5Hz
Second order filter
Input filter (rise time 0-90%) 140 ms
Isolation Groupwise isolated from ground
Rated insulation voltage 50 V
Dielectric test voltage 500 V a.c.
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.05-2.5mm2, 30-12 AWG
Stranded: 0.05-1.5mm2, 30-12 AWG
Recommended torque: 0.5-0.6Nm
Stripping length: 6-7.5 mm, 0.24-0.30 in
(1) 4...20 mA handled by the FCI or controller
66 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AI801
STATUS
Pos
1+
1I LP
2+ Block
2I
LP
Mux MBI
#
5VS
5V
0V
7I Power_ok
LP
8+
8I LP
L+
L-
EM
Figure 10. AI801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 67
Process Connections
Table 11. AI801 Process Connections
Process
Process Connection
Terminal
Ch1, L1+ 1+
Ch1, Current Input 1I
Ch 2, L1+ 2+
Ch 2, Current Input 2I
Ch 3, L1+ 3+
Ch 4, L1+ 4+
Ch 5, L2+ 5+
Ch 6, L2+ 6+
Ch 7, L2+ 7+
Ch 8, L2+ 8+
68 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 11 shows the process connections for the AI801.
Process AI801
L1+ 1+
0 - 20mA Ch1 1I
L1+ 2+
0 - 20mA Ch2 2I
L1+ 3+ Mux.
0 - 20mA Ch3 3I
L1+ 4+
0 - 20mA Ch4 4I
L2+ 5+
0 - 20mA Ch5 5I
L2+ 6+
0 - 20mA Ch6 6I
L2+ 7+
0 - 20mA Ch7 7I
8+
0 - 20mA Ch8 8I
+24v L+
0v L-
Chx I = Current Input EM
Figure 11. AI801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 69
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V Appendix A Specifications
AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V
Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, 0...10 V
or 2...10 V d.c., single ended unipolar inputs.
1 group of 8 channels isolated from ground.
12 Bit resolution.
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V by PTC
resistor.
Analog inputs are short circuit secured to ZP or +24
V.
The input withstand HART communication.
Description
The AI810 Analog Input Module has 8 channels. Each
channel can be either a voltage or current input.
The current input is able to handle a short circuit to the
transmitter supply at least 30 V d.c without damage.
Current limiting is performed with a PTC resistor. The
input resistance of the current input is 250 ohm, PTC
included.
The voltage input is able to withstand an over or undervoltage of at least 30 V d.c.
Input resistance is 290k ohm.
Transmitter supply can be connected to L1+, L1- and/or L2+, L2-.
70 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI810 Analog Input Module, 0(4)...20 mA, 0(2)...10 V
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. There are no
current limiting on the transmitter power terminals. Fused MTUs TU830, TU835
and TU838 provides groupwise and channelwise fusing. TU850 provides
channelwise current limitation on transmitter power terminals.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
stages is converted from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
Nine different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables nine wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs,
but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field
devices. TU818 provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling.
The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max.) per channel for
the outgoing transmitter supply. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin
(male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one disconnectable
PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
3BSE020924-510 B 71
Technical Data
AI810
Feature
Analog Input Module
Measurement range 0...20 mA, 0...10 V,
4... 20 mA(1), 2... 10 V (1)
Under/over range -5% / +15%
Input impedance (voltage input) 290k ohm
Input impedance (current input) 230....275 ohm
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature drift Current Typ. 50 ppm/ C
Max. 80 ppm/ C
Temperature drift Voltage Typ. 70 ppm/ C
Max. 100 ppm/ C
Voltage supervision Internal power supply
Fusing of transmitter supply on MTU (TU830 max 1 AT per group)
72 3BSE020924-510 B
AI810
Feature
Analog Input Module
Sensor power distribution Max 1 A per connection
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,
TU833, TU835, TU838 or TU850
MTU keying code AE
(1) Handled by the FCI or controller.
3BSE020924-510 B 73
Block Diagram AI810
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
ZP
L1+ Pos
I1U
I1I LP
ZP Block
L1+
I4U Mux FCI
I4I LP
ZP #
5 VS
5V
0V
L2+ Power_ok
I5U
I5I LP
ZP
+UPInt +24 V
ZP
L2+ -UPInt 0 V 24 V
I8U
I8I LP
ZP
L2+
ZP
EM
74 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/
Process TU818 TU835 TU838 TU850
(or TU814) male TU833
Connection Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1, L1+ - - C1, A1 B1, B2 11 (F1) A1 (F1) A1, A2
Ch1, Voltage Input C1 3 D1 C1 - B1 B1
Ch1, Current Input B1 16 B1 C2 12 B2 B2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - - A1, A2 - A2 -
Ch 2, L1+ - - C2, A2 B3, B4 21 (F2) A3 (F2) A3, A4
Ch 2, Voltage Input C2 4 D2 C3 - B3 B3
Ch 2, Current Input B2 17 B2 C4 22 B4 B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - - A3, A4 - A4 -
Ch 3, L1+ - - C3, A3 B5, B6 31 (F3) A5 (F3) A5, A6
Ch 3, Return (ZP) A3 - - A5, A6 - A6 -
Ch 4, L1+ - - C4, A4 B7, B8 41 (F4) A7 (F4) A7, A8
Ch 4, Return (ZP) A4 - - A7, A8 - A8 -
Ch 5, L2+ - - C5, A5 B9, B10 51 (F5) A9 (F5) A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 B 75
Table 13. AI810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/
Process TU818 TU835 TU838 TU850
(or TU814) male TU833
(1)
Ch 5, Return (ZP) A5 - - A9, A10 - A10 -
Ch 6, L2+ - - C6, A6 B11, B12 61 (F6) A11 (F6) A11, A12
Ch 6, Return (ZP) A6 - - A11, A12 - A12 -
Ch 7, L2+ - - C7, A7 B13, B14 71 (F7) A13 (F7) A13, A14
Ch 7, Return (ZP) A7 - A13, A14 - A14 -
Ch 8, L2+ - - C8, A8 B15, B16 81 (F8) A15 (F8) A15, A16
Ch 8, Return (ZP) A8 - - A15, A16 - A16 -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
(1) Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.
76 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 13 shows the process connections for the Analog Input Module AI810 when
installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process TU830/TU833 AI810

6.3A * L1+
+24v L1+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0v L1- Fuse L-
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I C2 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire L1+ B3,B4 L1+
XMTRs C3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I C4 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5,B6 L1+ Mux.
0 - 10V Ch3 V C5 I3U
C6 I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs B7,B8 L1+
0 - 20mA Ch4 I C7 I4U
C8 I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
C9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I C10 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
C11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I C12 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs L2+ B13,B14 L2+
0 - 10V Ch7 V C13 I7U
C14 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
0 - 10V Ch8 V C15 I8U
C16 I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A * L2+
+24v L2+
L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input 0v L2- Fuse L-
Chx I = Current Input L2- EM
* Max 1 AT in combination with AI810
Figure 13. AI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 77
Figure 14 shows the process connections for the AI810 when installed on a TU810
or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI810

(or TU814)
+24V L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Sup. 0V L1- ZP
L1+
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B1 I1I
A1 ZP
L1+
C2 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B2 I2I
A2 ZP
L1+ Mux.
0 - 10V Ch3 V C3 I3U
B3 I3I
ZP A3 ZP
L1+
0 - 10V Ch4 V C4 I4U
B4 I4I
ZP A4 ZP
L2+
C5 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B5 I5I
ZP A5 ZP
L2+
C6 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B6 I6I
ZP A6 ZP
L2+
0 - 10V Ch7 V C7 I7U
B7 I7I
ZP A7 ZP
L2+
0 - 10V Ch8 V C8 I8U
B8 I8I
ZP A8 ZP
L2+ L2+
Pwr. 24V L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input Sup. 0V L2- ZP
EM
Chx I = Current Input
Figure 14. AI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
78 3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process TU835 AI810

X11
Fn=100mA L1+
+24v L1+
L1+
0v L1- L-
L1-
X12 F1
L1+ 11 L1+
I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I 12 I1I
2- Wire ZP
F2
XMTRs L1+ 21 L1+
I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I 22 I2I
ZP
F3
3- Wire L1+ 31 L1+ Mux.
I3U
XMTRs 0 (4) - 20mA Ch3 I 32 I3I
ZP
F4
4- Wire L1+ 41 L1+
I4U
XMTRs 0 (4) - 20mA Ch4 I 42 I4I
ZP
F5
L2+ 51 L2+
I5U
4 - 20mA Ch5 I 52 I5I
2- Wire ZP
F6
XMTRs L2+ 61 L2+
I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I 62 I6I
ZP
F7
L2+ 71 L2+
3- Wire I7U
0 (4) - 20mA Ch7 I 72 I7I
XMTRs ZP
F8
4- Wire 81 L2+
I8U
XMTRs 0 (4) - 20mA Ch8 I 82 I8I
ZP
X13
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+
0v L2- L-
3BSE020924-510 B 79
Extended MTU.
Process TU838 AI810
+24v L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Source 0v L1- L-
L1-
F1 L1+
L1+ A1
B1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B2 I1I
A2 ZP
2 - Wire F2
L1+ A3 L1+
XMTRs B3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B4 I2I
A4 ZP
F3
A5 L1+ Mux.
0 - 10V Ch3 V B5 I3U
B6 I3I
ZP A6 ZP
4 - Wire F4
XMTRs A7 L1+
B7 I4U
0 - 20mA Ch4 I B8 I4I
ZP A8 ZP
L2+ A9 F5 L2+
B9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B10 I5I
ZP A10 ZP
L2+ A11 F6 L2+
B11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B12 I6I
ZP A12 ZP
3 - Wire F7
XMTRs L2+ A13 L2+
0 - 10V Ch7 V B13 I7U
B14 I7I
ZP A14 ZP
L2+ A15 F8
L2+
0 - 10V Ch8 V B15 I8U
B16 I8I
ZP A16 ZP
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input 0v L2- L-
80 3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process TU850 AI810

2A
+24v L1+ L1+
L1+
0v L1- Fuse L-
U1 A1 L1+
B1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B2 I1I
2- Wire U2 A2 ZP
XMTRs U3 A3 L1+
B3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B4 I2I
U4 A4 ZP
3- Wire U5 A5 L1+
B5 I3U
XMTRs 0 (4) - 20mA Ch3 I B6 I3I
U6 A6 ZP
4- Wire A7 L1+
B7 I4U
XMTRs 0 (4) - 20mA Ch4 I B8 I4I
A8 ZP Mux.
U9 A9 L2+
B9 I5U
4 - 20mA Ch5 I B10 I5I
2- Wire U10 A10 ZP
XMTRs U11 A11 L2+
B11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6I B12 I6I
U12 A12 ZP
U13 A13 L2+
3- Wire B13 I7U
0 (4) - 20mA Ch7 I B14 I7I
XMTRs U14 A14 ZP
4- Wire A15 L2+
B15 I8U
XMTRs 0 - 10 V Ch8 V B16 I8I
A16 ZP
+24v L2+ 2A L2+
L2+ Fuse
0v L2- L-
Chx I = Current Input EM
3BSE020924-510 B 81
Compact MTU.
TU812 AI810
1 1 UP1 +24V
L1+
14 14 UP1
L-
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1U
3 Ch1 V I1I
3 S1 ZP
16 16 S2 Ch1 I L1+
Ch2 V I2U
4 4 S3 I2I
Ch2 I ZP
17 17 S4
L1+ Mux.
5 5 S5 Ch3 V I3U
I3I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I ZP
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 V L1+
Connection I4U
19 19 S8 Ch4 I I4I
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch5 V
L2+
20 20 S10 Ch5 I I5U
I5I
8 8 S11 Ch6 V ZP
21 21 S12 Ch6 I L2+
I6U
9 9 S13 Ch7 V I6I
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch7 I
L2+
10 10 S15 Ch8 V I7U
I7I
23 23 S16 Ch8 I ZP
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I8U
24 24 UP2 I8I
ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
L2+
25 25 ZP2
L-
13 13 EM EM EM
Chx V = Voltage Input

Figure 18. AI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
82 3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU818 Compact MTU.
3BSE020924-510 B 83
AI815 Analog Input Module Appendix A Specifications
AI815 Analog Input Module
Features
12 Bit resolution.
Current limited transmitter supply per
channel.
HART pass-through communication.
Description
The AI815 Analog Input Module has 8 channels.
The modules can be configured for voltage or
current inputs. Current and voltage signals
cannot be mixed on the same I/O module.
The voltage and current input is able to withstand
an overvoltage or undervoltage of at least 11 V
d.c. The input resistance for voltage input is
greater than 10 M ohm, and the input resistance
for current input is 250 ohm.
The module distributes the external HART
compatible transmitter supply to each channel.
This adds a simple connection to distribute the
supply to 2-wire or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current
limited.
If an external power supply is used for feeding HART transmitters, the power
supply must be HART compatible.
84 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI815 Analog Input Module
The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically. Module diagnostics include:

External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these are reported as External channel error.
Analog Read Back, Reference Voltage, Internal Power Supply, Checksum,
Watchdog and Memory. Error in these are reported as Module Error.
All the eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. The power to
the input stages is converted from the 24 V supply on the ModuleBus.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point
communication is supported.
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830/TU833 Extended MTU
enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs,
but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field
devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse (3 A max) per
channel for the outgoing transmitter supply. TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire transmitters without external marshaling. The TU812 Compact
MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required, if HART is used.
The parameter Shunt mode should be set to Internal shunt when current input is
required and set to External shunt when voltage input is required.
3BSE020924-510 B 85
Technical Data
Feature AI815 Analog Input Module

4... 20 mA, 1... 5V
Over range +15%
Input impedance (at voltage input) 10 M
Input impedance (at current input) 250
(including PTC)
Voltage input, maximum non- 11 V d.c.
destructive
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz > 40 dB
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Temperature drift Max. 50 ppm/ C
Current consumption 24 V 50 mA
(Modulebus)
Current consumption 24 V (process 339 mA (max) (22 mA + transmitter
power supply, UPx) current * 1.32)
86 3BSE020924-510 B

Transmitter supply: HART compatible
Voltage: 24 V @ 23 mA
Current: 30 mA + - 10%(1)
Supervision Module error, if: analog read back,
reference voltage, internal power supply,
checksum, watchdog and memory error
External channel error, if: external power
supply low, transmitter power error
TU833, TU835 or TU838
MTU keying code CC
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter
3BSE020924-510 B 87
Block Diagram AI815
24 V
R
UP W
F
ZP
U1 T 24 V
I1U LP
I1I
CPU
MBI
ZP
U8 T 24 V
Mux
I8U LP #
I8I
ZP Mux
HART
Modem
88 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
With HART signals, shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
TU810 TU812 D-Sub TU830/

Process TU818 TU835 TU838
(or TU814) 25 male TU833
Connection Terminal Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector (1) Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
U1 - - C1 B1 11 (F1) A1 (F1)
Ch1, Voltage Input C1 3 D1 C1 - B1
Ch1, Current Input B1 16 B1 C2 12 B2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - - A1, A2 - A2
U2 - - C2 B3 21 (F2) A3 (F2)
Ch 2, Voltage Input C2 4 D2 C3 - B3
Ch 2, Current Input B2 17 B2 C4 22 B4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - - A3, A4 - A4
U3 - - C3 B5 31 (F3) A5 (F3)
Ch 3, Return (ZP) A3 - - A5, A6 - A6
U4 - - C4 B7 41 (F4) A7 (F4)
Ch 4, Return (ZP) A4 - - A7, A8 - A8
U5 - - C5 B9 51 (F5) A9 (F5)
3BSE020924-510 B 89
TU810 TU812 D-Sub TU830/

(or TU814) 25 male TU833
Connection (1) Terminal Terminal Terminal
Ch 5, Return (ZP) A5 - - A9, A10 - A10
U6 - - C6 B11 61 (F6) A11 (F6)
Ch 6, Return (ZP) A6 - - A11, A12 - A12
U7 - - C7 B13 71 (F7) A13 (F7)
Ch 7, Return (ZP) A7 - A13, A14 - A14
U8 - - C8 B15 81 (F8) A15 (F8)
Ch 8, Return (ZP) A8 - - A15, A16 - A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
90 3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
6.3A L1+
+24v L1+
Pwr. L1+
L1-
U1 B1 U1
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I C2 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 U2
XMTRs B3
C3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I C4 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V C5 I3U
C6 I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs B7 U4
0 - 20mA Ch4 I C7 I4U
C8 I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
Current and U5 B9 U5
Voltage signals C9 I5U
cannot be mixed 0 - 20mA Ch5 I C10 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
at the same
module U6 B11 U6
C11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I C12 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V C13 I7U
C14 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V C15 I8U
C16 I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+
Figure 21. AI815 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 91
Process TU835 AI815

X11
Fn=100mA L1+
+24V L1+
L1+
0V L1- L-
L1-
X12 F1
L1+ 11 U1
I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I 12 I1I
ZP
F2
L1+ 21 U2
I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I 22 I2I
ZP
F3
L1+ 31 U3 Mux.
I3U
4 - 20mA Ch3 I 32 I3I
ZP
F4
L1+ 41 U4
I4U
4 - 20mA Ch4 I 42 I4I
ZP
F5
L2+ 51 U5
I5U
4 - 20mA Ch5 I 52 I5I
ZP
F6
L2+ 61 U6
I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I 62 I6I
ZP
F7
L2+ 71 U7
I7U
4 - 20mA Ch7 I 72 I7I
F8 ZP
L2+ 81 U8
I8U
4 - 20mA Ch8 I 82 I8I
ZP
X13
+24V L2+ L2+
L2+
Chx I = Current Input 0V L2- L-
L2- EM
92 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU838 AI815
+24V L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1-
F1 U1
L1+ A1
B1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B2 I1I
A2 ZP
2 - Wire F2
L1+ A3 U2
XMTRs B3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B4 I2I
A4 ZP
F3
A5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V B5 I3U
Current and B6 I3I
Voltage signals ZP A6 ZP
4 - Wire F4
cannot be mixed XMTRs A7 U4
at the same B7 I4U
0 - 20mA Ch4 I B8 I4I
module ZP A8 ZP
L2+ A9 F5 U5
B9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B10 I5I
ZP A10 ZP
F6
L2+ A11 U6
B11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B12 I6I
ZP A12 ZP
3 - Wire F7
XMTRs L2+ A13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V B13 I7U
B14 I7I
ZP A14 ZP
L2+ A15 F8
U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V B15 I8U
B16 I8I
ZP A16 ZP
+24V L2+ L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input L2+
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 93
installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI815

(or TU814)
+24V L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Sup. 0V L1- ZP
U1
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B1 I1I
A1 ZP
U2
C2 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B2 I2I
A2 ZP
U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V C3 I3U
B3 I3I
ZP A3 ZP
Current and
U4
Voltage signals 0 - 5V Ch4 V C4 I4U
cannot be mixed B4 I4I
at the same ZP A4 ZP
module U5
C5 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B5 I5I
ZP A5 ZP
U6
C6 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B6 I6I
ZP A6 ZP
U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V C7 I7U
B7 I7I
ZP A7 ZP
U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V C8 I8U
B8 I8I
ZP A8 ZP
L2+ L2+
L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input L2- ZP
EM
94 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812 AI815
1 1 UP1 +24V
L1+
14 14 UP1
L-
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1 U1
I1U
I1I
3 3 S1 Ch1 V ZP
16 16 S2 Ch1 I U2
I2U
4 4 S3 Ch2 V I2I
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch2 I
U3 Mux.
5 5 S5 Ch3 V I3U
I3I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I ZP
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 V U4
Connection I4U
19 19 S8 Ch4 I I4I
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch5 V
U5
20 20 S10 Ch5 I I5U
I5I
8 8 S11 Ch6 V ZP
Current and Voltage
21 21 S12 Ch6 I U6
signals cannot I6U
be mixed at the 9 9 S13 Ch7 V I6I
same module ZP
22 22 S14 Ch7 I U7
10 10 S15 Ch8 V I7U
I7I
23 23 S16 Ch8 I ZP
U8
11 11 UP2 +24V * I8U
24 24 UP2 I8I
ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
L2+
25 25 ZP2
L-
13 13 EM EM EM

3BSE020924-510 B 95
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
AI820 Differential Analog Input Module,

+/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V (4...20 mA, 2...10 V, 1...5 V)
Features
4 channels for -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V, -
5...+5 V, 0...5 V, 1...5 V d.c. bipolar
differential inputs.
One group of 4 channels isolated from
ground.
14 Bit resolution plus sign.
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V d.c.
The input withstand HART communication.
Description
The AI820 Analog Input Module has 4
differential, bipolar current/voltage inputs. Each
channel can be either a voltage or current input.
The current inputs can withstand an accidental
maximum normal mode 30 V d.c. connection. To
protect the current input circuit against
dangerous input levels, that is, by accidentally
connecting a 24 V source, the resistor rating of
the 250 current sense resistors is about 5 Watts.
This is intended only to temporarily protect one
channel at a time.
The module distributes the external transmitter
supply to each channel. This adds a simple connection (with extended MTUs) to
distribute the supply to external 2 wire transmitters. There is no current limiting on
the transmitter power terminals.
All 4 channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
96 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables
three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage inputs, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the field devices. The
TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the
process.
Technical Data
Table 16. AI820 Differential Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI820
Feature
Analog Input Module
Type of input Bipolar differential
Measurement ranges (nominal) -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA (1), -10...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10
V (1), -5...+5 V, 0...5 V, 1...5 V (1) d.c.
Over/under range 15%
Input impedance (at voltage input) 200k +/ 25% Common mode
800k +/ 25% Normal mode
Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault) 30 V
Common mode voltage input 50 V d.c.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 80 dB (>60 dB d.c.)
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 33 dB
Error Max. 0,1%
Resolution 14 bit plus sign
3BSE020924-510 B 97
Table 16. AI820 Differential Analog Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
AI820
Feature
Analog Input Module
Temperature drift, Current Max.50 ppm/ C
Temperature drift, Voltage Max.70 ppm/ C
Update cycle time (all four channels) <26 ms
Power dissipation 1.7W
Voltage supervision Internal process supply
Input filter (rise time) 40 ms
Fusing of transmitter supply on Extended MTU
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code BB
98 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AI820
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
L1+
L1-
L1+
L1- Pos
I1U+
I1IB AMP
+ Block
I1I+
LPF
ModuleBus
I1- PGA CLK +/-
Mux
G=1/2 MBI-2
Data +/-
L1+ #
L1-
5 VS
I2U+ CPU 5V
I2IB AMP
+ 0V
I2I+
LPF
I2- Power_ok
I3U+ +24 V
+UPInt
I3IB AMP ZP
+ +0 V 24
I3I+ -UPInt
LPF
I3-
L2+
L2-
I4U+
I4IB AMP
I4I+ +
LPF
I4-
L2+
L2-
L2+
L2-
ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 99
Process Connections
TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Process Connection (or TU814) D-Sub 25 male
Terminal
Terminal Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ 1, 14 L1+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1-
Ch1, L1+ - - B1, B2
Ch1V, Voltage Input + C1 3 C1
Ch1IB (2) B1 16 C2
Ch1, L1- A1 - A1, A2
Ch 1, L1+ - - B3, B4
Ch 1I, Current Input + C2 4 C3
Ch 1-, Return - (2) B2 17 C4
Ch 1, L1- A2 - A3, A4
Ch 2, L1+ - - B5, B6
Ch 2V, Voltage Input + C3 5 C5
Ch 2IB (2) B3 18 C6
Ch 2, L1- A3 - A5, A6
Ch 2, L1+ - - B7, B8
Ch 2-, Return - (2) B4 19 C8
Ch 2, L1- A4 - A7, A8
Ch 3, L2+ - - B9, B10
100 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Terminal Connector(1)
Ch 3IB (2) B5 20 C10
Ch 3, L2- A5 - A9, A10
Ch 3, L2+ - - B11, B12
Ch 3-, Return - (2) B6 21 C12
Ch 3, L2- A6 - A11, A12
Ch 4, L2+ - - B13, B14
Ch 4IB (2) B7 22 C14
Ch 4, L2- A7 - A13, A14
Ch 4, L2+ - - B15, B16
Ch 4-, Return - (2) B8 23 C16
Ch 4, L2- A8 - A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ 11, 24 L2+
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2-
(2) When connect current signal current bridge must be connected to the voltage Input. If 2-wire
transmitter also connect Return- to L1- or L2-.
3BSE020924-510 B 101
Figure 27 shows the process connections for the Differential Analog Input Module
AI820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Pwr.
Source 6.3A L1+
+24v L1+
L1+ Fuse
0v L1- L1-
0 - 10V L1-
B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 V C1 I1U+
C2 I1IB
A1,A2 L1-
250W Diff.
4 Wire Compensation Amp
250W
XTMR B3,B4 L1+ +
C3 I1I+ LPF
Ch1 - C4 I1-
4 - 20mA A3,A4 L1-
2 Wire L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch2V C5 I2U+
XTMR C6 I2IB
Ch2IB A5,A6 L1-
250W Diff.
Compensation Amp
250W
B7,B8 L1+ +
Ch2 I C7 I2I+
C8 I2- LPF
Ch2- A7,A8 L1-
Pwr. L1-
Source B9,B10 L2+
Ch3V C9 I3U+
C10 I3IB 250W Diff.
Ch3IB A9,A10 L2-
0 - 20mA Compensation Amp
250W
B11,B12 L2+ +
Ch3 I C11 I3I+
Ch3 - C12 I3- LPF
4 Wire A11,A12 L2-
XTMR B13,B14 L2+
CH4 V C13 I4U+
C14 I4IB
0 - 10V A13,A14 L2-
250W Diff.
Compensation Amp
250W
L2+ B15,B16 L2+ +

3 Wire C15 I4I+
XTMR C16 I4- LPF
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3A
+24v L2+ L2+ LPF = Low Pass Filter
L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input 0v L2- Fuse L2-
102 3BSE020924-510 B
Process +24V 0V TU810 AI820

(or TU814)
Pwr.
Source L1+ L1+
L1+
Local L1- L1-
0 - 10V Gnd.
L1+
Ch1 V C1 I1U+
B1 I1IB 250W Diff.
4 Wire A1 L1- Compensation Amp
250W
XTMR L1+ +
C2 I1I+ LPF
Ch1 - B2 I1-
A2 L1-
4 - 20mA
L1+
2 Wire Ch2V C3 I2U+
Ch2IB B3 I2IB
XTMR A3
250W Diff.
L1- Compensation Amp
250W
L1+ +
Ch2 I C4 I2I+
LPF
Ch2 - B4 I2-
Pwr. L1- A4 L1-
Source L2+
Ch3V C5 I3U+
Ch3IB B5 I3IB 250W Diff.
A5 L2- Compensation
0 - 20mA Amp
250W
L2+ +
Ch3 I C6 I3I+
B6 LPF
Ch3 - I3-
4 Wire A6 L2-
XTMR L2+
CH4 V C7 I4U+
B7 I4IB 250W Diff.
0 - 10V A7 L2- Compensation Amp
250W
L2+ +
3 Wire C8 I4I+
Ch4 - B8 I4- LPF
XTMR
A8 L2-
L2+ L2+ LPF = Low Pass Filter

+24v L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input 0v L2- L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 103
Figure 29 shows the process connections for the AI820 when installed on a TU812.
TU812 AI820
1 1 UP1 +24V
14 14 UP1 L1+
2 2 ZP1 0V L1-
15 15 ZP1
L1+
3 3 S1 Ch1 V I1U+
I1IB 250W Diff.
16 16 S2 Ch1 IB L1- Compensation Amp
250W
4 4 S3 Ch1 I L1+ +
I1I+ LPF
17 17 S4 Ch1 R I1-
L1-
5 5 S5 Ch2 V L1+
I2U+
18 18 S6 Ch2 IB I2IB
L1-
250W Diff.
Process 6 6 S7 Ch2 I Compensation Amp
250W
Connection L1+ +
19 19 S8 Ch2 R I2I+
I2- LPF
7 7 S9 Ch3 V L1-
20 20 S10 Ch3 IB L2+
I3U+
8 8 S11 Ch3 I I3IB 250W Diff.
L2- Compensation
21 21 S12 Ch3 R Amp
250W
L2+ +
9 9 S13 Ch4 V I3I+ LPF
I3-
22 22 S14 Ch4 IB L2-
10 10 S15 Ch4 I L2+
I4U+
23 23 S16 Ch4 R I4IB 250W Diff.
L2- Compensation
11 11 UP2 +24V Amp
250W
L2+ +
24 24 UP2 I4I+
I4- LPF
12 12 ZP2 0V L2-
25 25 ZP2 L2+ LPF = Low Pass Filter

13 13 EM L2-
EM
104 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module
Features
4 channels individually galvanic isolated inputs
for +20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, +10 V,
0...10 V, 2...10 V.
14 Bit resolution plus sign.
Input shunt resistors protected to 30 V d.c.
The input withstands HART communication.
Description
The AI825 Analog Input Module has 4
individually galvanic isolated, bipolar
current/voltage inputs. Each channel can be
either a voltage or current input.
The module has a direct current input that
withstand up to 6.3 V and a over voltage
protected current input that withstand up to +30
V d.c. The current is limited by a PTC resistor.
Power to the input stages is converted from the
24 V on the ModuleBus.
Three different types of MTUs can be used;
TU831 Extended MTU, TU811 or TU813
Compact MTU. The TU813 Compact MTU has
crimped snap-in connectors for connection to the
process.
3BSE020924-510 B 105
AI825 Galvanic Isolated Analog Input Module Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
Table 18. AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI825
Feature
Analog Input Module
Type of input Galvanic isolated
channel to channel
channel to ground
Measurement ranges (nominal) -20...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA, -10...+10 V, 0...10 V,
2...10 V d.c.
Over/under range 15%
Input impedance at voltage input (I x U) 10 M
Input impedance at current input (I x I) 50
Over voltage protected current input (I x 50 + 125
IP)
Max. Differential d.c. input (Fault)
Voltage input 30 V
Over voltage protected current input 30 V
Current input 6.3 V
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz 120 dB
NMRR >40 dB at 50 Hz, >55 dB at 60 Hz
Error Max. 0,1%
Resolution 14 bit plus sign
Temperature drift Max 57 ppm/C ( 20 mA)
Max 34 ppm/C ( 10 V)
Max 78 ppm/C (0...20 mA)
Max 47 ppm/C (0...10 V)
106 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 18. AI825 Galvanic Isolated Input Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AI825
Feature
Analog Input Module
Update cycle time (all four channels) <10 ms
Current consumption 24 V (Modulebus) Typ 90 mA, max 110 mA
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) Typ 70 mA, max 100 mA
Power dissipation Typ 2.5 W, max 3.2 W
Voltage supervision Internal supplies
Input filter (0 to 90%) 130 ms at current input
115 ms at voltage input
Module termination units TU811, TU813 or TU831
MTU keying code DA
Dielectric test voltage
between channels 1900 V d.c.
channel to ground and MB24V 3250 V d.c.
MB24V to ground 720 V d.c.
3BSE020924-510 B 107
Block Diagram AI825
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
Pos
I1U
I1IP AMP
+ Block
I1I
LPF
ModuleBus
ZP1 # CLK +/-
MBI-2
Data +/-
5 VS
I2U
CPU 5V
I2IP AMP
I2I + 0V
LPF
ZP2 # Power_ok
I3U
I3IP AMP
I3I +
LPF
ZP3 #
Ch1
+24 V
Ch2
I4U +0 V 24
I4IP AMP
I4I + Ch3
LPF
ZP4 #
Ch4
EM
108 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU811
TU831
Process Connection or TU813
Terminal
Terminal
Ch1V, Voltage Input + B1 B1
Ch1 IP, Current input+ protected C2 B2
Ch 1I, Current Input + A2 A2
Ch 1-, Return - (ZP1) A1 A1
Ch 2V, Voltage Input + B3 B3
3BSE020924-510 B 109
Figure 31 shows the process connections for the Galvanic Isolated Analog Input
Module AI825 when installed on a TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU.
External +10 V Ch1 V B1 I1U

power C2 I1IP
supply
A2 I1I
Ch1 ZP A1 ZP1
B3 I2U
External +20 mA Ch2 IP C4 I2IP
power A4 I2I
supply
Ch2 ZP A3 ZP2
B5 I3U
C6 I13IP
External +20 mA Ch3 I A6 I3I
power
supply
Ch3 ZP A5 ZP3
- + B7 I4U
C8 I4IP
4-20 mA Ch4 I A8 I4I
Ch4 ZP A7 ZP4
EM
Figure 31. AI825 with TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU Process

Connections
110 3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process TU831 AI825
External +10 V Ch1 V B1 I1U

power B2 I1IP
supply
A2 I1I
Ch1 ZP A1 ZP1
B3 I2U
External +20 mA Ch2 IP B4 I2IP
power A4 I2I
supply
Ch2 ZP A3 ZP2
B5 I3U
B6 I13IP
External +20 mA Ch3 I A6 I3I
power
supply
Ch3 ZP A5 ZP3
- + B7 I4U
B8 I4IP
4-20 mA Ch4 I A8 I4I
Ch4 ZP A7 ZP4
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 111
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module Appendix A Specifications
AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module
Features
8 channels for RTD (Pt100, Cu10, Ni100
and Ni120 and resistor) inputs.
3-wire connection to RTDs.
14 Bit resolution.
Inputs are monitored for open-circuit, short-
circuit and has a input grounded sensor.
Description
The AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module has 8
channels for measurement of temperature with
resistive elements (RTDs). With 3-wire
connections. All the RTDs must be isolated from
ground.
The AI830/AI830A can be used with Pt100,
Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 or resistive sensors.
Linearization and conversion of the temperature
to Centigrade or Fahrenheit is performed on the
module. Every channel can be individually
configured.
The MainsFreq parameter is used to set mains
frequency filter cycle time. This will give a notch
filter at the frequency specified (50 Hz or 60 Hz).
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The
TU830 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact
MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections.
112 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module
Technical Data
Table 20. AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module Specifications at 25 C
AI830/AI830A
Feature
RTD Input Module
Type of input 3-wire RTD:
Pt100, Cu10, Ni100, Ni120 and resistive
potentiometer
Measurement range See Table 21
Maximum field cable resistance 55 for AI830 up to PR:F
500 for AI830A and AI830 from PR:G
Error dependent of the field cable Rerr = R x (0.005 + R/100)
resistance TerrC = Rerr / (R0 x TCR)
Rerr =Error in ohm TerrF = TerrC x 1.8
R =Wire resistance
R =Difference in % between resistance
in field cables, see Figure 33.
CMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz >120 dB(1)
Error (IEC 51-1)(2)(3) See Table 21
Resolution See Table 21
Temperature drift See Table 21
Update cycle time 150 ms + n x 95 ms (4)
Supervision Open-circuit, short-circuit(5),
reference channel, internal power supply
3BSE020924-510 B 113
Table 20. AI830/AI830A RTD Input Module Specifications at 25 C (Continued)
AI830/AI830A
Feature
RTD Input Module
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code AF
(1) At 10 load, e.g. Cu 10. CMMR is >80 dB at <400 load and >110 dB at 100 .
(2) Without error dependent of the field cable resistance
(3) Activated and not correctly connected channels can have negative influence on the accuracy of
other channels.
(4) n=Number of active channels
(5) For Cu10, not short circuit.
R1 R=Difference between
AI830/AI830A
R1 and R2
Pt100 R2
R1, R2, Rzp=Field cable
resistance
Rzp
Figure 33. Error dependency of the field cable resistance
114 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 21. AI830/AI830A Signal Range
Temperature Sensor Max Error Resolution MaxTemp

Range Type 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz Drift
(1)
-80...80 C Pt100 0.10 C 0.11 C 0.025 C 0.030 C 0.0017 C/ C
-112...176 F Pt100(1) 0.18 F 0.20 F 0.046 F 0.055 F 0.003 F/ F
-200...250 C Pt100(1) 0.15 C 0.16 C 0.026 C 0.031 C 0.0028 C/ C
-328...482 F Pt100(1) 0.27 F 0.29 F 0.046 F 0.055 F 0.0050 F/ F
(1)
-200...850 C Pt100 0.31 C 0.34 C 0.056 C 0.067 C 0.007 C/ C
-328...1562 F Pt100(1) 0.57 F 0.61 F 0.10 F 0.12 F 0.013 F/ F
-60...180 C Ni100(2) 0.10 C 0.12 C 0.031 C 0.037 C 0.0021 C/ C
-76...356F Ni100(2) 0.19 F 0.21 F 0.056 F 0.067 F 0.0038 F/ F
-80...260 C Ni120(3) 0.27 C 0.29 C 0.022 C 0.026 C 0.0029 C/ C
-112...500 F Ni120(3) 0.49 F 0.51 F 0.039 F 0.046 F 0.0053 F/ F
-100...260 C Cu10(4) 1.0 C 1.2 C 0.26 C 0.31 C 0.024 C/ C
-148...500 F Cu10(4) 1.8 F 2.2 F 0.46 F 0.56 F 0.0043 F/ F
0...400 Resistor 0.083 0.091 0.020 0.024 0.0020 / C
-200...880 C(5) Pt100 0.29 C 0.32 C 0.056 C 0.067 C 0.007 C/ C
-328...1616 F(5) Pt100 0.53 F 0.58 F 0.10 F 0.12 F 0.013 F/ F
-200...880 C(6) Pt100 0.30 C 0.32 C 0.055 C 0.066 C 0.007 C/ C
(6)
-328...1616 F Pt100 0.53 F 0.58 F 0.10 F 0.12 F 0.012 F/ F
-80...80 C(7) Pt100 0.10 C 0.11 C 0.025 C 0.030 C 0.0017 C/ C
-112...176 F(7) Pt100 0.18 F 0.19 F 0.046 F 0.055 F 0.003 F/ F
-200...250 C(7) Pt100 0.14 C 0.15 C 0.025 C 0.031 C 0.0027 C/ C
(7)
-328...428 F Pt100 0.25 F 0.28 F 0.046 F 0.055 F 0.005 F/ F
3BSE020924-510 B 115
Table 21. AI830/AI830A Signal Range (Continued)
Temperature Sensor Max Error Resolution MaxTemp

Range Type 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz Drift
-200...850 C(7) Pt100 0.30 C 0.33 C 0.056 C 0.067 C 0.007 C/ C

-328...1562 F(7) Pt100 0.54 F 0.59 F 0.10 F 0.12 F 0.013 F/ F
(8)
-200...649 C Pt100 0.25 C 0.27 C 0.053 C 0.064 C 0.0052 C/ C
-328...1200 F(8) Pt100 0.45 F 0.49 F 0.096 F 0.12 F 0.0094 F/ F
(1) According to IEC 751, IPTS-68, TCR = 0.00385
(2) According to DIN 43760, TCR = 0.00617
(3) According to MIL-T-24388C, TCR = 0. 00672
Ro = 120 (MINCO)
(4) According to TCR = 0.00427, R25 = 10 (MINCO)
(5) According to US Industrial Std, TCR = 0.00391. Only supported by AI830A.
(6) According to US Lab Std IPTS-68, TRC = 0.00392. Only supported by AI830A.
(7) According to IEC 751, ITS-90 (JIS C 1604-1997), TRC = 0.00385. Only supported by AI830A.
(8) According to JIS C 1604:1981. Only supported by AI830A.
116 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AI830/AI830A
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
ZP
Pos
I1+
I1- LP
ZP Block
Mux CPU MBI

I4+ #
I4- LP 5VS
ZP
ModuleBus
5V
I5+ 0V
I5- LP Power_ok
ZP
+12V +24 V
I8+ ZP
I8- LP -12V 0 V 24 V
ZP
Ref:s
ZP
EM
Figure 34. AI830/AI830A Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 117
Process Connections
Table 22. AI830/AI830A Process Connections
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male
Connection Terminal
Terminal Connector (1)
- L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
- L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Input C1 3 C1
Ch1, - Input B1 16 C2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input C2 4 C3
Ch 2, - Input B2 17 C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - A3, A4
- - - B5, B6
- - - B7, B8
- - - B9, B10
118 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 22. AI830/AI830A Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch 5, - Input B5 20 C10
- - - B11, B12
Ch 6, - Input B6 21 C12
- - - B13, B14
Ch 7, - Input B7 22 C14
- - - B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input C8 10 C15
Ch 8, - Input B8 23 C16
- L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
- L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 119
Figure 35 shows the process connections for the RTD Input Module AI830/AI830A
when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
Process TU830/TU833 AI830/AI830A
6.3A
L1+
L1+
L1- Fuse ZP
L1-
T B1,B2
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
ZP A1,A2 ZP
T B3,B4
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
ZP A3,A4 ZP
T B5,B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
ZP A5,A6 ZP
T B7,B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
ZP A7,A8 ZP
T B9,B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
ZP A9,A10 ZP
T B11,B12
Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
ZP A11,A12 ZP
T B13,B14
Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
ZP A13,A14 ZP
T B15,B16
Ch8+ C15 I8+
Ch8- C16 I8+
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
L2- Fuse ZP
L2- EM
Note: No external power supply should be connected
Figure 35. AI830/AI830A with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
120 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 36 shows the process connections for the AI830/AI830A when installed on a
TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 AI830/AI830A

(or TU814)
L1+
L1+
L1- ZP
T
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- B1 I1-
ZP A1 ZP
T
Ch2+ C2 I2+
Ch2- B2 I2-
ZP A2 ZP
T
Ch3+ C3 I3+
Ch3- B3 I3-
ZP A3 ZP
T
Ch4+ C4 I4+
Ch4- B4 I4-
ZP A4 ZP
T
Ch5+ C5 I5+
Ch5- B5 I5-
ZP A5 ZP
T
Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- B6 I6-
ZP A6 ZP
T
Ch7+ C7 I7+
Ch7- B7 I7-
ZP A7 ZP
T
Ch8+ C8 I8+
Ch8- B8 I8+
ZP A8 ZP
L2+
L2+
L2- ZP
EM
Figure 36. AI830/AI830A with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 121
Figure 37 shows the connections for the AI830/AI830A when installed on a TU812.
TU812 AI830/AI830A
1 1 UP1 +24V
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1 ZP
3 3 S1 Ch1 +
I1+
16 16 S2 Ch1 - I1-
ZP
4 4 S3 Ch2 +
17 17 S4 Ch2 - I2+
I2-
5 5 S5 Ch3 + ZP
18 18 S6 Ch3 - I3+
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 + I3-
Connection ZP
19 19 S8 Ch4 -
7 7 S9 I4+
Ch5 + I4-
20 20 S10 Ch5 - ZP
8 8 S11 Ch6 + I5+

I5-
21 21 S12 Ch6 - ZP
9 9 S13 Ch7 +
I6+
22 22 S14 Ch7 - I6-
ZP
10 10 S15 Ch8 +
23 23 S16 Ch8 - I7+
I7-
11 11 UP2 +24V ZP
24 24 UP2
I8+
12 12 ZP2 0V I8-
ZP
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM
ZP
EM
Figure 37. AI830/AI830A with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
122 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Features
8 differential input channels for
thermocouple/mV.
Channel 8 can be designated as the CJ-
channel (4-wire Pt100 RTD).
Variety of thermocouples with the following
characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T
for AI835A also D, L and U.
15 Bit resolution (A/D).
Inputs are monitored for wire-break open-
circuit.
Description
The AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input
Module is part of the S800 I/O. It provides 8
differential input channels for
Thermocouple/mV measurements. Measurement
ranges configurable per channel are:
-30 mV to +75 mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E,
J, K, N, R, S and T, for AI835A also D, L and U.
One of the channels (Channel 8) may be
configured for Cold Junction (ambient)
temperature measurements, thus serving as CJ-
channel for Ch. 1...7. The junction temperature
may be measured locally on the MTUs screw
terminals, or on a connection unit distant form the device. Alternatively, a fix
junction temperature for the module may be set by the user (as parameter) or for
AI835A also from the application. Channel 8 may be used in the same manner as
Ch. 1...7 when no CJ-temperature measurement is needed.
3BSE020924-510 B 123
AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module Appendix A Specifications
Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or

linear), and may be grounded or ungrounded.
Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V, 50 mV and 100 ohm references,
which are regularly updated.
Six different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 (or TU833) Extended MTU or
the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables three wire connection to the devices
without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process. TU818 Compact MTU provides connection
to 2-wire transmitters without external marshaling.
Technical Data
Table 23. AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI835/AI835A
Feature
Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Number of channels 8 (Differential)
Type of input -30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types B,
C, E, J, K, N, R, S and T. AI835A also D,
L and U.
Input impedance > 1 M
CJ-temperature measurement reference 4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100 RTD,
TY820 can be used
Maximum field cable length 600 meters (656 yd.)
CMV between channels, max. 12 V d.c.
NMRR, 50 Hz, 60 Hz >60 dB(1)
Resolution (A/D) 15 bits
124 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 23. AI835/AI835A Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
AI835/AI835A
Feature
Error 0.1%
Max. 7 ppm/ C (AI835A)
Max. 30 ppm/C (AI835)
Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass) 10 Hz
Filter (integration) 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Update cycle time, max. 280 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
250 ms + n x 70 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
Supervision Module: reference channels, power
supply low
Channel: open-circuit(2)
CJ-channel(CH8): <-40 C (-40 F) and
>100 C (212 F)
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830
or TU833
MTU keying code BA
(1) >40 dB at 50 Hz and 60 Hz 1%
(2) Cycle time for open circuit supervision = (Update cycle time) * (number of active channels)
3BSE020924-510 B 125
Table 24. AI835/AI835A Range/Linearization
Input Type Temperature Range

TC type B (1) 44...1820oC, 111.2...3308oF
TC type C 0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D (2) 02300C, 32...4172F
(1)
TC type E -270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1) -210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1) -270...1372oC, -454...2501.6oF
TC type L (2) -200900 C, -3281652 F
TC type N (1) -270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type S (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type T (1) -270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U(2) -200600 C, -3281112 F
Linear range -30...75 mV
Pt100 RTD (for CJC) (3) -40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Only for AI835A
(3) Sensor Type applies to Channel 8 only, for the measuring of the Cold
Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
126 3BSE020924-510 B

Fault
Run REFs MB = Modulebus
FIC = Full protocol module Interface Circuity
Warning MTI = Main Timer Interface
SPI = Serial Peripheral Interface
+CH1
EMC/
-CH1 LP
+CH2 EMC/
-CH2 LP
Data
Differential A/D
ANA-
CLK
LOG
MB
FIC
MUX #
Amplifier CTRL
+CH7 EMC/ (MTI) Pos(6:0)
-CH7 LP
ADR(SPI) pow_ok
+PCJC +5V
(low)
+CH8 EMC/ 0V
Pt100 LP
-CH8
+UPint +24V
-PCJC GNDA
ZP -UPint 0V_24V

EM

3BSE020924-510 B 127
Process Connections
TU810 TU812 TU830/

Process TU818
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU833
Connection Terminal
Pt100, PCJC- L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
- L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
- - - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Input C1 3 D1 C1
Ch1, - Input B1 16 B1 C2
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1 - - A1, A2
- - - - B3, B4
Ch 2, + Input C2 4 D2 C3
Ch 2, - Input B2 17 B2 C4
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A2 - - A3, A4
- - - - B5, B6
- - - - B7, B8
- - - - B9, B10
128 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 TU812 TU830/

Process TU818
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch 5, - Input B5 20 B5 C10
- - - - B11, B12
Ch 6, - Input B6 21 B6 C12
Ch 6, Return (ZP) A6 - - A11, A12
- - - - B13, B14
Ch 7, - Input B7 22 B7 C14
Ch 7, Return (ZP) A7 - - A13, A14
- - - - B15, B16
Ch 8, + Input C8 10 D8 C15
Ch 8, - Input B8 23 B8 C16
Ch 8, Return (ZP) A8 - - A15, A16
Pt100, PCJC+ L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
- L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 129
Figure 39 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module
AI835/AI835A when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
Process TU830/TU833 AI835/AI835A
6.3A
L1+ PCJC-
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1-
B1,B2
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
Thermocouple isolated
from ground B3,B4
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5,B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7,B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9,B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
Thermocouple connected B11,B12
to ground Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13,B14
Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
Pt100/TY820 B15,B16
Ch8+ C15 I8+
Ch8- C16 I8-
A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+ PCJC+
L2+
L2- Fuse
L2- EM
Figure 39. AI835/AI835A with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
130 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 40 shows the process connections for the AI835/AI835A when installed on a

(or TU814)
L1+ PCJC-
L1+
L1-
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- B1 I1-
A1 ZP
Thermocouple isolated
from ground
Ch2+ C2 I2+
Ch2- B2 I2-
A2 ZP
Ch3+ C3 I3+
Ch3- B3 I3-
A3 ZP
Ch4+ C4 I4+
Ch4- B4 I4-
A4 ZP
Ch5+ C5 I5+
Ch5- B5 I5-
A5 ZP
Thermocouple connected
to ground Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- B6 I6-
A6 ZP
Ch7+ C7 I7+
Ch7- B7 I7-
A7 ZP
Pt100/TY820
Ch8+ C8 I8+
Ch8- B8 I8-
A8 ZP
L2+ PCJC+
L2+
L2- EM

Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 131
Figure 41 shows the AI835/AI835A connections through a remote junction box.

(or TU814)
Multi-conductor (Cu)
shielded cables L1+ PCJC-
L1+
Junction L1-
Thermocouple Box
connected to
ground C1 I1+
Ch1+
2 Ch1- B1 I1-
A1 ZP
Ch2+ C2 I2+
2 Ch2- B2 I2-
A2 ZP
Ch3+ C3 I3+
2 Ch3- B3 I3-
A3 ZP
Ch4+ C4 I4+
2 Ch4- B4 I4-
A4 ZP
Ch5+ C5 I5+
2 Ch5- B5 I5-
A5 ZP
Ch6+ C6 I6+
2 Ch6- B6 I6-
A6 ZP
Ch7+ C7 I7+
2 Ch7- B7 I7-
A7 ZP
Thermocouple
Pt100/TY820
isolated from
ground Ch8+ C8 I8+
2 Ch8- B8 I8-
A8 ZP
2 L2+ PCJC+
L2+
L2- EM

Connections to Remote Junction Box
132 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 42 shows the connections for the AI835/AI835A when installed on a TU812.
TU812 AI835/AI835A
1 1 PCJC-
14 14
PCJC-
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1
3 3 S1 Ch1 + I1+
I1-
16 16 S2 Ch1 - ZP
4 4 S3 Ch2 +
I2+
17 17 S4 Ch2 - I2-
ZP
5 5 S5 Ch3 +
18 18 S6 Ch3 - I3+
I3-
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 + ZP
Connection
19 19 S8 Ch4 -
I4+
7 7 S9 Ch5 + I4-
ZP
20 20 S10 Ch5 -
8 8 S11 Ch6 + I5+
I5-
21 21 S12 Ch6 - ZP
9 9 S13 Ch7 + I6+

22 S14 I6-
22 Ch7 - ZP
10 10 S15 Ch8 +
23 23 S16 Ch8 - I7+
I7-
11 11 PCJC+ ZP
24 24 I8+
I8-
12 12 ZP2 0V ZP
25 25 ZP2 PCJC+
13 13 EM EM
EM
Figure 42. AI835/AI835A with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 133
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Appendix A Specifications
AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Features
8 differential input channels for
thermocouple/mV.
Single or redundant operation.
A separate channel is used as CJ-channel
(4-wire Pt100 RTD).
Variety of thermocouples with the following
characteristics: B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T
and U.
16 Bit resolution (A/D converter).
Inputs are monitored for wire-break open-
circuit.
Description
The AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module is
part of the S800 I/O. It provides 8 differential
input channels for Thermocouple/mV
measurements. Measurement ranges configurable
per channel are:
-30 mV to +75 mV linear, or TC Types B, C, E, J,
K, L, N, R, S, T and U.
A separate Pt100 channel is used for Cold
Junction (ambient) temperature measurements,
thus serving as CJ-channel for Ch. 1...8. See
Figure 44, Figure 45 and Figure 46 for connection of reference resistance and Pt100
sensor. The junction temperature may be measured locally on the MTUs screw
terminals, or on a connection unit distant form the device. Alternatively, a fix
junction temperature for the module may be set by the user (as parameter) or a
junction temperature set by the application.
134 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module
Each input-channel can measure a mV type of signal source (Thermocouple or

linear), and may be grounded or ungrounded.
Full self-calibration is obtained by means of 0V and 30 mV references, which are
regularly updated.
On each channel, there is a Fault (Red) LED that indicates channel error.
Three different types of MTUs can be used. In single applications, TU830 Extended
MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without additional terminals.
In redundant applications, TU842 for horizontal mounting and TU843 for vertical
mounting can be used.
Technical Data
Table 26. AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C
AI843
Feature
Number of channels 8 (Differential)
Type of input -30 mV to 75 mV linear, or TC types B,
C, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T and U
Input impedance > 1 M
CJ-temperature measurement reference 4-wire connected IEC-751/Pt100 RTD,
TY820 can be used
Maximum field cable length 600 meters (656 yd.) or max. 500
CMV between channels, max. 5 V d.c.
Resolution (A/D converter) 16 bits
3BSE020924-510 B 135
Table 26. AI843 Thermocouple/mV Input Module Specifications at 25C

(Continued)
AI843
Feature
Error <0.1%
Max. 25 ppm/ C
Filter, analog (1st order Low-pass) 1.1 kHz
Filter (integration) 50 Hz or 60 Hz
Update cycle time, max. 320 ms + n x 80 ms at 50 Hz
267 ms + n x 67 ms at 60 Hz
(n = active channels)
Supervision Module error if: reference channels
outside limits, power supply low
Channel error if: open-circuit, out of
range <-40 C (-40 F) and >100 C
(212 F) (only Cold Junction channel)
Linear: none
Module termination units TU818, TU830, TU842, and TU843
MTU keying code B, A
136 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 27. AI843 Range/Linearization
Input Type Temperature Range

TC type B (1) 44...1820oC, 111.2...3308oF
TC type C 0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type D 0...2300oC, 32...4172oF
TC type E (1) -270...1000oC, -454...1832oF
TC type J (1) -210...1200oC, -346...2192oF
TC type K (1) -270...1372oC, -454...2501.6oF
TC type L -200...900oC, -328...1652oF
TC type N (1) -270...1300oC, -454...2372oF
TC type R (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type S (1) -50...1768oC, -58...3214.4oF
TC type T (1) -270...400oC, -454...752oF
TC type U -200...600oC, -328...1112oF
Linear range -30...75 mV
Pt100 RTD (for CJC) (2) -40...100oC, -40...212oF
(1) Linearization per IEC 584-1 1995, and following ITS 90 requirements.
(2) Sensor Type applies to Cold Junction channel only, for the measuring
of the Cold Junction Compensation temperature.
From the 11 Sensor Types above, one choice is to be selected by the user per
channel.
3BSE020924-510 B 137
Block Diagram AI843

Fault (F)
Ch 1 Fault (F1)
Run (R)
Ch 2 Fault (F2)
Warning (W)
Ch 8 Fault (F8)
+CH1
-CH1 EMC/LP
MUX
+CH2
-CH2 EMC/LP #
Data
CLK
ModuleBus
MCU
ASIC
Pos (0...6)
+5V
0V
MUX
#
24V
+CH8
0V-24V
-CH8 EMC/LP
S+
+ CJC
- EMC/LP
S-
138 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU830, TU833,
Process TU818
TU842, TU843 TU852 Terminal
Connection Terminal
Terminal
PCJC+ B1 3 (X1b) C1
Ch1, + Input C1 3 (X1a) D1
Ch1, - Input C2 16 (X1a) B1
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1, A2 2, 15 (X1a and X1b) L1-
ICJC+ B2 16 (X1b) A1
ICJC- B3 4 (X1b) C2
Pref B4 17 (X1b) A2
Ch 2, + Input C3 4 (X1a) D2
Ch 2, - Input C4 17 (X1a) B2
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A3, A4 2, 15 (X1a and X1b) L1-
PCJC- B5 5 (X1b) C3
Ch 3, - Input C6 18 (X1a) B3
Ch 4, - Input C8 19 (X1a) B4
Ch 5, - Input C10 20 (X1a) B5
3BSE020924-510 B 139
TU830, TU833,
Process TU818
TU842, TU843 TU852 Terminal
Connection Terminal
Terminal
PCJC+ B12 21 (X1b) A6
Ch 6, + Input C11 8 (X1a) D6
Ch 6, - Input C12 21 (X1a) B6
ICJC+ B13 9 (X1b) C7
ICJC- B14 22 (X1b) A7
Ch 7, + Input C13 9 (X1a) D7
Ch 7, - Input C14 22 (X1a) B7
Pref B15 10 (X1b) C8
PCJC- B16 23 (X1b) A8
Ch 8, + Input C15 10 (X1a) D8
Ch 8, - Input C16 23 (X1a) B8
140 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 44 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI843 when
Process TU830/TU833
L1+ 6.3A AI843
L1+
L1- Fuse
L1-
B1 PCJC+
B2 ICJC+
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
Thermocouple isolated B3 ICJC-
from ground B4 Pref
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5 PCJC-
B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7
B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9
B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
Thermocouple connected B11

to ground B12 PCJC+
Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13 ICJC+
Pt100 B14 ICJC-
1) Ch7+ C13 I7+
Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15 Pref
Ref100 B16 PCJC-
1) Ch8+ C15 I8+
Ch8- C16 I8+
A15,A16 ZP
1) Only if the Cold Junction channel is used 6.3A
L2+
L2+
Fuse
Note: No external power supply L2-
EM
should be connected L2-
3BSE020924-510 B 141
Figure 45 shows the process connections for the TC/mV Input Module AI843 when

6.3A
Multi-conductor (Cu) L1+
shielded cables L1+
L1- Fuse
L1-
Junction
Box B1 PCJC+
Thermocouple B2 ICJC+
connected to
ground Ch1+ C1 I1+
2 Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
B3 ICJC+
B4 Pref
Ch2+ C3 I2+
2 Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5 PCJC-
B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
2 Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7
B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
2 Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9
B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
2 Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
B11
B12 PCJC+
Ch6+ C11 I6+
2 Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13 ICJC+
Pt100 B14 ICJC-
1) Ch7+ C13 I7+
2 Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15 Pref
Thermocouple Ref100 B16 PCJC-
isolated from 1) Ch8+ C15 I8+
ground Ch8- C16 I8+
2
A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
1) Only if the Cold Junction channel is used L2- Fuse
L2- EM
Note: No external power supply
should be connected
Figure 45. AI843 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections to Remote
Junction Box
142 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 46 shows the process connections for the Thermocouple/mV Input Module
AI843 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
Process L1+ TU842/TU843

L1+ AI843
L1-
L1-
B1 PCJC+
B2 ICJC+
Ch1+ C1 I1+
Ch1- C2 I1-
A1,A2 ZP
Thermocouple isolated B3 ICJC-
from ground B4 Pref
Ch2+ C3 I2+
Ch2- C4 I2-
A3,A4 ZP
B5 PCJC-
B6
Ch3+ C5 I3+
Ch3- C6 I3-
A5,A6 ZP
B7
B8
Ch4+ C7 I4+
Ch4- C8 I4-
A7,A8 ZP
B9
B10
Ch5+ C9 I5+
Ch5- C10 I5-
A9,A10 ZP
B11
Thermocouple connected B12 PCJC+
to ground
Ch6+ C11 I6+
Ch6- C12 I6-
A11,A12 ZP
B13 ICJC+
Pt100 B14 ICJC-
Ch7+ C13 I7+
1) Ch7- C14 I7-
A13,A14 ZP
B15 Pref
Ref100 B16 PCJC-
Ch8+ C15 I8+
1) Ch8- C16 I8+
A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2- EM
AI843
PCJC+
ICJC+
I1+
I1-
ZP
Pref
PCJC-
1) Only if the Cold Junction I8+
channel is used I8+
ZP
Note: No external power supply EM

should be connected
Figure 46. AI843 with TU842 or TU843 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 143
AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant Appendix A Specifications
AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant
Features
Single or redundant operation.
12 Bit resolution.
channel.
Advanced on-board diagnostics.
Description
The AI845 Analog Input Module for single or
redundant applications. The module has 8
channels. Each channel can be either a voltage or
current input when MTU TU844 or TU845 is
used, when other MTUs are used all channels
become voltage or current inputs.
The voltage and current input is able to
withstand an overvoltage or undervoltage of at
least 11 V d.c. The input resistance for voltage
input is greater than 10 M ohm and the input
resistance for current input is 250 ohm.
The module distributes the external HART compatible transmitter supply to each
channel. This adds a simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire or 3-wire
transmitters. The transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
If an external power supply is used for feeding HART transmitters, the power
supply must be HART compatible.
144 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI845 Analog Input Module, single or redundant
The module performs self-diagnostics cyclically. Module diagnostics include:

External power supply, Transmitter power and External shunt error. Error in
these are reported as External channel error.
Low Pass Filter, Multiplexer and Test channels. Error in these are reported as
Internal channel error.
Analog Read Back, Reference Voltage, Internal Power Supply, Checksum,
Watchdog and Memory. Error in these are reported as Module Error.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the input
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point
communication is supported.
Eight different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830/
TU833 Extended MTU enables three wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V
process voltage inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power
supply to the field devices. The extended MTU, TU835, and TU838 provides a fuse
(3 A max.) per channel for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-
Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. The TU818 Compact
MTU provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling.
Three types of MTUs can be used for redundant applications, two for mounting on a
horizontal DIN rail and one for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Shielded field cables for process connections are required if HART is used.
The parameter Shunt mode should be set to External shunt when the MTU
TU844/TU845/TU854 is used or when voltage inputs is required for other MTU.
It is only possible to mix voltage and current input when TU844/TU845/TU854 is
used; for other MTUs, all channels become voltage or current inputs.
3BSE020924-510 B 145
Technical Data

4... 20 mA, 1... 5V
Over range +15%
Input impedance (at voltage input) 10 M
(including PTC)
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Current consumption 24 V (process 339 mA (max) (22 mA + transmitter
power supply, UPx) current*1.32)
146 3BSE020924-510 B

Transmitter supply (per channel): + - 10%(1)
HART compatible
Voltage: 24 V @ 23 mA
Current: 30 mA
Supervision Module error if: analog read back,
reference voltage, internal power supply,
checksum, watchdog and memory error
Internal channel error if: low pass filter,
multiplexer and test channels error
External channel error if: external power
supply low, transmitter power and
external shunt error
TU833, TU835, TU838, TU844 or TU845
and TU854
MTU keying code CC
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter.
3BSE020924-510 B 147
Block Diagram AI845
24 V
R
UP W
F
ZP
U1 T 24 V
I1U LP
I1I
CPU
MBI
ZP
I1UC
U8 T 24 V
Mux
I8U LP #
I8I
ZP Mux
HART
Modem
LP Mux
I8UC LP
148 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
With HART signals shielded cables should be used for current process connections.
TU812
TU810 TU844
D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU854
Process (or TU818 TU835 TU838 TU845
male TU833 Terminal
Connection TU814) Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal (2)
Connector Terminal (2)
Terminal (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ 1, 14
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- 2, 15
U1 - - C1 B1 11 (F1) A1 (F1) B1 3
Ch1, C1 3 D1 C1 - B1 B2 -
Voltage
Input
Ch1, B1 16 B1 C2 12 B2 B2 16
Current
Input
Ch1, Return A1 - - A1, A2 - A2 A1,A2 -
(ZP)
U2 - - C2 B3 21 (F2) A3 (F2) B3 4
Ch 2, C2 4 D2 C3 - B3 B4 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 2, B2 17 B2 C4 22 B4 B4 17
Current
Input
Ch 2, A2 - - A3, A4 - A4 A3, A4 -
Return (ZP)
U3 - - C3 B5 31 (F3) A5 (F3) B5 5
3BSE020924-510 B 149
TU812
TU810 TU844
D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU854
male TU833 Terminal
Terminal (1)
Ch 3, C3 5 D3 C5 - B5 B6 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 3, B3 18 B3 C6 32 B6 B6 18
Current
Input
Ch 3, A3 - - A5, A6 - A6 A5, A6 -
Return (ZP)
U4 - - C4 B7 41 (F4) A7 (F4) B7 6
Ch 4, C4 6 D4 C7 - B7 B8 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 4, B4 19 B4 C8 42 B8 B8 19
Current
Input
Ch 4, A4 - - A7, A8 - A8 A7, A8 -
Return (ZP)
U5 - - C5 B9 51 (F5) A9 (F5) B9 7
Ch 5, C5 7 D5 C9 - B9 B10 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 5, B5 20 B5 C10 52 B10 B10 20
Current
Input
Ch 5, A5 - - A9, A10 - A10 A9, A10 -
Return (ZP)
150 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU810 TU844
D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU854
male TU833 Terminal
Terminal (1)
U6 - - C6 B11 61 (F6) A11 (F6) B11 8

Ch 6, C6 8 D6 C11 - B11 B12 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 6, B6 21 B6 C12 62 B12 B12 21
Current
Input
Ch 6, A6 - - A11, A12 - A12 A11, A12 -
Return (ZP)
U7 - - C7 B13 71 (F7) A13 (F7) B13 9
Ch 7, C7 9 D7 C13 - B13 B14 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 7, B7 22 B7 C14 72 B14 B14 22
Current
Input
Ch 7, A7 - - A13, A14 - A14 A13, A14 -
Return (ZP)
U8 - - C8 B15 81 (F8) A15 (F8) B15 10
Ch 8, C8 10 D8 C15 - B15 B16 -
Voltage
Input
Ch 8, B8 23 B8 C16 82 B16 B16 23
Current
Input
3BSE020924-510 B 151
TU812
TU810 TU844
D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU854
male TU833 Terminal
Terminal (1)
Ch 8, A8 - - A15, A16 - A16 A15, A16 -

Return (ZP)
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ 11, 24
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- 12, 25
(2) Voltage or current input chosen by the shunt stick on TU844/TU845/TU854.
152 3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
6.3A L1+
+24v L1+
Pwr. L1+
L1-
U1 B1 U1
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I C2 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 U2
XMTRs B3
C3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I C4 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V C5 I3U
C6 I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
XMTRs B7 U4
0 - 20mA Ch4 I C7 I4U
C8 I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
Current and U5 B9 U5
Voltage signals C9 I5U
cannot be mixed 0 - 20mA Ch5 I C10 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
at the same
module U6 B11 U6
C11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I C12 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V C13 I7U
C14 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V C15 I8U
C16 I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
+24v L2+ L2+
L2+
Figure 48. AI845 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 153
Process TU835 AI845

X11
Fn=100mA L1+
+24V L1+
L1+
0V L1- L-
L1-
X12 F1
L1+ 11 U1
I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I 12 I1I
ZP
F2
L1+ 21 U2
I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I 22 I2I
ZP
F3
L1+ 31 U3 Mux.
I3U
4 - 20mA Ch3 I 32 I3I
ZP
F4
L1+ 41 U4
I4U
4 - 20mA Ch4 I 42 I4I
ZP
F5
L2+ 51 U5
I5U
4 - 20mA Ch5 I 52 I5I
ZP
F6
L2+ 61 U6
I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I 62 I6I
ZP
F7
L2+ 71 U7
I7U
4 - 20mA Ch7 I 72 I7I
F8 ZP
L2+ 81 U8
I8U
4 - 20mA Ch8 I 82 I8I
ZP
X13
+24V L2+ L2+
L2+
L2- EM
154 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU838 AI845
+24V L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1-
F1 U1
L1+ A1
B1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B2 I1I
A2 ZP
2 - Wire F2
L1+ A3 U2
XMTRs B3 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B4 I2I
A4 ZP
F3
A5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V B5 I3U
Current and B6 I3I
Voltage signals ZP A6 ZP
4 - Wire F4
cannot be mixed XMTRs A7 U4
at the same B7 I4U
0 - 20mA Ch4 I B8 I4I
module ZP A8 ZP
L2+ A9 F5 U5
B9 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B10 I5I
ZP A10 ZP
F6
L2+ A11 U6
B11 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B12 I6I
ZP A12 ZP
3 - Wire F7
XMTRs L2+ A13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V B13 I7U
B14 I7I
ZP A14 ZP
L2+ A15 F8
U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V B15 I8U
B16 I8I
ZP A16 ZP
+24V L2+ L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input L2+
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 155
Process TU810 AI845

(or TU814)
+24V L1+ L1+

Pwr. L1+
Sup. 0V L1- ZP
U1
C1 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I B1 I1I
A1 ZP
U2
C2 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I B2 I2I
A2 ZP
U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 V C3 I3U
B3 I3I
ZP A3 ZP
Current and
U4
Voltage signals 0 - 5V Ch4 V C4 I4U
cannot be mixed B4 I4I
at the same ZP A4 ZP
module U5
C5 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I B5 I5I
ZP A5 ZP
U6
C6 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I B6 I6I
ZP A6 ZP
U7
0 - 5V Ch7 V C7 I7U
B7 I7I
ZP A7 ZP
U8
0 - 5V Ch8 V C8 I8U
B8 I8I
ZP A8 ZP
L2+ L2+
L2+
Chx V = Voltage Input L2- ZP
EM
156 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812 AI845
1 1 UP1 +24V
L1+
14 14 UP1
L-
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1 U1
I1U
Current and Voltage I1I
3 3 S1 Ch1 V ZP
signals cannot be
16 16 S2 Ch1 I U2
mixed at the same
module I2U
4 4 S3 Ch2 V I2I
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch2 I
U3 Mux.
5 5 S5 Ch3 V I3U
I3I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I ZP
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 V U4
Connection I4U
19 19 S8 Ch4 I I4I
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch5 V
U5
20 20 S10 Ch5 I I5U
I5I
8 8 S11 Ch6 V ZP
21 21 S12 Ch6 I U6
I6U
9 9 S13 Ch7 V I6I
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch7 I U7
10 10 S15 Ch8 V I7U
I7I
23 23 S16 Ch8 I ZP
U8
11 11 UP2 +24V I8U
24 24 UP2 I8I
ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
L2+
25 25 ZP2
L-
13 13 EM EM EM

3BSE020924-510 B 157
installed on a TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU.
Process TU844/TU845
AI845
+24V L1+ L+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
XMTRs B4 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 5V Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
XMTRs 0 - 20mA Ch4 B8 I4U
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 5V Ch7 B14 I7U
I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 5V Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
+24V L2+ L+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
AI845
L+
L-
U1
Shunt stick I1U
TY801 I1I
ZP
---
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L+
L-
EM
Figure 53. AI845 with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
158 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module
Features
8 channels for 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA, single
ended unipolar inputs.
Single or redundant configuration.
12 bit resolution.
Loop Supervised DI function.
Configurable alarm limit for field power
outputs.
Configurable over/under range for current
inputs.
channel.
Certified for SIL3 according to IEC 61508.
Certified for Category 4 according to EN
954-1.
Complies with the NAMUR
recommendation NE43, and supports
configurable over- and under range limits.
HART pass-through communication
(AI880A).
Description - AI Function
The AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module is designed for single and
redundant configuration. The module has 8 current input channels.
The input resistance is 250 ohm.
3BSE020924-510 B 159
AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Appendix A Specifications
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2- or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited.
All eight channels are isolated from the ModuleBus in one group. Power to the
Module is generated from the 24 V on the ModuleBus.
The AI880/AI880A complies with the NAMUR recommendation NE43, and
supports configurable over- and under range limits.
As AI880/AI880A needs external shunt sticks, the MTUs TU844, TU845 or TU854
is required for redundant configurations and TU834 for single configurations.
AI880A has HART pass-through functionality. Only point-to-point communication
is supported.
Sensors should be for 24 V power supply if it should be powered from the module.
Description - Loop Supervised DI Function

AI880/AI880A can be configured for the function Loop Supervised Digital Input.
When used as Loop Supervised, the I/O module can handle input signals with
defined levels for open circuit, logic low state, logic high state, and short circuit.
The function, Loop Supervised DI, is also used with field devices without defined
levels for field loop diagnostics, if an additional resistor network is added.
The resistor network is considered to be a part of the field device; this must be
considered when certifying a safety loop according to IEC 61511.
The resistor network should be placed close to the field device.
When using the function, Loop Supervised DI, the following parameter settings and
field loop arrangement (resistor network) should be used:
1. Interfacing to signals from mechanical contact switching devices.
160 3BSE020924-510 B
Ux
S800 I/O
AI880A
R2
CHx R1
Figure 54. Field Loop Arrangement When using the function Loop Supervised DI
Type of setting Setting Value

Parameter Limit for change false true ch No 4.2 mA
Parameter Open circuit alarm level channel No. 1.0 mA
Resistor R1 2.7 k ohm(1)
Resistor R2 10 k ohm(1)
(1) In general, resistors must have the following rating: resistance tolerance 5% or
better, power rating 0.5W or more.
2. Interfacing to signals from 2-wire proximity switches.

In general, Loop Supervised DI supports 2-wire proximity switches with:
Leakage current (off state) < 1.5mA.
Voltage drop (on state) < 8V.
3BSE020924-510 B 161
Type of setting Setting Value

Parameter Limit for change false true ch No 4.2 mA
Parameter Open circuit alarm level channel No. 1.0 mA
Resistor R1 1.5 k ohm(1) (2)
Resistor R2 10 k ohm2
(1) For field supplies (Uin) below 21.6 V, R1 must be 1.0 k ohm instead of 1.5 k ohm.
(2) In general, resistors must have the following rating: resistance tolerance 5% or better,
power rating 0.5 W or more.
Ux
S800 I/O
AI880A
R2
CHx R1
Figure 55. Field Loop Arrangement
For applications where a field loop error shall not lead to immediate trip, the
input value must be delayed with (at least) 200ms. This delay should be
implemented in the application program. The delay is needed since the input
value may change state a short time before the field loop error is detected.
Self-diagnostic functions
Errors in External power supply and External shunt error are reported as
External channel error.
Errors in Low Pass Filter, and Test channels are reported as channel error.
Errors in Analog to Digital converters, Multiplexer, Analog references, Internal
power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and Memory are reported as
Module Error.
162 3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 31. AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Specifications

at 25 C
Feature AI880 High Integrity Analog Input Module

Measurement range 0...20 mA
4... 20 mA
Over range +12% (0...20mA)
+15% (4...20mA)
Input impedance (at current input) 250 (with Shunt stick TY801)
Voltage input, maximum non- 11 V d.c.
destructive
Error <0.1%
Safety accuracy 1.9% (configurable 0.6-5%)
Resolution 12 bit
Current consumption 24 V 50 mA (max)
(Modulebus)
Current consumption 5 V 45 mA
(Modulebus)
Current consumption 24 V 260 mA (max) (4 + transmitter current)
(process power supply, UPx)
3BSE020924-510 B 163
Table 31. AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog Input Module Specifications

at 25 C (Continued)
Feature AI880 High Integrity Analog Input Module

Transmitter supply (per channel): Hart Compatible
Voltage: Process power supply (Upx) - max
4.5 V
Current: 32 mA + - 10%(1)
Voltage supervision Internal voltage, field power input, field power
output per channel
Input filter rise time (0-90%) 190 ms (HW filter)
Isolation 8 inputs isolated from ground in one group
Module termination units TU834 (single)
TU844, TU845, TU854 (redundant)
MTU keying code FF (AI880), FD (AI880A)
(1) If the transmitter need more current to start up, use external power for the transmitter
164 3BSE020924-510 B
FPGA R
24 V
UP W
F
P
ZP
U1 T 24 V
Mux
I1U
LP
I1UC
U8 T 24 V MCU
Mux
I8U LP #
LP Mux
I8UC LP
3BSE020924-510 B 165
Process Connections
Shielded cables should be used for process connections (over all shield is sufficient
if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
TU834
Process TU844 TU854
Connection TU845 Terminal
Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ 1, 14, 11, 24
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15, 12, 25
U1 B1 3
Ch1, Current Input B2 16
Ch1, Return (ZP) A1,A2 -
U2 B3 4
Ch 2, Current Input B4 17
Ch 2, Return (ZP) A3, A4 -
U3 B5 5
U4 B7 6
U5 B9 7
U6 B11 8
166 3BSE020924-510 B
TU834
Process TU844 TU854
Connection TU845 Terminal
Terminal
U7 B13 9
U8 B15 10
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- -
3BSE020924-510 B 167
Figure 57 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Analog Input
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 redundant MTU.
Process TU844/TU845
AI880/AI880A
+24V L1+ L+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
XMTRs B4 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 20mA Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 20mA Ch7 B14 I7U
I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 20mA Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
AI880
L+
L-
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
---
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
Figure 57. AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
168 3BSE020924-510 B
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU844 or TU845 redundant MTU and
used as Loop Supervised DI.
Process TU844/TU845
+24V L1+ L+ AI880/AI880A
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
0 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
sensors B4 I2U
0 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 20mA Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
sensors 0 - 20mA Ch4 B8 I4U
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
3 - Wire
sensors U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
0 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
R1 B13
U7 U7
0 - 20mA Ch7 B14 I7U
R2 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 20mA Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
L+ AI880
L-
U1
I1U
I1I
ZP
---
Mux.
U8
I8U
I8I
ZP
L-
EM
Figure 58. AI880/AI880A with TU844 or TU845 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 169
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU834 single MTU.

+24V L1+ L+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
XMTRs B4 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 20mA Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
3 - Wire
XMTRs U7 B13 U7
0 - 20mA Ch7 B14 I7U
I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 20mA Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
Figure 59. AI880/AI880A with TU834 Single MTU Process Connections
170 3BSE020924-510 B
Module AI880/AI880A when installed on a TU834 single MTU and used as Loop
Supervised DI.

+24V L1+ L+
Pwr. L1+
Source 0V L1- L-
L1- Shunt
sticks U1
U1 B1
B2 I1U
4 - 20mA Ch1 I1I
A1,A2 ZP
2 - Wire U2 B3 U2
sensors B4 I2U
4 - 20mA Ch2 I2I
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3 Mux.
0 - 20mA Ch3 B6 I3U
I3I
ZP A5,A6 ZP
4 - Wire
B7 U4
sensors 0 - 20mA Ch4 B8 I4U
I4I
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9 U5
B10 I5U
0 - 20mA Ch5 I5I
ZP A9,A10 ZP
3 - Wire
sensors U6 B11 U6
B12 I6U
4 - 20mA Ch6 I6I
ZP A11,A12 ZP
R1
U7 B13 U7
0 - 20mA Ch7 B14 I7U
R2 I7I
ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15 U8
0 - 20mA Ch8 B16 I8U
I8I
ZP A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2- L-
L2- EM
Figure 60. AI880/AI880A with TU834 Single MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 171
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA Appendix A Specifications
AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
Features
8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20
mA outputs.
OSP sets outputs to S
predetermined state upon error
detection.
STATUS
Analog Output is to be short
circuit secured to ZP or +24 V.
Process and power connection
via detachable connectors.
Description AO801
0(4)...20mA
The AO801 Analog Output Module
has 8 unipolar analog output
channels.
The module performs self-
diagnostic cyclically. A low L+ L- 24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
internal power supply sets the O - O - O - O - O - O - O - O -
module in INIT state (no signal
from the module).
Technical Data
Table 33. AO801 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C
Feature AO801 Analog Output Module

Output rang 0... 20mA, 4...20mA(1)
172 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AO801 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
Table 33. AO801 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
Feature AO801 Analog Output Module

Over range 15%
Output load Max 850 ohms (external 24 V > 24 V) (2)
(24 V external - 7) /0.02 (external 24 V <
24 V)
Rise time 10s
Cycle time 1 ms
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
Output Set as Predetermined 256, 512, 1024 ms
(OSP) timer
Max. 60 ppm/ C
(Modulebus)
Recommended torque: 0.5 - 0.6Nm
(1) 4...20 mA handled by the FCI or controller
3BSE020924-510 B 173
(2) See Power Dissipation Calculation below.
Power Dissipation Calculation

If output load <250 ohms and high power supply can max. power dissipation be
exceeded.
The total power dissipated in the output stages should be <1.2 W. Can be calculated
according to:
UP <24 V
UP >24 V
UP = Power supply to the output stages

ICHi = Average output current per channel
RLi = Output load per channel
Temporary overload or short circuit does not cause any damage but long term
overload will decrease module MTBF.
174 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AO801
L+
L-
STATUS
# EMC 1O
prot
1-
Pos
CPU
MBI
# EMC 8O
5VS prot 8-
5V
ZD
Power_ok
EM
Figure 61. A0801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 175
Process Connections
Table 34. A0801 Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1, + Output 1O
Ch1 Return (ZP) 1-
Ch 2, + Output 2O
Ch2 Return (ZP) 2-
Ch 3, + Output 3O
Ch3 Return (ZP) 3-
Ch 4, + Output 4O
Ch4 Return (ZP) 4-
Ch 5, + Output 5O
Ch5 Return (ZP) 5-
Ch 6, + Output 6O
Ch6 Return (ZP) 6-
Ch 7, + Output 7O
Ch7 Return (ZP) 7-
Ch 8, + Output 8O
Ch8 Return (ZP) 8-
176 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 62 shows the process connections for the AO801.
Process
AO801 Device
1O 0 - 20mA
D/A 1-
2O 0 - 20mA
D/A 2-
3O 0 - 20mA
D/A 3-
4O 0 - 20mA
D/A 4-
5O 0 - 20mA
D/A 5-
6O 0 - 20mA
D/A 6-
7O 0 - 20mA
D/A 7-
8O 0 - 20mA
D/A 8-
L+ +24V
L- 0V
EM
Figure 62. AO801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 177
AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA Appendix A Specifications
AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
Features
8 channels of 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA outputs.
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state
upon error detection.
Analog Output is to be short circuit secured
to ZP or +24 V.
Description
The AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module
has
8 unipolar analog output channels.
To supervise the communication to the D/A-
converters the serial data is read back and
verified. The open-circuit diagnostic is received
during the readback.
The module performs self-diagnostic cyclically.
The module diagnostics includes process power
supply supervision, which is reported when
supply voltage to output circuitry is to low. The
error is reported as a channel error.
The channel diagnostic includes fault detection
of the channel (only reported on active
channels). The error is reported if the output
current is less than the output set value and the
output set value is greater than 1 mA.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU and the
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire connection to the devices without
additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process.
178 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module, 0(4)...20 mA
Technical Data
Table 35. AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C
AO810/AO810V2
Feature
Analog Output Module
Output range 0... 20 mA, 4...20 mA (1)
Over range 15%
Output load 500 ohms(2),
250 - 850 ohms(3)
Rise time 0 - 90% 0.35 ms RL = 500 ohms
Cycle time 2 ms
Error Max. 0.1% at 0 - 500 ohms
Resolution 14 bit
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) timer 256, 512, 1024 ms
Max. 60 ppm/ C
Current consumption 24 V AO810: 200 mA (max)
(process power supply, UPx) AO810V2: 245 mA(4)
(max 20mA on 8 channels)
Supervision Module: Output power low
Channel: Open-circuit
(for current > 1 mA)
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 70 mA (max)
Power dissipation (5) 2.3 W
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 and
TU830
3BSE020924-510 B 179
Table 35. AO810/AO810V2 Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AO810/AO810V2
Feature
MTU keying code AE
(2) With supply connected to L1+ only
(3) With supply connected to L2+ only.
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply connected to L2+), for AO810V2 850 ohms
even at 19.2 V
Power supply min.= U drop + I max. x RL = 7.7 V + 0.023 x RL(>19.2 V)
Power Supply max. = 30 V
(4) AO810V2 replaces AO810
(5) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated. Supply L+ connected.
180 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AO810/AO810V2
L2+
FAULT L1+
RUN
WARNING ZP
OSP
# EMC O1
prot
ZP
Pos
CPU
MBI-2
# EMC O8
5VS prot
5V ZP
ZD
Power_ok
EM
Figure 63. AO810/AO810V2 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 181
Process Connections
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) DSub 25 male
Connection Terminal
Terminal connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Output C1 3 C1
Ch1 Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
Ch 2, + Output C2 4 C3
- - - B5, B6
- - - B7, B8
- - - B9, B10
- - - B11, B12
182 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 36. A0810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) DSub 25 male
Connection Terminal
Terminal connector (1)
- - - B13, B14
- - - B15, B16
+24 V dc L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V dc (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 183
Figure 64 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module
AO810/AO810V2 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
AO810/AO810V2 TU830/TU833 Process

Device
6.3A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
B1
O1 C1 Ch1 + 0 - 20mA RL < 500 ohms
D/A (with power supply
ZP A1 Ch1 - connected to L1+,
See Note below)
B3
O2 C3 Ch2 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch2 -
B5
O3 C5 Ch3 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5 Ch3 -
B7
O4 C7 Ch4 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7 Ch4 -
B9
O5 C9 Ch5 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A9 Ch5 -
B11
O6 C11 Ch6 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A11 Ch6 -
B13
O7 C13 Ch7 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A13 Ch7 -
B15
O8 C15 Ch8 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A15 Ch8 -
6.3A +24V
L2+ Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
Fuse L2+ connected to L2+)
L2- 0V Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL,
EM L2- RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)
Figure 64. AO810/AO810V2 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
184 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 65 shows the process connections for the AO810/AO810V2 when installed
on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
AO810/AO810V2 TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
O1 C1 Ch1 + 0 - 20mA RL < 500 ohms

D/A ZP A1 Ch1 - (with power supply
connected to L1+,
See Note below)
O2 C2 Ch2 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A2 Ch2 -
O3 C3 Ch3 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch3 -
O4 C4 Ch4 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A4 Ch4 -
O5 C5 Ch5 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5 Ch5 -
O6 C6 Ch6 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A6 Ch6 -
O7 C7 Ch7 + 0 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7 Ch7 -
O8 C8 Ch8 +
D/A ZP A8 Ch8 -
L2+ +24V Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
L2+ connected to L2+)
L2- 0V Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL,
EM for AO810V2 850 ohms even at 19.2 V
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)
Figure 65. AO810/AO810V2 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 185
Figure 66 shows the process connections for the Analog Output Module
AO810/AO810V2 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
AO810/AO810V2 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
ZP1 15 15
RL < 500 ohms
Ch1 + S1 3 3 (with power supply
connected to L1+,
O1 See Note below)
S2 16 16
D/A ZP
Ch2 + S3 4 4
S4 17 17
O2
D/A ZP Ch3 + S5 5 5
S6 18 18
O3 Process
Ch4 + S7 6 6
D/A ZP Connection
S8 19 19
O4 Ch5 + S9 7 7
D/A ZP
S10 20 20
Ch6 + S11 8 8
O5
D/A ZP S12 21 21
Ch7 + S13 9 9
O6 S14 22 22
D/A ZP
Ch8 + S15 10 10
S16 23 23
O7
D/A ZP +24V UP2 11 11
UP2 24 24
O8 0V ZP2 12 12
D/A ZP
ZP2 25 25
EM 13 13
EM
Note: RL = 250...850 ohms (with power supply
connected to L2+)
Power supply min. = 7.7V+0.023 x RL,
for AO810V2 850 ohms even at 19.2 V
Power Supply = 19.2 to 30V
RL min = 250 ohms (including all outputs)
Figure 66. AO810/AO810V2 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
186 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AO815 Analog Output Module
AO815 Analog Output Module
Features
8 channels of 4...20 mA outputs.
to ZP or +24 V.
12 bit resolution.
Description
The AO815 Analog Output Module has 8
unipolar analog output channels.
Module diagnostics include:
External Channel Error is reported (only
reported on active channels) if the process
power supply that supply voltage to output
circuitry is too low, or the output current is
less than the output set value and the output
set value is greater than 1 mA (open circuit).
Internal Channel Error is reported if the
output circuit can not give the right current
value.
Module Error is reported in case of Output Transistor Error, Short Circuit,
Checksum Error, Internal Power Supply Error or Watchdog error.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point to point
communication is supported. The output filter must be enabled on channels used for
HART communication.
3BSE020924-510 B 187
AO815 Analog Output Module Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
AO815
Feature
Output range 4...20 mA
Over range 15%
Output load Max 750 ohms
Rise time output filter
- disable 23 ms (0-90%)
- enable max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time 10 ms
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
188 3BSE020924-510 B
AO815
Feature
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830
and TU833
MTU keying code DB
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
3BSE020924-510 B 189
Block Diagram AO815
UP21
R
O1
W
F
# O
ZP Open
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
UP21
CPU
O8 # MBI
Mux
ZP
HART HART
Modem
UP UP21
ZP
E
Main switch
MS RCL_out
Figure 67. AO815 Block Diagram
190 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU812
TU810
Process DSub 25 TU830/TU833
(or TU814)
Connection male Terminal
Terminal
connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, + Output C1 3 C1
- - - B3, B4
- - - B5, B6
- - - B7, B8
- - - B9, B10
- - - B11, B12
3BSE020924-510 B 191
TU812
TU810
Process DSub 25 TU830/TU833
(or TU814)
Connection male Terminal
Terminal
connector(1)
- - - B13, B14
- - - B15, B16
0 V dc (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
192 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 76 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a
TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
AO815 TU830/TU833 Process

Device
6.3A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
UP1 B1
O1 C1,C2 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A1,A2 Ch1 -
UP1 B3
O2 C3,C4 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3,A4 Ch2 -
UP1 B5
O3 C5,C6 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5,A6 Ch3 -
UP1 B7
O4 C7,C8 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7,A8 Ch4 -
UP1 B9
O5 C9,C10 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A9,A10 Ch5 -
UP1 B11
O6 C11,C12 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A11,A12 Ch6 -
UP1 B13
O7 C13,C14 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

UP1 B15
O8 C15,C16 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA
6.3A
L2+
L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
Figure 68. AO815 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 193
Figure 77 shows the process connections for the AO815 when installed on a TU810
AO815 TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
UP1
O1 B1,C1 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A1 Ch1 -
UP1
O2 B2,C2 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A2 Ch2 -
UP1
O3 B3,C3 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch3 -
UP1
O4 B4,C4 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A4 Ch4 -
UP1
O5 B5,C5 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A5 Ch5 -
UP1
O6 B6,C6 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A6 Ch6 -
UP1
O7 B7,C7 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A7 Ch7 -
UP1
O8 B8,C8 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A8 Ch8 -
L2+
L2+
L2- 0V
EM
Figure 69. AO815 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
194 3BSE020924-510 B
Compact MTU.
AO815 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
ZP1 15 15
UP1 Ch1 + S1 3 3
O1 S2 16 16
D/A ZP
Ch2 + S3 4 4
UP1
S4 17 17
O2
D/A ZP Ch3 + S5 5 5
UP1
S6 18 18
O3 Process
ZP Ch4 + S7 6 6
D/A Connection
S8 19 19
UP1
O4 Ch5 + S9 7 7
D/A ZP
S10 20 20
UP1
Ch6 + S11 8 8
O5
ZP S12 21 21
D/A
UP1 Ch7 + S13 9 9
O6 S14 22 22
D/A ZP
Ch8 + S15 10 10
UP1
S16 23 23
O7
D/A ZP UP2 11 11
UP1 UP2 24 24
O8 0V ZP2 12 12
D/A ZP
ZP2 25 25
EM 13 13
EM
Figure 70. AO815 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 195
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module Appendix A Specifications
AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output

Module
Features
4 channels of -20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA,
4...20 mA or -10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10
V outputs.
Individually galvanically isolated channels.
Description
The AO820 Analog Output Module has 4
bipolar analog output channels. The choice of
current or voltage output is configurable for
each channel. There are separate sets of
terminals for voltage and current outputs, and it
is up to the user to wire outputs properly.
The only differences between current or voltage
channel configuration is in software settings.
To supervise the communication to the A/D-
converters the output data is read back and
verified. The open-circuit diagnostics are read
continuously as well.
The process voltage supervision input give
channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read via the
ModuleBus.
The Channel diagnostics include fault detection of the channel (only reported on
active channels). The error is reported if the output current differ from the output set
value (that is, open wire condition).
196 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AO820 Galvanically Isolated Bipolar Analog Output Module
Technical Data
AO820
Feature
Output ranges (nominal) -20 mA...+20 mA, 0...20 mA, 4...20 mA
(1)
or -10 V...+10 V, 0...10 V, 2...10 V(1)
Over range 15%
Output load 550 ohms - Nominal ranges
510 ohms - Over-range
Output load, voltage outputs 5k ohms
Rise time < 0.7 ms
Cycle time for all channels 1.5 ms
Error, Voltage Max. 0.1%
Error, Current at 250 ohms typ. 0.1%, max. 0.15%
Resolution 12 bits plus sign
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256, 512, 1024 ms
timer
Temperature drift Max. 90 ppm/C
3BSE020924-510 B 197
AO820
Feature
Power dissipation (2) 6W
Supervision Module: Output power low
Channel: Open circuit (for current >
1mA)
Isolation Individually isolated,
channel-to-channel and to circuit
common
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code BC
(1) Handled by the controller or FCI.
(2) Power dissipation is calculated with 250 ohms load, 70 percent of nominal output current, all
channels activated.
198 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram AO820
FAULT
RUN Iso Power U,I Amp
WARNING and Amp
OSP O1U+
EMC
S/H protect O1I+
O1U-
Current sense
O1I-
ZP1
Pos CPU
DAT+ EM
DAT-
CLK+
ModuleBus
CLK- #
5VS
MBI-2
Iso Power U,I Amp

5V and Amp
0V O4U+
EMC
+24V Amp protect O4I-
+0V24 O4U-
Current sense
Block O4I-
Power_ok ZP4
EM
Figure 71. AO820 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 199
Process Connections
TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Terminal
Not used L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
Not used L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
- - - B1, B2
Ch1, Current Output + C1 3 C1
Ch1, Current Output - B1 16 C2
- A1 - A1, A2
- - - B3, B4
Ch1, Voltage Output + C2 4 C3
Ch1, Voltage Output - B2 17 C4
- A2 - A3, A4
- - - B5, B6
- A3 - A5, A6
- - - B7, B8
- A4 - A7, A8
- - - B9, B10
200 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 TU812
TU830/TU833
Terminal
- A5 - A9, A10
- - - B11, B12
- A6 - A11, A12
- - - B13, B14
- A7 - A13, A14
- - - B15, B16
- A8 - A15, A16
Not used L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
Not used L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 201
Figure 72 shows the process connections for the Bipolar Analog Output Module
AO820 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
AO820 TU830/TU833 Process

Device
6.3A
L1+
L1+ RL = <550 ohms for
Fuse L1- current outputs
L1-
O1I C1 Ch1 I+ 20mA

ZP1 C2 Ch1 -
D/A
O1U C3 Ch1 V+
ZP1 C4 Ch1 -
O2I C5 Ch2 I+ 0 - 20mA

ZP2 C6 Ch2 -
D/A
O2U C7 Ch2 V+
ZP2 C8 Ch2 -
Use either the current or
voltage output terminals,
O3I C9 Ch3 I+ but not both per channel.
ZP3 C10 Ch3 -
D/A
O3U C11 Ch3 V+ 10V
ZP3 C12 Ch3 -
O4I C13 Ch4 I+

ZP4 C14 Ch4 -
D/A O4U C15 Ch4 V+ 0 - 10V

ZP4 C16 Ch4 -
6.3A
L2+
L2+ RL = >2K ohms for
Fuse
L2- voltage outputs
EM L2-
Figure 72. AO820 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
202 3BSE020924-510 B
AO820 TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+
L1+
L1-
RL = <550 ohms for
current outputs
O1I C1 Ch1 I+ 20mA

ZP1 B1 Ch1 -
D/A
O1U C2 Ch1 V+
ZP1 B2 Ch1 -
O2I C3 Ch2 I+ 0 - 20mA

ZP2 B3 Ch2 -
D/A
O2U C4 Ch2 V+
ZP2 B4 Ch2 -
Use either the current or
voltage output terminals,
O3I C5 Ch3 I+ but not both per channel.
ZP3 B5 Ch3 -
D/A
O3U C6 Ch3 V+ 10V
ZP3 B6 Ch3 -
O4I C7 Ch4 I+
ZP4 B7 Ch4 -
D/A 0 - 10V
O4U C8 Ch4 V+
ZP4 B8 Ch4 -
L2+
L2+ RL = >2K ohms for
L2-
EM voltage outputs
Figure 73. AO820 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 203
Compact MTU
TU812
AO820 L1+ +24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
L1-
ZP1 2 2
0V ZP1 15 15
O1I C1 Ch1 I+
ZP1 B1 Ch1 - S1 3 3
S2 16 16
D/A
O1U C2 Ch1 V+ S3 4 4
ZP1 B2 Ch1 -
S4 17 17
S5 5 5
O2I C3 Ch2 I+
ZP2 B3 Ch2 - S6 18 18
6 Process
D/A S7 6 Connection
O2U C4 Ch2 V+ 19
ZP2 B4 Ch2 - S8 19
S9 7 7
O3I C5 Ch3 I+ S10 20 20

ZP3 B5 Ch3 - 8
S11 8
D/A S12 21 21
O3U C6 Ch3 V+
ZP3 B6 Ch3 - S13 9 9
S14 22 22
O4I C7 Ch4 I+ S15 10 10

ZP4 B7 Ch4 - 23
S16 23
D/A +24V UP2 11 11
O4U C8 Ch4 V+
ZP4 B8 Ch4 - UP2 24 24
ZP2 12 12
0V ZP2 25 25
L2+
EM 13 13
L2-
EM
Figure 74. AO820 with TU812 Compact MTU
204 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, Single or Redundant
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module,

Single or Redundant
Features
8 channels of 4...20 mA outputs.
For single or redundant applications.
to ZP or +24 V.
12 bit resolution.
Description
The AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module
for single or redundant applications has 8
unipolar analog output channels.
External Channel Error is reported (only
reported on active channels) if the process
power supply that supply voltage to output
circuitry is too low, or the output current is
less than the output set value and the output
set value > 1 mA (open circuit).
Internal Channel Error is reported if the output circuit can not give the right
current value. In a redundant pair the module will be commanded to error state
by the ModuleBus master.
3BSE020924-510 B 205
AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module, Single or Redundant Appendix A Specifications
Module Error is reported in case of Output Transistor Error, Short Circuit,

Checksum Error, Internal Power Supply Error, Status Link Error, Watchdog or
Wrong OSP behavior.
The module has HART pass-through functionality. Only point to point
communication is supported. The output filter must be enabled on channels used for
HART communication.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The TU830/
TU833 Extended MTU and the TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU enables wire
connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU812 Compact MTU
has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant applications there are three types of MTUs, TU842/TU852 for
mounting on a horizontal DIN rail and TU843 for mounting on a vertical DIN rail.
Technical Data
Table 41. AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C
AO845/AO845A
Feature
Output range 4...20 mA
Over range 15%
Output load Max 750 ohms
Rise time output filter
- disable 23 ms (0-90%)
- enable max 4 mA / 12.5 ms
Cycle time 10 ms
Error Max. 0.1%
Resolution 12 bit
206 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 41. AO845/AO845A Analog Output Module Specifications at 25C (Continued)
AO845/AO845A
Feature
Current consumption 24 V 218 mA (max 20mA on
(process power supply, UPx) 8 channels)
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830,
TU833, TU842, TU843 and
TU852
MTU keying code AO845: CC
AO845A: DB
(1) 250 ohm load, 70% of nominal current, all channels activated.
3BSE020924-510 B 207
Block Diagram AO845/AO845A
UP21
R
O1
W
# F
O
ZP Open
Wire
Cntr.
Reg.
8-bit
UP21
CPU
O8 # MBI
Mux
ZP
HART HART
Modem
UP UP21
ZP
E
Main switch
MS RCL_out
Figure 75. AO845/AO845A Block Diagram
208 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Table 42. AO845/AO845A Process Connections
TU812
TU810
Process DSub 25 TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843 TU852
(or TU814)
Connection male Terminal Terminal Terminal
Terminal
connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ 1, 14 (X1a)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- 2, 15 (X1a)
- - - B1, B2 - -
Ch1, + Output C1 3 C1 C1, C2 3 (X1a)
Ch1 Return (ZP) A1 - A1, A2 A1, A2 -
- - - B3, B4 - -
Ch 2, + Output C2 4 C3 C3, C4 4 (X1a)
- - - B5, B6 - -
Ch 3, + Output C3 5 C5 C5, C6 5 (X1a)
- - - B7, B8 - -
Ch 4, + Output C4 6 C7 C7, C8 6 (X1a)
Ch4 Return (ZP) A4 - A7, A8 A7,A8 -
- - - B9, B10 - -
Ch 5, + Output C5 7 C9 C9, C10 7 (X1a)
Ch5 Return (ZP) A5 - A9, A10 A9, A10- -
- - - B11, B12 - -
Ch 6, + Output C6 8 C11 C11, C12 8 (X1a)
3BSE020924-510 B 209
Table 42. AO845/AO845A Process Connections (Continued)
TU812
TU810
Process DSub 25 TU830/TU833 TU842/TU843 TU852
(or TU814)
Connection male Terminal Terminal Terminal
Terminal
connector(1)
- - - B13, B14 - -
Ch 7, + Output C7 9 C13 C13, C14 9 (X1a)
- - - B15, B16 - -
Ch 8, + Output C8 10 C15 C15, C16 10 (X1a)
0 V dc (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- 12, 25 (X1a)
210 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 76 shows the process connections for the AO845/AO845A when installed on
a TU830 Extended MTU.
AO845/AO845A TU830/TU833 Process

Device
6.3A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
UP1 B1
O1 C1,C2 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A1,A2 Ch1 -
UP1 B3
O2 C3,C4 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3,A4 Ch2 -
UP1 B5
O3 C5,C6 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A5,A6 Ch3 -
UP1 B7
O4 C7,C8 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A7,A8 Ch4 -
UP1 B9
O5 C9,C10 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A9,A10 Ch5 -
UP1 B11
O6 C11,C12 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA
UP1 B13
O7 C13,C14 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

UP1 B15
O8 C15,C16 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA
6.3A
L2+
L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
Figure 76. AO845/AO845A with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 211
a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
AO845/AO845A TU810 Process

(or TU814) Device
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
UP1
O1 B1,C1 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A1 Ch1 -
UP1
O2 B2,C2 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A2 Ch2 -
UP1
O3 B3,C3 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A3 Ch3 -
UP1
O4 B4,C4 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A4 Ch4 -
UP1
O5 B5,C5 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A5 Ch5 -
UP1
O6 B6,C6 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A6 Ch6 -
UP1
O7 B7,C7 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A7 Ch7 -
UP1
O8 B8,C8 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA
D/A ZP A8 Ch8 -
L2+
L2+
L2- 0V
EM
Figure 77. AO845/AO845A with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process

Connections
212 3BSE020924-510 B
a TU812 Compact MTU.
AO845/AO845A TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
ZP1 15 15
UP1 Ch1 + S1 3 3
O1 S2 16 16
D/A ZP
Ch2 + S3 4 4
UP1
S4 17 17
O2
D/A ZP Ch3 + S5 5 5
UP1
S6 18 18
O3 Process
ZP Ch4 + S7 6 6
D/A Connection
S8 19 19
UP1
O4 Ch5 + S9 7 7
D/A ZP
S10 20 20
UP1
Ch6 + S11 8 8
O5
ZP S12 21 21
D/A
UP1 Ch7 + S13 9 9
O6 S14 22 22
D/A ZP
Ch8 + S15 10 10
UP1
S16 23 23
O7
D/A ZP UP2 11 11
UP1 UP2 24 24
O8 0V ZP2 12 12
D/A ZP
ZP2 25 25
EM 13 13
EM
Figure 78. AO845/AO845A with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 213
a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
AO845/AO845A TU842/TU843 Process

L1+ +24V Device
L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
O1 C1, C2 Ch1 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A1, A2 Ch1 -
O2 C3, C4 Ch2 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A3, A4 Ch2 -
O3 C5, C6 Ch3 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A5, A6 Ch3 -
O4 C7, C8 Ch4 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A7, A8 Ch4 -
O5 C9, C10 Ch5 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A9, A10 Ch5 -
O6 C11, C12 Ch6 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A11, A12 Ch6 -
O7 C13, C14 Ch7 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A13, A14 Ch7 -
O8 C15, C16 Ch8 + 4 - 20mA

D/A ZP A15, A16 Ch8 -
L2+
L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
AO845/AO845A
O1
D/A ZP
---
O8
D/A ZP
EM
Figure 79. AO845/AO845A with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
214 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking
Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c.
inputs with current sinking.
1 isolated groups of 16 with S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
voltage supervision.
STATUS
Input status indicators.
Process and power connection
via detachable connectors.
Description
The DI801 is a 16 channel 24 V DI801
digital input module for the S800 24V
I/O. This module has 16 digital
inputs. The input voltage range is
18 to 30 volt d.c. and the input
current is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs
are in one isolated group with L+ L- 24V
sixteen channels and channel 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
number sixteen can be used for
voltage supervision input in the
group.
Every input channel consists of
current limiting components, EMC
protection components, input state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
Channel 16 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-15. If the
voltage connected to channel 16 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The error
signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/disabled
with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 16 can be used as
normal input channels.
3BSE020924-510 B 215
DI801 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The different filter times that can be
achieved are 2, 4, 8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter
time will be filtered out and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms will get through
the filter.
Technical Data
Table 43. DI801 Digital Input Module Specifications
DI801
Feature
Digital Input Module
Number of channels 16 (1 x 16), current sinking
Rated voltage 24 V d.c.
(process power supply range) (18 to 30 V d.c.)
Input voltage range, 1 15 to 30 V
Input voltage range, 0 -30 to +5 V
Nominal input channel current 6.7 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current, 1 >3.0mA
Input Current, 0 <1.0 mA
Input Impedance 3.5 k
Filter times (digital, selectable) 2, 4, 8, 16 ms
Process voltage supervision channel 16
Current consumption, 5 V (Modulebus) 70 mA
216 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 43. DI801 Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)
DI801
Feature
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated at nominal voltage of
24 Volts.
Block Diagram DI801
EMC-
BARRIER
CH 1 I1
STATUS
CH 2 I2
MBI
+5V
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N
.
I15
CH 15
POS0-9
BLOCK CH 16 I16
.
L-
EM
Figure 80. DI801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 217
Process Connections
Table 44. DI801 Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1
Ch 2 Input 2
Ch 3 Input 3
Ch 4 Input 4
Ch 5 Input 5
Ch 6 Input 6
Ch 7 Input 7
Ch 8 Input 8
Ch 9 Input 9
Ch 10 Input 10
Ch 11 Input 11
Ch 12 Input 12
Ch 13 Input 13
Ch 14 Input 14
Ch 15 Input 15
Ch 16 Input 16
218 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 81 shows the process connections for the DI801.
Process
DI801
1
2
+
3
- 4
+
5
- 6
7
9
10
+
11
- 12
+
13
- 14
15
16
+24V
0V
EM
Figure 81. DI801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 219
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking
Features
8 channels for 120 V a.c./d.c.
Individually isolated channels. S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Voltage supervision of field
STATUS
input power.
Signal filtering.
Process connection via
detachable connectors.
DI802
Description 120V a.c./d.c.
The DI802 is an 8 channel 120 V

a.c./d.c.digital input module for the
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range
is 77 - 130 volt and the input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
current is 10 mA at 120 V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 75 - 145 V
and the input current is 2.8 mA at
110 V. The inputs are individually
isolated.
current limiting components, EMC protection components, input state indication
LED and optical isolation barrier.
Channel 8 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-7.
220 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI802 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/disabled with parameter a. If the error inputs are disabled, channel 8 can
be used as the normal input channel.
the filter.
Technical Data
DI802
Feature
Number of channels 8, current sinking
Rated voltage 120 V a.c.
(process power supply range) (77 to 130 V a.c.)
110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
Input voltage range, 1 77 to 130 V a.c.
75 to 145 V d.c.
0 to 20 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 10 mA a.c. @ 120 V a.c.
2.8 mA d.c. @ 110 V d.c.
Input frequency range a.c. 47...63 Hz
Input Impedance 12 k (a.c.)
39 k (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
600 meters (656 yd.) for d.c.
3BSE020924-510 B 221
DI802
Feature
Analog filter On/Off delay 5/18 ms
Process voltage supervision Channel 8
Isolation Individually isolated channels
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 70 percent of the channels activated.
222 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI802

BIC INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
CH 1
X1 CH 2
+5VI MBI-1
+5V ASIC
RESET
POWER-OK CH 3
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
0V
DAT+ CH 4
DAT- RS-485
CLK+ CH 5
CLK- RS-485
POS0-6 CH 6
CH 7
EEPROM
CH 8
E1-7
1
3BSE020924-510 B 223
Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1A
1B
Ch 2 Input 2A
2B
Ch 3 Input 3A
3B
Ch 4 Input 4A
4B
Ch 5 Input 5A
5B
Ch 6 Input 6A
6B
Ch 7 Input 7A
7B
Ch 8 Input 8A
8B
224 3BSE020924-510 B
Process DI802
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+120V
0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 225
DI803 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c, Current Sinking
Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c.
Individually isolated channels. S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Voltage supervision of field
STATUS
input power.
Signal filtering.
DI803
Description 230V a.c./d.c.
The DI803 is an 8 channel 230 V

a.c./d.c.digital input module for the
S800 I/O. This module has 8 digital
inputs. The a.c. input voltage range
is 164 - 264 volt and the input 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
current is 7.6 mA at 230 V a.c.
The d.c. input range is 175 - 275 V
and the input current is 1.6 mA at
220 V. The inputs are individually
isolated.
current limiting components, EMC protection components, input state indication
Channel 8 can be used as voltage supervision input for channels 1-7.
If the voltage connected to channel 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated. The
error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
226 3BSE020924-510 B
enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 8
can be used as normal input channels.
the filter.
Technical Data
DI803
Feature
220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
175 to 275 V d.c.
0 to 40 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 7.6 mA @ 230 V a.c. (PR:A)
11mA @ 230 V a.c. (from PR:B)
1.6mA @220V d.c
Input frequency range, a.c. 4763 Hz
Input impedance 30 k (a.c.)
134 k (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B 227
DI803
Feature
Process voltage supervision Channel 8
(1)
228 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI803

BIC INPUT CHANNELS
STATUS
Rectifiers and
filters
CH 1 1A
1B
X1 CH 2 2A
+5VI MBI-1 2B
+5V ASIC
RESET
POWER-OK CH 3 3A
Process Connector
ModuleBus Connector
3B
0V
DAT+ CH 4 4A
RS-485 4B
DAT-
CLK+ CH 5 5A
CLK- RS-485 5B
POS0-6 CH 6 6A
6B
CH 7 7A
EEPROM 7B
CH 8 8A
E1-7 8B
1
3BSE020924-510 B 229
Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1A
1B
Ch 2 Input 2A
2B
Ch 3 Input 3A
3B
Ch 4 Input 4A
4B
Ch 5 Input 5A
5B
Ch 6 Input 6A
6B
Ch 7 Input 7A
7B
Ch 8 Input 8A
8B
230 3BSE020924-510 B
Process DI803
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A
5B
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
+230V
0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 231
Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. inputs with current
sinking.
Two isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision.
Description
The DI810 is a 16 channel 24 V digital input module
for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs.
The input voltage range is 18 to 30 volt d.c. and the
input current is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs are divided
into two individually isolated groups with eight
channels and one voltage supervision input in each
group.
Every input channel consists of current limiting
components, EMC protection components, input state
indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
The process voltage supervision input give channel
error signals if the voltage disappears.The error signal
can be read via the ModuleBus.
time are filtered out, and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get through the filter.
232 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage
supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power
supply to the devices. The TU818 Compact MTU provides connection to 2-wire
sensors without external marshaling. The TU838 extended MTU, provides a fuse (3
A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a
D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Technical Data
DI810
Feature
Nominal input channel current 6 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current 1 >3.0mA
Input Current 0 <1.0mA
Process voltage supervision 2 channels (1 per group)
(1)
3BSE020924-510 B 233
DI810
Feature
TU838 or TU850.
MTU keying code AA
24 Volts.
234 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI810

BIC GROUP 1 X2
EMC- L1+
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN L1+
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-1 .
. .
ASIC . .
. L1+
X1
Process Connector
CH 8 I8
+5VI
+5V
RESET
24V SUPER-
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK ERROR 1-8 VISION

0V L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
EMC- L2+
BLOCK BARRIER L2+
8 8 I 9-16
/ CH 9-16 /
24V SUPER-
EEPROM ERROR 9-16 VISION
L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 235
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25
Process TU818 TU830/TU833 TU838 TU850
(or TU814) Male
Terminal Connector
(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, - - C1, A1 B1, B2 A1 (F1) A1, A2
L1+
Ch1 Input C1 3 D1 C1 B1 B1
Ch 2 Input B1 16 B1 C2 B2 B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - - A1, A2 A2 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, - - C2, A2 B3, B4 A3 (F2) A3, A4
L1+
Ch 3 Input C2 4 D2 C3 B3 B3
Ch 3/Ch 4, A2 - - A3, A4 A4 -
L1-
Ch 5/Ch 6, - - C3, A3 B5, B6 A5 (F3) A5, A6
L1+
Ch 5/Ch 6, A3 - - A5, A6 A6 -
L1-
Ch 7/Ch 8, - - C4, A4 B7, B8 A7 (F4) A7, A8
L1+
236 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 50. DI810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25
(or TU814) Male
Terminal Connector
(1)
Ch 7/Ch8, A4 - - A7, A8 A8 -
L1-
Ch 9/Ch 10, - - C5, A5 B9, B10 A9 (F5) A9, A10
L2+
Ch 10 Input B5 20 B5 C10 B10 B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, A5 - - A9, A10 A10 -
L2-
Ch 11/Ch 12, - - C6, A6 B11, B12 A11 (F6) A11, A12
L2+
Ch 11 Input C6 8 D6 C11 B11 B11
Ch 12 Input B6 21 B6 C12 B12 B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, A6 - - A11, A12 A12 -
L2-
Ch 13/Ch 14, - - C7, A7 B13, B14 A13 (F7) A13, A14
L2+
Ch 13 Input C7 9 D7 C13 B13 B13
Ch 14 Input B7 22 B7 C14 B14 B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, A7 - - A13, A14 A14 -
L2-
3BSE020924-510 B 237
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25
(or TU814) Male
Terminal Connector
(1)
Ch 15/ Ch16, - - C8, A8 B15, B16 A15 (F8) A15, A16

L2+
Ch 15 Input C8 10 D8 C15 B15 B15
Ch 16 Input B8 23 B8 C16 B16 B16
Ch 15/Ch16, A8 - - A15, A16 A16 -
L2-
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
238 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 87 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI810 when
Process TU830/TU833 DI810
6.3 A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+24V L2+ Supervise
L2+
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
Figure 87. DI810 with TU830 Extended MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 239
Process TU838 DI810
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14 L2-
L2+ A15 F8 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+24V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
240 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 89 shows the process connections for the DI810 when installed on a TU810
Process TU810 DI810

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
Figure 89. DI810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 241
Compact MTU.
TU812 DI810
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process 6 S7 Ch7 L1+
6
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9
L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14
L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
Figure 90. DI810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
242 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 91 shows the process connection for the DI810 when installed on a TU850
Extended.
Process TU850 DI810
+24V 2A
L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
U1 A1 L1+
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
A2 L1-
+ U3 A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- A4 L1-
+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- U6 A6 L1-
U7 A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
A8 L1-
U9 A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
A10 L2-
+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- U12 A12 L2-
+ U13 A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- U14 A14 L2-
U15 A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
A16 L2-
+24V 2A
L2+
L2+ Supervise
L2- Fuse
0V
EM
Figure 91. DI810 with TU850 Extended MTU Process Connection
3BSE020924-510 B 243
Features
sinking.
2 isolated groups of 8 with voltage supervision.
Description
The DI811 is a 16 channel 48 V digital input module
for the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital inputs.
The input signal voltage range is 36 to 60 volt d.c.
and the input current is 4 mA at 48 V. The inputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups with
eight channels and one voltage supervision input in
each group.
components, EMC protection components, input
state indication LED and optical isolation barrier.
error signals if the voltage disappears.The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
time are filtered out, and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get through the filter.
244 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 (or TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for 48 V process voltage
supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of 48 V power
supply to the devices. The TU818 Compact MTU provides connection to 2-wire
sensors without external marshaling. The extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3
A max.) per two channels for process power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a
D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process. TU850 provides one
disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power outlet terminal per channel.
Technical Data
DI811
Feature
Input signal voltage range, 1 30 to 60 V
Input signal voltage range, 0 -60 to +10 V
Input Current, 1 >2.0 mA
Input Impedance 11 k
(1)
3BSE020924-510 B 245
DI811
Feature
TU833, TU838 or TU850
MTU keying code BD
48 Volts.
246 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI811

BIC GROUP 1 X2
EMC- L1+
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN L1+
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-1 .
. .
ASIC . .
. L1+
X1
Process Connector
CH 8 I8
+5VI
+5V
RESET
48V SUPER-
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK ERROR 1-8 VISION

0V L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9
EMC- L2+
BLOCK BARRIER L2+
8 8 I 9-16
/ CH 9-16 /
48V SUPER-
L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 247
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25
Process TU830/TU833 TU838 TU850 TU818
(or TU814) male
Terminal Connector
(1)
+48 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1) A1, A2 C1, A1
Ch1 Input C1 3 C1 B1 B1 D1
Ch 2 Input B1 16 C2 B2 B2 B1
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2 - -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2) A3, A4 C2, A2
Ch 3 Input C2 4 C3 B3 B3 D2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4 - -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3) A5, A6 C3, A3
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6 - -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4) A7, A8 C4, A4
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8 - -
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5) A9, A10 C5, A5
248 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25
(or TU814) male
Terminal Connector
(1)
Ch 10 Input B5 20 C10 B10 B10 B5
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10 -
Ch 11/Ch 12, - - B11, B12 A11 (F6) A11, A12 C6, A6
L2+
Ch 11 Input C6 8 C11 B11 B11 D6
Ch 12 Input B6 21 C12 B12 B12 B6
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12 - -
Ch 13/Ch 14, - - B13, B14 A13 (F7) A13, A14 C7, A7
L2+
Ch 13 Input C7 9 C13 B13 B13 D7
Ch 14 Input B7 22 C14 B14 B14 B7
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14 - -
Ch 15/ Ch16, - - B15, B16 A15 (F8) A15, A16 C8, A8
L2+
Ch 15 Input C8 10 C15 B15 B15 D8
Ch 16 Input B8 23 C16 B16 B16 B8
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16 - -
+48 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 249
6.3 A
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
250 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU838 DI811
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+48V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 251
Process TU810 DI811

(or TU814)
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
252 3BSE020924-510 B
Compact MTU
TU812 DI811
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process
6 6 S7 Ch7 L1+
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9
L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14
L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
24 I16
24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
Figure 96. DI811with TU812
3BSE020924-510 B 253
Extended MTU.
Process TU850 DI811
+24V 2A
L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
U1 A1 L1+
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
A2 L1-
+ U3 A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- A4 L1-
+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- U6 A6 L1-
U7 A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
A8 L1-
U9 A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
A10 L2-
+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- U12 A12 L2-
+ U13 A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- U14 A14 L2-
U15 A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
A16 L2-
+24V 2A
L2+
L2+ Supervise
L2- Fuse
0V
EM
254 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing
Features
sourcing.
2 Isolated groups of 8 with voltage
supervision.
Description
The DI814 is a 16 channel 24 V digital input
module with current sourcing for the S800 I/O.
The input voltage range is 18 to 30 volt dc and the
input current source is 6 mA at 24 V. The inputs
are divided into two individually isolated groups
with eight channels and one voltage supervision
input in each group.
The process voltage supervision input give
channel error signals if the voltage disappears.The
error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The
different filter times that can be achieved are 2, 4,
8 and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter
than the filter time are filtered out, and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get
through the filter.
3BSE020924-510 B 255
DI814 Digital Input Module, 24 V, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V process voltage supervision inputs, but
requires external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The
extended MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process
power out. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for
connection to the process.
Technical Data
DI814
Feature
Number of channels 16 (2 x 8), current sourcing
Maximum Field Cable Length 600 meters (656 yd.)
Power dissipation(1) 1.8 W
256 3BSE020924-510 B
DI814
Feature
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or
TU838
MTU keying code BE
24 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 B 257
Block Diagram DI814

BIC GROUP 1 X2
EMC- UP1
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
U2
RUN
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-1 .
X1 . .
ASIC . .
. U18
+5VI
Process Connector
CH 8 I8
RESET
+5V
POWER-OK 24V SUPER-
Modulebus Connector
0V ERROR 1-8 VISION
DAT+ ZP1
DAT- RS-485
CLK+
CLK- RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-6 EMC- UP2
BLOCK BARRIER U9-16
8 CH 9-16 8 I 9-16
/ /
24V SUPER-
ZP2
EM
258 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU812
TU810
Process D-Sub 25 TU830/TU833 TU838
(or TU814)
Connection male Terminal Terminal
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch1 Input C1 3 C1 B1
Ch 2 Input B1 16 C2 B2
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3 Input C2 4 C3 B3
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
3BSE020924-510 B 259
TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
260 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 99 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814
(current sourcing) when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3 A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,A6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 261
Figure 100 shows the process connections for the Digital Input Module DI814
(current sourcing) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
Process TU838 DI814
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+24V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
262 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU810 DI814

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 263
Compact MTU.
TU812 DI814
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process
6 6 S7 Ch7 L1+
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
264 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking
DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking

This module applies only to the Feature Pack release of System 800xA 5.1.
Features
sinking.
Two Isolated groups of 16 channels with
Voltage Supervision
Signal Filtering
Description
The DI818 is a 32 channel 24 V digital input
module for the S800 I/O. This module has 32
digital inputs. The input voltage range is 18 to 30
volt d.c. and the input current is 4.3mA at 24 V. The
inputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with 16 channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
error signals if the voltage disappears.The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The
different filter times that can be achieved are 2, 4, 8
and 16 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out,
and pulses longer than 3, 6, 12 and 24 ms get through the filter.
The I/O signals are connected to the MTU with the process connector. Three
different types of MTUs can be used. The extended MTU (TU830) and the compact
3BSE020924-510 B 265
DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
MTU (TU818) provides 1-wire connection to the sensors. The compact MTU
(TU819) has two D-sub 25 pin connectors for interfacing with the process.
DI818
Feature
Input voltage range, 1 +11 to +30 V
Nominal input channel current 4,3 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input Current 1 >3.2 mA
Input Current 0 <2.6 mA
Input Impedance 5.6 k @ 24 V d.c.
Current consumption 24 V (process 25mA
power supply, UPx
Isolation Groupwise isolated (RIV 50V) from
ground
Module termination units TU830, TU818, TU819
MTU keying code EA
266 3BSE020924-510 B
DI818
Feature
24 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 B 267
268 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Interface
Table 56. Process Connector Pinning
Process
TU830 TU818 TU819
Connection
24 V dc L1 + (2) L1 + (2) 1, 14, 11, 24 (X1a)
0 V dc L1 - (2) L1- (2) 2, 15, 12, 25 (X1a)
Ch 1 Input C1 D1 3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Input B1 C1 16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - -
/L2-
Ch 3 Input C2 B1 4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Input B2 A1 17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - -
/L2-
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - -
/L2-
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - -
/L2-
Ch 9/Ch 10, L1- A5 - -
/L2-
3BSE020924-510 B 269
Table 56. Process Connector Pinning (Continued)
Process
TU830 TU818 TU819
Connection
Ch 11Input C6 B3 8 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L1- A6 - -
/L2-
Ch 13/Ch 14, L1- A7 - -
/L2-
Ch 15/Ch 16, L1- A8 - -
/L2-
Ch 17 Input C9 D5 3 (X1b)
Ch 18 Input B9 C5 16 (X1b)
Ch 17/Ch 18, L2- A9 - -
Ch 19 Input C10 B5 4 (X1b)
Ch 20 Input B10 A5 17 (X1b)
Ch 19/Ch 20, L2- A10 - -
Ch 21/Ch 22, L2- A11 - -
270 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 56. Process Connector Pinning (Continued)
Process
TU830 TU818 TU819
Connection
Ch 23/Ch 24, L2- A12 - -
Ch 25/Ch 26, L2- A13 - -
Ch 27/Ch 28, L2- A14 - -
Ch 29/Ch 30, L2- A15 - -
Ch 31/Ch 32, L2- A16 - -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) L2+ (2) 1, 14, 11, 24 (X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- (2) L2- (2) 2, 15, 12, 25 (X1b)
a Pin 13 connected to connector body for EM.
Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module Termination Unit is

shown in Figure 104.
3BSE020924-510 B 271
Figure 104. Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module Termination
Unit.
272 3BSE020924-510 B
Field connection example with TU818 Compact Module Termination Unit is shown
in Figure 105.
Field connection example with TU819 Compact Module Termination Unit is shown
in Figure 106.
3BSE020924-510 B 273
Figure 105. Field connection example with TU818 Compact Module Termination
Unit
274 3BSE020924-510 B
Unit
3BSE020924-510 B 275
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c Appendix A Specifications
DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c
Features
8 channels for 120 V a.c./d.c. inputs.
Individually isolated channels.
Voltage supervision of field input power.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI820 is an 8 channel 120 V a.c./d.c. digital
input module for the S800 I/O. This module has 8
digital inputs. The a.c. input voltage range is 77 -
130 volt and the input current is 10 mA at 120 V
a.c. The d.c. input range is 75 - 145 V and the
input current is 2.8 mA at 110 V. The inputs are
individually isolated.
state indication LED, optical isolation barrier and
an analog filter (6 ms).
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision
input for channels 2 - 4, and channel 8 can be used
as voltage supervision input for channels 5 - 7.
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8
disappears, the error inputs are activated and the Warning LED turns on. The error
signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be enabled/ disabled
with a parameter. If the error inputs are disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as
normal input channels.
276 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI820 Digital Input Module, 120 V a.c./d.c
the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811/TU811V1 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two
terminals per channel.
The TU839 Extended MTU provides two terminals per channel and one terminal for
the outgoing sensor supply.
Technical Data
Feature DI820 Digital Input Module

110 V d.c.
(75 to 145 V d.c.)
+75 to 145 V d.c.
+0 to 20 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 10 mA ac @ 120 V a.c.
2.8 mA dc @110 V d.c.
Input frequency range a.c. 4763 Hz
Impedance 12 k (a.c.)
39 K (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
3BSE020924-510 B 277

Process voltage supervision 2 channels, 1 and 8
Module termination units TU811/TU811V1, TU813, TU831, TU839
or TU851
MTU keying code AB
278 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI820

BIC INPUT CHANNELS X2
FAULT
RUN Rectifiers and
filters
WARNING I 1.1
CH 1
I 1.2
E2-4
1
X1 I 2.1
CH 2
MBI-1 I 2.2
+5VI
+5V ASIC
RESET
I 3.1
POWER-OK CH 3
Process Connector
I 3.2
ModuleBus Connector
0V
I 4.1
DAT+ CH 4
I 4.2
DAT- RS-485
I 5.1
CLK+ CH 5
I 5.2
CLK- RS-485
I 6.1
POS0-6 CH 6
I 6.2
BLOCK
I 7.1
CH 7
I 7.2
EEPROM
I 8.1
CH 8
I 8.2
E5-7
1
3BSE020924-510 B 279
Process Connections

UP1 - - L1 (2) -
Ch 1.1 Input B1 B1 C1 B2
Ch 1.2 Input A1 A1 A1 A2
Ch 1, U1 - - B1 -
Ch 2.1 Input C2 B2 C2 B4
Ch 2, U1 - - B2 -
Ch 3, U1 - - B3 -
Ch 4, U1 - - B4 -
Ch 5, U2 - - B5 -
Ch 6, U2 - - B6 -
280 3BSE020924-510 B

Ch 7, U2 - - B7 -
Ch 8, U2 - - B8 -
UP2 - - L2 (2) -
3BSE020924-510 B 281
Process TU831 DI820
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 B2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 B4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
120V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

or 110V d.c. Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
Ch6.1 B6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 B8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
282 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 109 shows the process connections for the DI820 when installed on a
TU811/TU811V1 or TU813 Compact MTU.
120V a.c.
or 110V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
120V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

or 110V d.c. Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 283
Extended MTU
Process TU839 DI820

0.2A
L1
120V a.c. L1 Fuse U1
or 110V d.c.
B1
Ch1.1 C1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
B2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
B3
Ch3.1 C3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
B4
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
120V a.c. Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
or 110V d.c. B5
Ch5.1 C5 I 5.1
Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
B6
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
B7
Ch7.1 C7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
B8
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
120V a.c.
L2
or 110 d.c. 0.2A
L2
U2
Fuse EM
Figure 110. D1820 with TU839 Extended MTU Process Connections
284 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c.
Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. inputs.
Individually isolated points.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI821 is a 8 channel, 230 V a.c./d.c, digital
input module for the S800 I/O. This module has 8
digital inputs.
The ac input voltage range is 164 to 264 V and the
input current is 11 mA at 230 V a.c. The d.c. input
voltage range is 175 to 275 volt and the input
current is 1.6 mA at 220 V d.c. The inputs are
state indication LED, optical isolation barrier and
an analog filter (6 ms).
If the voltage connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the error inputs are activated
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with the a parameter. If the error inputs are
disabled channel 1 and 8 can be used as normal input channels.
3BSE020924-510 B 285
DI821 Digital Input Module, 230 V a.c./d.c. Appendix A Specifications
the filter.
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two terminals per
channel.
Technical Data

220 V d.c.
(175 to 275 V d.c.)
+175 to 275 V d.c.
+0 to 40 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 11 mA @ 230 V a.c.
1.6mA @ 220 V d.c.
Input frequency range, a.c. 4763 Hz
Impedance 21 k (a.c.)
134 K (d.c.)
Maximum field cable length 200 meters (219 yd.) 100pF/m for a.c.
286 3BSE020924-510 B

Module termination units TU811, TU813, TU831, TU839, and
TU851
MTU keying code AC
3BSE020924-510 B 287
Block Diagram DI821

BIC INPUT CHANNELS X2
FAULT
RUN Rectifiers and
filters
WARNING I 1.1
CH 1
I 1.2
E2-4
1
X1 I 2.1
CH 2
MBI-1 I 2.2
+5VI
+5V ASIC
RESET
I 3.1
POWER-OK CH 3
Process Connector
I 3.2
ModuleBus Connector
0V
I 4.1
DAT+ CH 4
I 4.2
DAT- RS-485
I 5.1
CLK+ CH 5
I 5.2
CLK- RS-485
I 6.1
POS0-6 CH 6
I 6.2
BLOCK
I 7.1
CH 7
I 7.2
EEPROM
I 8.1
CH 8
I 8.2
E5-7
1
288 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

UP1 - - L1 (2) -
Ch 1, U1 - - B1 -
Ch 2, U1 - - B2 -
Ch 3, U1 - - B3 -
Ch 4, U1 - - B4 -
Ch 5, U2 - - B5 -
Ch 6, U2 - - B6 -
3BSE020924-510 B 289

Ch 7, U2 - - B7 -
Ch 8, U2 - - B8 -
UP2 - - L2 (2) -
290 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU831 DI821
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 B2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 B4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
230V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
or 220V d.c.
Ch6.1 B6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 B8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 291
230V a.c.
or 220V d.c.
Ch1.1 B1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
Ch3.1 B3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
230V a.c. Ch5.1 B5 I 5.1

or 220V d.c. Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
Ch7.1 B7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
EM
292 3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process TU839 DI821

0.2A
L1
230V a.c. L1 Fuse U1
or 220V d.c.
B1
Ch1.1 C1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
B2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
B3
Ch3.1 C3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
B4
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
230V a.c. Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
or 220V d.c. B5
Ch5.1 C5 I 5.1
Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
B6
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
B7
Ch7.1 C7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
B8
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
230V a.c.
L2
or 220 d.c. 0.2A
L2
U2
Fuse EM
3BSE020924-510 B 293
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE Appendix A Specifications
DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE
Features
8 channels for 125 V d.c. inputs.
Sequence of event (SOE) functionality.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI825 is an 8 channel 125 V d.c. digital input
module for the S800 I/O. The input range is 71 -
150 V and the input current is 3.0 mA at 125 V.
The inputs are individually isolated.
state indication LED, optical isolation barrier.
If the voltage supervision is used and the voltage
connected to channel 1 or 8 disappears, the
channel error will be set for the channels and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be
read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can
be enabled/ disabled with a parameter. If the supervision is disabled channel 1 and 8
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The filter times can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out
and pulses longer than the filter time get through the filter.
294 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI825 Digital Input Module, 125 V d.c with SOE
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831 Extended MTU, TU811
Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU provide two terminals per channel.
Event Recording
The DI825 Input Module can be used for event recording (SOE), that is, changing
signals at digital input channels can be announced together with a time stamp
indicating when it occurred. Events are generated on both positive and negative
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.
The module has intermediate storage for 32 events.
The SOE functionality can be switched on and off per channel.
For all channels with enabled SOE capability, a shutter filter is implemented that
prevents intermediate storage for events from overflow. The shutter filter is closed
as soon as the number of events generated within the shutter period (0-255 seconds)
exceeds the shutter trigger number (0-255 changes). The shutter filter remains
closed as long as the recovery time (0-65535 seconds) has not expired.
Simple Digital Input

If no event recording is used, the DI825 acts like a simple digital input device.
3BSE020924-510 B 295
Technical Data
DI825
Feature
Nominal input channel current 3.0 mA @ 125 V
Input current, 1 >1.4 mA
Input current, 0 <0.3mA
Nominal impedance 41.5 k
Filter times (digital, selectable) 0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter period 0 - 255 s
Shutter trigger number 0 - 255 changes
Recovery time 0 - 65535 s
Intermediate storage 32 events
Event recording resolution 0.4 ms
Error time stamp -0.25 ms to 1 ms
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) Max 90 mA
Max power dissipation 4.9 W(1)
296 3BSE020924-510 B
DI825
Feature
Dielectric test voltage 2300 V a.c. Ch - EM
1350 V a.c. Ch - Ch
Module termination units TU811, TU813, TU831, or TU839 and
TU851
MTU keying code AB
(1) All inputs activated
3BSE020924-510 B 297
Block Diagram DI825
MODULEBUS INTERFACE COMPUTER INPUT CHANNELS X2
Rectifiers and
filters
FAULT I1+
CH 1
I1-
RUN E2-4
1
WARNING RWM I2+
CH 2
MBI-2 I2-
X1
ASIC
+5VI DATA I3+
+5V CH 3
Process Connector
I3-
RESET
ADDRESS
POWER-OK CPU
I4+
0V 68HC12 CH 4
Modulebus Connector
I4-
DAT+
DAT- RS-485 I5+
CH 5
I5-
CLK+ EEPROM
RS-485
I6+
CLK- CH 6
I6-
POS0-6
FPROM
BLOCK I7+
CH 7
I7-
I8+
CH 8
I8-
E5-7
1
3
/
PROGR
MODE
X3 BDM
298 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections

UP1 - - L1 (2) -
Ch 1, U1 - - B1 -
Ch 2, U1 - - B2 -
Ch 3, U1 - - B3 -
Ch 4, U1 - - B4 -
Ch 5, U2 - - B5 -
Ch 6, U2 - - B6 -
3BSE020924-510 B 299

Ch 7, U2 - - B7 -
Ch 8, U2 - - B8 -
UP2 - - L2 (2) -
300 3BSE020924-510 B
-
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+ B1 I1+
Ch1- A1 I1-
Ch2+ C2 I2+
Ch2- A2 I2-
Ch3+ B3 I3+
Ch3- A3 I3-
Ch4+ C4 I4+
Ch4- A4 I4-
- Ch5+ B5 I5+
125V d.c. Ch5- A5 I5-
+
Ch6+ C6 I6+
Ch6- A6 I6-
Ch7+ B7 I7+
Ch7- A7 I7-
Ch8+ C8 I8+
Ch8- A8 I8-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 301
Extended MTU.
Process TU831 DI825
-
125V d.c.
+
Ch1+ B1 I1+
Ch1- A1 I1-
Ch2+ B2 I2+
Ch2- A2 I2-
Ch3+ B3 I3+
Ch3- A3 I3-
Ch4+ B4 I4+
Ch4- A4 I4-
- Ch5+ B5 I5+
125V d.c. Ch5- A5 I5-
+
Ch6+ B6 I6+
Ch6- A6 I6-
Ch7+ B7 I7+
Ch7- A7 I7-
Ch8+ B8 I8+
Ch8- A8 I8-
EM
302 3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU
Process TU839 DI825

0.2A
L1
125V d.c. L1 Fuse U1
B1
Ch1.1 C1 I 1.1
Ch1.2 A1 I 1.2
B2
Ch2.1 C2 I 2.1
Ch2.2 A2 I 2.2
B3
Ch3.1 C3 I 3.1
Ch3.2 A3 I 3.2
B4
Ch4.1 C4 I 4.1
125V d.c. Ch4.2 A4 I 4.2
B5
Ch5.1 C5 I 5.1
Ch5.2 A5 I 5.2
B6
Ch6.1 C6 I 6.1
Ch6.2 A6 I 6.2
B7
Ch7.1 C7 I 7.1
Ch7.2 A7 I 7.2
B8
Ch8.1 C8 I 8.1
Ch8.2 A8 I 8.2
125V d.c. L2
L2 0.2A
U2
Fuse EM
3BSE020924-510 B 303
DI828 Digital Input Module Appendix A Specifications
DI828 Digital Input Module
Features
16 channels for 120 V AC/DC inputs.
Signal filtering.
Description
The DI828 is an 16 channel 120 V a.c/d.c. digital
input module for the S800 I/O. The module has 16
digital inputs. The AC input voltage range is 77 - 130
V and the input current is 8.5 mA at 120V AC. The
DC input voltage range is 75 - 130 V and the input
current is 2.4 mA at 120V DC. The inputs are
components, EMC protection components, input state
indication LED, optical isolation barrier and an analog
filter.
Channel 1 can be used as voltage supervision input for
channels 2 - 8. Channel 16 can be used as voltage
supervision input for channels 9 - 15.
If the voltage supervision is used and the voltage connected to channel 1 or 16
disappears, the channel error will be set for the channels and the Warning LED turns
on. The error signal can be read from the ModuleBus. This supervision can be
enabled/ disabled with a parameter. If the supervision is disabled channel 1 and 16
304 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI828 Digital Input Module
The input channels can be digitally filtered. The filter times can be set in the range
1, 2, 4, and 8 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered
out and pulses longer than the filter time get through the filter.
The DI828 can be used on the Extended MTU TU851. The TU851 Extended MTU
provides two terminals per channel.
3BSE020924-510 B 305
Technical Data

Rated voltage 120 V a.c/d.c.
(process power supply range)
+75 to 130 V d.c.
+0 to 20 V d.c.
Nominal input channel current 8.5 mA @ 120V a.c.
2.4 mA @ 120V d.c.
Input frequency range a.c. 47 - 63 Hz
Impedance 14.2 k (a.c.)
50 k (d.c.)
100pF/m. for a.c.
Filter times (digital, selectable) 2.5 0.5, 5 1, 10 2, 20 4ms
Process voltage supervision 2 channels, Ch1and Ch16 can act as
process power supervision.
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) Typ 45 mA
Max 60 mA
Isolation Channelwise isolated (RIV 250)
Module termination units TU851
MTU keying code EB
306 3BSE020924-510 B

3BSE020924-510 B 307
Block Diagram DI828
Figure 119. DI828-Block Diagram
308 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process TU851
Connection Terminal
Ch 1.1 Input B1
Ch 1.2 Input A1
Ch 2.1 Input B2
Ch 2.2 Input A2
Ch 3.1 Input B3
Ch 3.2 Input A3
Ch 4.1 Input B4
Ch 4.2 Input A4
Ch 5.1 Input B5
Ch 5.2 Input A5
Ch 6.1 Input A6
Ch 6.2 Input B6
Ch 7.1 Input A7
Ch 7.2 Input B7
Ch 8.1 Input A8
Ch 8.2 Input B8
Ch 9.1 Input A9
Ch 9.2 Input B9
Ch 10.1 Input A10
Ch 10.2 Input B10
Ch 11.1 Input A11
3BSE020924-510 B 309
Process TU851
Connection Terminal
Ch 11.2 Input B11
Ch 12.1 Input A12
Ch 12.2 Input B12
Ch 13.1 Input A13
Ch 13.2 Input B13
Ch 14.1 Input A14
Ch 14.2 Input B14
Ch 15.1 Input A15
Ch 15.2 Input B15
Ch 16.1 Input A16
Ch 16.2 Input B16
310 3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU851 Extended Module Termination Unit.
Figure 120. DI828 with TU851 Extended Module Termination Unit
3BSE020924-510 B 311
DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications

Current Sinking
Features
sinking.
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with voltage
supervision.
Shutter filter.
Description
The DI830 is a 16 channel 24 V d.c. digital input
module for the S800 I/O. The input voltage range
is 18 to 30 V d.c. and the input current is 6 mA at
24 V d.c.
Each input channel consists of current limiting
The module cyclically performs self-diagnostics.
Process power supply supervision (results in
a module failure, if detected).
Event queue full.
Time synchronization missing.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter time can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out and
pulses longer than specified filter time get through the filter.
312 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI830 Digital Input Module, 24 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU814) has terminals for
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of
process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
process. TU850 provides one disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power
outlet terminal per channel.
Event Recording
going edges of the signal. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.

3BSE020924-510 B 313
Technical Data
DI830
Feature
(Process power supply range) (18 to 30 V d.c.)
Nominal input channel current 7.4 mA @ 24 V d.c.
Input impedance 3.2 k
Maximum field cable length 600 m (656 yd.)
Shutter filter
Shutter period 0... 255 s
Shutter trigger 0... 255 changes
Recovery time 0... 65535 s
Event recording accuracy -0.3 ms to +0.7 ms
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
Isolation Yes, opto
314 3BSE020924-510 B
DI830
Feature
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,
TU833, TU838 or TU850
MTU keying code AA
24 Volt.
3BSE020924-510 B 315
Block Diagram DI830

MODULEBUS INTERFACE COMPUTER GROUP 1 X2
EMC- UP1
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN U2
CH 2 I2
WARNING RWM .
X1 MBI-2 . .
. .
ASIC . U8
+5VI DATA
CH 8 I8
Process Connector
+5V
RESET
ADDRESS 24V
POWER-OK CPU SUPER-
0V ERROR VISION
68HC12
Modulebus Connector
1-8
DAT+ ZP1
DAT- RS-485
GROUP 2
CLK+ EEPROM
EMC- UP2
CLK- RS-485
BARRIER U9-16
8 8
POS0-6 CH / I 9-16
FPROM /
BLOCK 9-16 24V
SUPER-
ERROR VISION
9-16 ZP2
3
/
PROGR
MODE
EM
X3 BDM
316 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/
(or TU814) Male TU833
(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - C1, A1 B1, B2 A1 (F1) A1, A2
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - - A1, A2 A2 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - C2, A2 B3, B4 A3 (F2) A3, A4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - - A3, A4 A4 -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - C3, A3 B5, B6 A5 (F3) A5, A6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - - A5, A6 A6 -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - C4, A4 B7, B8 A7 (F4) A7, A8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - - A7, A8 A8 -
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - C5, A5 B9, B10 A9 (F5) A9, A10
3BSE020924-510 B 317
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/
(1)
Ch 10 Input B5 20 B5 C10 B10 B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - - A9, A10 A10 -
Ch 11/Ch 12, - - C6, A6 B11, B12 A11 (F6) A11, A12
L2+
Ch 11 Input C6 8 D6 C11 B11 B11
Ch 12 Input B6 21 B6 C12 B12 B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - - A11, A12 A12 -
Ch 13/Ch 14, - - C7, A7 B13, B14 A13 (F7) A13, A14
L2+
Ch 13 Input C7 9 D7 C13 B13 B13
Ch 14 Input B7 22 B7 C14 B14 B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - - A13, A14 A14 -
Ch 15/ Ch16, - - C8, A8 B15, B16 A15 (F8) A15, A16
L2+
Ch 15 Input C8 10 D8 C15 B15 B15
Ch 16 Input B8 23 B8 C16 B16 B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - - A15, A16 A16 -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
318 3BSE020924-510 B
6.3 A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+24V L2+ Supervise
L2+
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 319
Process TU838 DI830
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5
L2+ A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+24V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
320 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU810 DI830

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+24V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 321
Compact MTU.
TU812 DI830
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process L1+
6 6 S7 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +24V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
322 3BSE020924-510 B
Extended MTU.
Process TU850 DI830
+24V 2A
L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
U1 A1 L1+
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
A2 L1-
+ U3 A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- A4 L1-
+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- U6 A6 L1-
U7 A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
A8 L1-
U9 A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
A10 L2-
+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- U12 A12 L2-
+ U13 A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- U14 A14 L2-
U15 A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
A16 L2-
+24V 2A
L2+
L2+ Supervise
L2- Fuse
0V
EM
Figure 126. DI830 with TU850 Extended MTU Process Connection.
3BSE020924-510 B 323

Current Sinking
Features
16 channels for 48 V d.c. inputs with
current sinking.
2 isolated groups of 8 channels with
Shutter filter.
Description
The DI831 is a 16 channel 48 V d.c. digital
input module for the S800 I/O. The input
voltage range is 36 to 60 V d.c. and the input
current is 4 mA at 48 V d.c.).
components, EMC protection components,
input state indication LED and optical isolation
barrier.
The module cyclically performs self-
diagnostics. Module diagnostics include:
Process power supply supervision (results
in a module failure, if detected)
Event queue full.
Time synchronization missing.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter time can be set in the range
0 to 100 ms. This means that pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out and
pulses longer than specified get through the filter.
324 3BSE020924-510 B
Eight different types of MTUs can be used. The Extended MTU (for example
TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors without additional
terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU 814 ) has terminals for
process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for distribution of
process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The extended MTU,
TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out. The
process. TU850 provides one disconnectable PTC fused sensor/transmitter power
outlet terminal per channel.
Event Recording
going edges of the signals. The time stamp has a resolution of 0.4 millisecond, and
is compensated for the filter time.

3BSE020924-510 B 325
Technical Data
DI831
Feature
(Process power supply range) (36 to 60 V d.c).
Input voltage range, 1 +30 to +60 V.
Bounce filter times (digital, selectable) 0 to 100 ms
Shutter filter
Shutter trigger 0... 255 changes
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 120 mA (max.)
100 mA (typ.)
Isolation Yes, opto
TU833, TU838 and TU850
MTU keying code BD
326 3BSE020924-510 B
DI831
Feature
48 Volt.
Block Diagram DI831

MODULEBUS INTERFACE COMPUTER GROUP 1 X2
EMC- UP1
BARRIER U1
CH 1 I1
FAULT
RUN U2
CH 2 I2
WARNING RWM .
X1 MBI-2 . .
. .
ASIC . U8
+5VI DATA
CH 8 I8
Process Connector
+5V
RESET
ADDRESS 24V
POWER-OK CPU SUPER-
0V ERROR VISION
68HC12
Modulebus Connector
1-8
DAT+ ZP1
DAT- RS-485
GROUP 2
CLK+ EEPROM
EMC- UP2
CLK- RS-485
BARRIER U9-16
8 8
POS0-6 CH / I 9-16
FPROM /
BLOCK 9-16 24V
SUPER-
ERROR VISION
9-16 ZP2
3
/
PROGR
MODE
EM
X3 BDM
3BSE020924-510 B 327
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/
(1)
+48 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch1/Ch 2, L1+ - - C1, A1 B1, B2 A1 (F1) A1, A2
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - - A1, A2 A2 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - C2, A2 B3, B4 A3 (F2) A3, A4
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - - A3, A4 A4 -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - C3, A3 B5, B6 A5 (F3) A5, A6
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - - A5, A6 A6 -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - C4, A4 B7, B8 A7 (F4) A7, A8
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - - A7, A8 A8 -
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - C5, A5 B9, B10 A9 (F5) A9, A10
328 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/
(1)
Ch 10 Input B5 20 B5 C10 B10 B10
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - - A9, A10 A10 -
Ch 11/Ch 12, - - C6, A6 B11, B12 A11 (F6) A11, A12
L2+
Ch 11 Input C6 8 D6 C11 B11 B11
Ch 12 Input B6 21 B6 C12 B12 B12
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - - A11, A12 A12 -
Ch 13/Ch 14, - - C7, A7 B13, B14 A13 (F7) A13, A14
L2+
Ch 13 Input C7 9 D7 C13 B13 B13
Ch 14 Input B7 22 B7 C14 B14 B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - - A13, A14 A14 -
Ch 15/ Ch16, - - C8, A8 B15, B16 A15 (F8) A15, A16
L2+
Ch 15 Input C8 10 D8 C15 B15 B15
Ch 16 Input B8 23 B8 C16 B16 B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - - A15, A16 A16 -
+48 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 329
6.3 A
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
+ L1+ B3,B4 L1+
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 L1-
+ L1+ B5,B6 L1+
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
+ L2+ B11,B12 L2+
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 L2-
+ L2+ B13,B14 L2+
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
330 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU838 DI831
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
L1- A2 L1-
F2
+ L1+ A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- L1- A4 L1-
F3
+ L1+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- L1- A6 L1-
F4
L1+ A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
L1- A8 L1-
F5 L2+
L2+ A9
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
L2- A10 L2-
+ F6
L2+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- L2- A12 L2-
F7
+ L2+ A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- L2- A14
F8
L2-
L2+ A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
L2- A16 L2-
+48V L2+ Supervise

L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 331
Process TU810 DI831

(or TU814)
+48V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1+
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 L1-
+ L1+
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 L1-
+ L1+
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 L1-
L1+
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 L2-
+ L2+
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 L2-
+ L2+
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 L2-
L2+
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 L2-
+48V L2+
L2+ Supervise
0V L2-
EM
332 3BSE020924-510 B
Compact MTU.
TU812 DI831
1 1 UP1 +48V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
L1+
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 L1-
16 16 S2 Ch2 L1+
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
L1-
17 17 S4 Ch4
L1+
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 L1-
Process L1+
6 6 S7 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
L1-
7 7 S9 Ch9 L2+
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 L2-
21 21 S12 Ch12 L2+

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
L2-
22 22 S14 Ch14 L2+
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 L2-
L2+
11 11 UP2 +48V I15
I16
24 24 UP2 L2-
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2 Supervise
13 13 EM
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 333
Figure 132 shows the process connection for the DI831 when installed on a TU850
Extended MTU.
Process TU850 DI831
+24V 2A
L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
U1 A1 L1+
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
A2 L1-
+ U3 A3 L1+
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- A4 L1-
+ A5 L1+
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- U6 A6 L1-
U7 A7 L1+
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
A8 L1-
U9 A9 L2+
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
A10 L2-
+ A11 L2+
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- U12 A12 L2-
+ U13 A13 L2+
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- U14 A14 L2-
U15 A15 L2+
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
A16 L2-
+24V 2A
L2+
L2+ Supervise
L2- Fuse
0V
EM
Figure 132. DI831 with TU850 Extended MTU Process Connection.
334 3BSE020924-510 B
DI840 Digital Input Module
Features
current sinking.
1 group of 16 isolated from ground.
Sequence of events.
Redundant or single applications.
Transducer power distribution.
Description
input module for single or redundant
applications. The input voltage range is 18 to 30
V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V d.c.
barrier.
The transducer power is supervised and current
limited; one output per two input channels.
The Sequence of Event function (SOE) can
collect events with a resolution of 1 ms. The
event queue can contain up to 257 events. The
function includes a Shutter filter for filtering out unwanted events.
3BSE020924-510 B 335
The module cyclically performs self-diagnostics. Module diagnostics include:

Process power supply supervision and transducer over current supervision are
reported as External Channel Error. Error detection time is < 500 ms.
The internal channel circuitries are tested with test patterns. Error from those
tests will be reported as Internal Channel Error. The error detection time is
< 100 ms.
Error in the common parts of the test functions is reported as Module Error.
Error detection time is 12 ms.
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 127 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Seven different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors
without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU
provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The extended
MTU, TU838, provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels for process power out.
The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to
the process.
For redundant applications there are three types of MTUs, TU842 /TU852 for
336 3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
DI840
Feature
(Process power supply range) (19.2 to 30 V)
Input current, 1 > 3 mA
Input current, 0 < 1.5 mA
Shutter filter
Shutter trigger 4 changes
Event recording resolution 1 ms
Event recording accuracy -0 ms / +1.3 ms
Sensor supply (per channel pair) 40mA (max), short circuit current 60 mA
(max)
Current consumption 24 V (process 335 mA (max) (15 mA + sensor current)
power supply, UPx)
3BSE020924-510 B 337
DI840
Feature
Isolation Yes, opto
TU833, TU838, TU842, TU843 or
TU852
MTU keying code CD
24 Volt.
338 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DI840
UP
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
EM ZP LED1
UP
LED16
Current
Limiter
MBI
U1
FPGA
I1 CH1
U2
I2 CH2
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
I15 CH15
U16
I16 CH16
Figure 133. Block Diagram DI840
3BSE020924-510 B 339
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU842
(or TU814) Male TU833 TU843
Terminal Connector Terminal Terminal
(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ 1, 14
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- 2, 15
(X1a and
X1b)
U1, U2 - - C1, A1 B1, B2 A1 (F1),- B1, B2 3, 16
(X1b)
Ch1 Input C1 3 D1 C1 B1 C1 3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Input B1 16 B1 C2 B2 C2 16 (X1a)
Ch1/Ch2, A1 - - A1, A2 A2 A1, A2 -
L1-
U3, U4 - - C2, A2 B3, B4 A3 (F2),- B3, B4 4, 17
(X1b)
Ch 3 Input C2 4 D2 C3 B3 C3 4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Input B2 17 B2 C4 B4 C4 17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, A2 - - A3, A4 A4 A3, A4 -
L1-
U5, U6, L1+ - - C3, A3 B5, B6 A5 (F3),- B5, B6 5, 18
(X1b)
Ch 6 Input B3 18 B3 C6 B6 C6 18 (X1a)
340 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU842
(1)
Ch 5/Ch 6, A3 - - A5, A6 A6 A5, A6 -

L1-
U7, U8 - - C4, A4 B7, B8 A7 (F4),- B7, B8 6, 19
(X1b)
Ch 8 Input B4 19 B4 C8 B8 C8 19 (X1a)
Ch 7/Ch8, A4 - - A7, A8 A8 A7, A8 -
L1-
U9, U10 - - C5, A5 B9, B10 A9 (F5),- B9, B10 7, 20
(X1b)
Ch 10 Input B5 20 B5 C10 B10 C10 20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, A5 - - A9, A10 A10 A9, A10 -
L2-
U11, U12 - - C6, A6 B11, B12 A11 B11, B12 8, 21
(F6),- (X1b)
Ch 11 Input C6 8 D6 C11 B11 C11 8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Input B6 21 B6 C12 B12 C12 21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch A6 - - A11, A12 A12 A11, A12 -
12, L2-
U13, U14 - - C7, A7 B13, B14 A13 B13, B14 9, 22
(F7),- (X1b)
Ch 13 Input C7 9 D7 C13 B13 C13 9 (X1a)
3BSE020924-510 B 341
TU812
TU810 D-Sub 25 TU830/ TU842
(1)
Ch 14 Input B7 22 B7 C14 B14 C14 22 (X1a)

Ch 13/Ch A7 - - A13, A14 A14 A13, A14 -
14, L2-
U15, U16, - - C8, A8 B15, B16 A15 B15, B16 10, 23
L2+ (F8),- (X1a)
Ch 15 Input C8 10 D8 C15 B15 C15 10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Input B8 23 B8 C16 B16 C16 23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch16, A8 - - A15, A16 A16 A15, A16 -
L2-
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ 11, 24
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- 12, 25
(X1a and
X1b)
342 3BSE020924-510 B
6.3A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
U1 B1,B2 U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
ZP A1,A2 ZP
+ U2 B3,B4 U3, U4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- ZP A3,A4 ZP
+ U3 B5,B6 U5, U6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- ZP A5,A6 ZP
U4 B7,B8 U7, U8
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
ZP A7,A8 ZP
U5 B9,B10 U9, U10
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
ZP A9,A10 ZP
+ U6 B11,B12 U11, U12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- ZP A11,A12 ZP
+ U7 B13,B14 U13, U14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- ZP A13,A14 ZP
U8 B15,B16 U15, U16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
ZP A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
3BSE020924-510 B 343
Process TU838 DI840
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
F1 U1, U2
U1 A1
Ch1 B1 I1
Ch2 B2 I2
ZP A2 ZP
F2
+ U2 A3 U3, U4
Ch3 B3 I3
Ch4 B4 I4
- ZP A4 ZP
F3
+ U3 A5 U5, U6
Ch5 B5 I5
Ch6 B6 I6
- ZP A6 ZP
F4
U4 A7 U7, U8
Ch7 B7 I7
Ch8 B8 I8
ZP A8 ZP
F5
U5 A9 U9, U10
Ch9 B9 I9
Ch10 B10 I10
ZP A10 ZP
+ F6
U6 A11 U11, U12
Ch11 B11 I11
Ch12 B12 I12
- ZP A12 ZP
F7
+ U7 A13 U13, U14
Ch13 B13 I13
Ch14 B14 I14
- ZP A14
F8
ZP
U8 A15 U15, U16
Ch15 B15 I15
Ch16 B16 I16
ZP A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
344 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU810 DI840

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
ZP A1 ZP
+ U3, U4
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- ZP A2 ZP
+ U5, U6
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- ZP A3 ZP
U7, U8
Ch7 C4 I7
Ch8 B4 I8
ZP A4 ZP
U9, U10
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
ZP A5 ZP
+ U11, U12
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- ZP A6 ZP
+ U13, U14
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- ZP A7 ZP
U15, U16
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
ZP A8 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 345
TU812 DI840
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
U1, U2
15 15 ZP1 I1
I2
3 3 S1 Ch1 ZP
16 16 S2 Ch2 U3, U4
I3
4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch4
U5, U6
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 ZP
Process U7, U8
6 6 S7 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch9 U9, U10
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 ZP
21 21 S12 Ch12 U11, U12

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch14 U13, U14
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 ZP
U15, U16
11 11 UP2 I15
I16
24 24 UP2 ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM
EM
346 3BSE020924-510 B
installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.

+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
B1 U1, U2
U2 B2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
ZP A1,A2 ZP
B3 U3, U4
+ U4 B4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- ZP A3,A4
B5
ZP
U5, U6
+ U6 B6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- ZP A5,A6 ZP
B7 U7, U8
U8 B8
Ch7 C7 I7
Ch8 C8 I8
ZP A7,A8 ZP
B9 U9, U10
U10 B10
Ch9 C9 I9
Ch10 C10 I10
ZP A9,A10 ZP
B11 U11, U12
+ U12 B12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- ZP A11,A12 ZP
B13 U13, U14
+ U14 B14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- ZP A13,A14 ZP
B15 U15, U16
U16 B16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
ZP A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
DI840
Supervise
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
---
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 138. DI840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 347
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Appendix A Specifications
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module
Features
current sinking.
Redundant or single configuration.
1 group of 16 isolated from ground.
Sequence of events (SOE).
Current limited sensor supply per channel.
Certified for SIL3 according to IEC 61508.
954-1.
Description
input module for single or redundant
configuration. The input voltage range is 18 to
30 V d.c. and the input current is 7 mA at 24 V
d.c.
barrier.
There is one current limited transducer power
output per input.
The Sequence of Event function (SOE) can collect events with a resolution of 1 ms.
The event queue can contain up to 512 x 16 events. The function include a Shutter
filter for suppression of unwanted events.
348 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module
The SOE function can report the following status in the event message Channel
value, Queue full, Synchronization jitter, Uncertain time, Shutter filter active and
Channel error.
The input signals can be digitally filtered. The filter is selectable from 0 to 127 ms.
This means that pulses shorter than the filter time will be filtered out and pulses
longer than specified will get through the filter.
Six different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. The Extended
MTU (for example TU830/TU833) enables three wire connection to the sensors
without additional terminals. The Compact MTU (for example TU810, TU814) has
terminals for process voltage supervision inputs, but requires external terminals for
distribution of process power supply to the sensors. The TU818 Compact MTU
provides connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
Shielded field cables are required for process connections (over all shield is
sufficient if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types). It is recommended to
feed all sensors connected to DI880 from the current limited sensor power supplies
that are supplied by DI880, to fulfill this TU830, TU833, TU842, TU843 or TU852
should be used. If single Compact MTUs (TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU818) are
used, refer to the Technical Description 3BSE050455.
Self-diagnostic Functions
The module cyclically performs comprehensive self-diagnostics. The detected
failures are grouped and reported as described below:
Errors in External power supply are reported as External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) are reported as Internal channel error.
Errors in internal power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and
Memory are reported as Module Error.
3BSE020924-510 B 349
Technical Data
Table 71. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications
DI880
Feature
(Process power supply range) (19.2 to 30 V)
Input current, 1 > 3 mA
Input current, 0 < 1.5 mA
Shutter filter:
Shutter period 1 - 255 s (default 0, means deactivated
filter)
Shutter trigger 1...255 changes (default 4)
Recovery time 0 - 65535 s (default 0, means
deactivated filter)
Sensor supply (per channel) Voltage: Process power supply
(Upx) - max 4.2 V
Current: 32 mA, +/- 10%
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 125 mA (typ) 150 mA (max)
Current consumption 24 V 527 mA (max) (15 mA + sensor current)
350 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 71. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module Specifications (Continued)
DI880
Feature
Isolation Yes, opto
TU833, TU842, TU843 and TU852
MTU keying code FF
Event recording accuracy -0 ms / +1.3 ms
3BSE020924-510 B 351
Block Diagram DI880
UP F FPGA
R
Module Bus
W
P
EM ZP 1
UP
16
CH1
Current
Limiter
CH2
U1
I1
UP
Current
U2
Limiter
I2 MCU
UP
Current
Limiter
U15
I15 CH15
Module Bus
UP
U16 Current
Limiter CH16
I16
352 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU818 TU852
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male TU833 TU843
Connection Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector (1) Terminal Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ 1, 14
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- 2, 15
(X1a and
X1b)
U1, U2 - - C1, A1 B1, B2 B1, B2 3, 16
(X1b)
Ch1 Input C1 3 D1 C1 C1 3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Input B1 16 B1 C2 C2 16 (X1a)
Ch1/Ch2, L1- A1 - - A1, A2 A1, A2 -
U3, U4 - - C2, A2 B3, B4 B3, B4 4, 17
(X1b)
Ch 3 Input C2 4 D2 C3 C3 4
Ch 4 Input B2 17 B2 C4 C4 17
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - - A3, A4 A3, A4 -
U5, U6, L1+ - - C3, A3 B5, B6 B5, B6 5, 18
(X1b)
Ch 6 Input B3 18 B3 C6 C6 18
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - - A5, A6 A5, A6 -
3BSE020924-510 B 353
TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU818 TU852
Terminal Connector (1) Terminal Terminal
U7, U8 - - C4, A4 B7, B8 B7, B8 6, 19
(X1b)
Ch 8 Input B4 19 B4 C8 C8 19
Ch 7/Ch8, L1- A4 - - A7, A8 A7, A8 -
U9, U10 - - C5, A5 B9, B10 B9, B10 7, 20
(X1b)
Ch 10 Input B5 20 B5 C10 C10 20
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - - A9, A10 A9, A10 -
U11, U12 - - C6, A6 B11, B12 B11, B12 8, 21
(X1b)
Ch 11 Input C6 8 D6 C11 C11 8
Ch 12 Input B6 21 B6 C12 C12 21
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - - A11, A12 A11, A12 -
U13, U14 - - C7, A7 B13, B14 B13, B14 9, 22
(X1b)
Ch 13 Input C7 9 D7 C13 C13 9
Ch 14 Input B7 22 B7 C14 C14 22
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - - A13, A14 A13, A14 -
U15, U16, L2+ - - C8, A8 B15, B16 B15, B16 10, 23
(X1a)
Ch 15 Input C8 10 D8 C15 C15 10
354 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 TU812 TU830/ TU842

Process TU818 TU852
Connection (1) Terminal Terminal
Ch 16 Input B8 23 B8 C16 C16 23
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - - A15, A16 A15, A16 -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ 11, 24
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- 12, 25
(X1a and
X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B 355
Figure 140 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Input
Module DI880 when installed on a TU830 Extended MTU.
6.3A
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1- Fuse
L1-
U1, U2 B1,B2 U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 ZP
+ U3, U4 B3,B4 U3, U4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4 ZP
+ U5, U6 B5,A6 U5, U6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 ZP
If the outgoing U7, U8 B7,B8 U7, U8
sensor supplies Ch7 C7 I7
are not used to Ch8 C8 I8
feed the sensor L1- A7,A8 ZP
in the field, U9, U10 B9,B10 U9, U10
refer to the Ch9 C9 I9
Technical Description Ch10 C10 I10
3BSE050455 L2- A9,A10 ZP
+ U11, U12 B11,B12 U11, U12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 ZP
+ U13, U14 B13,B14 U13, U14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 ZP
U15, U16 B15,B16 U15, U16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 ZP
6.3A
L2+
L2+
0V L2- Fuse
L2- EM
356 3BSE020924-510 B
Module DI880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
Process TU810 DI880

(or TU814)
+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
U1, U2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 B1 I2
L1- A1 ZP
+ U3, U4
Ch3 C2 I3
Ch4 B2 I4
- L1- A2 ZP
+ U5, U6
Ch5 C3 I5
Ch6 B3 I6
- L1- A3 ZP
If single compact
MTUs(TU810, U7, U8
Ch7 C4 I7
TU812 or TU814) Ch8 I8
B4
are used, refer to the L1- A4 ZP
Technical Description
3BSE050455 U9, U10
Ch9 C5 I9
Ch10 B5 I10
L2- A5 ZP
+ U11, U12
Ch11 C6 I11
Ch12 B6 I12
- L2- A6 ZP
+ U13, U14
Ch13 C7 I13
Ch14 B7 I14
- L2- A7 ZP
U15, U16
Ch15 C8 I15
Ch16 B8 I16
L2- A8 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 357
Module DI880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
TU812 DI880
1 1 UP1 +24V
Supervise
14 14 UP1
If single compact 2 2 ZP1 0V

MTUs (TU810, U1, U2
15 15 ZP1 I1
TU812 or TU814) are
I2
used, the Technical 3 3 S1 Ch1 ZP
Description
.3BSE050455 should 16 16 S2 Ch2 U3, U4
I3
be observed. 4 4 S3 Ch3 I4
ZP
17 17 S4 Ch4
U5, U6
5 5 S5 Ch5 I5
I6
18 18 S6 Ch6 ZP
Process U7, U8
6 6 S7 Ch7
Connection I7
19 19 S8 Ch8 I8
ZP
7 7 S9 Ch9 U9, U10
20 20 S10 Ch10 I9
I10
8 8 S11 Ch11 ZP
21 21 S12 Ch12 U11, U12

I11
9 9 S13 Ch13 I12
ZP
22 22 S14 Ch14 U13, U14
10 10 S15 Ch15 I13
I14
23 23 S16 Ch16 ZP
U15, U16
11 11 UP2 I15
I16
24 24 UP2 ZP
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM
EM
358 3BSE020924-510 B
3BSE020924-510 B 359
Module DI880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.

+24V L1+
L1+ Supervise
0V L1-
L1-
B1 U1, U2
L1+ B2
Ch1 C1 I1
Ch2 C2 I2
L1- A1,A2 ZP
B3 U3, U4
+ L1+ B4
Ch3 C3 I3
Ch4 C4 I4
- L1- A3,A4
B5
ZP
U5, U6
+ L1+ B6
Ch5 C5 I5
Ch6 C6 I6
- L1- A5,A6 ZP
B7 U7, U8
L1+ B8
Ch7 C7 I7
If the outgoing sensor Ch8 C8 I8
supplies are not used L1- A7,A8 ZP
to feed the sensor in B9 U9, U10
L2+ B10
the field, refer to the Ch9 C9 I9
Technical Description Ch10 C10 I10
3BSE050455 L2- A9,A10 ZP
B11 U11, U12
+ L2+ B12
Ch11 C11 I11
Ch12 C12 I12
- L2- A11,A12 ZP
B13 U13, U14
+ L2+ B14
Ch13 C13 I13
Ch14 C14 I14
- L2- A13,A14 ZP
B15 U15, U16
L2+ B16
Ch15 C15 I15
Ch16 C16 I16
L2- A15,A16 ZP
L2+
L2+
0V L2-
L2- EM
DI880
Supervise
U1
U2
I1
I2
ZP
---
U15
U16
I15
I16
ZP
EM
Figure 143. DI880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
360 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE,

Current Sinking
Features
8 channels for 24/48 V d.c. inputs with
current sinking.
External 24 or 48 V d.c. sensor power
supply.
Internal 48 V d.c. sensor power supply.
Short circuit protection to ground and 48
Volt.
Channel supervision.
Sensor power supply supervision.
Shutter filter.
Description
The DI885 is a 8 channel 24/48 V digital input
digital inputs. The input voltage range is 11.8 -
60 V d.c. and the input current is 1.6 mA at 24
V d.c., (3.2 mA at 48 V d.c.).
barrier.
The sensor power supply supervision gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be read through the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 361
DI885 Digital Input Module, 24 V /48 V d.c. with SOE, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
The input signals of the input module DI885 can be filtered to suppress any
electrical interference or contact bounce.The filter time can be set to a range
0 to 255 ms. This means that noise pulses shorter than the filter time are filtered out
and pulses longer than specified filter time get through the filter.
Six different types of MTUs can be used. TheTU830/TU833 Extended MTU and
the TU810 (TU814) Compact MTU has terminals for process voltage inputs and
three terminals per channel. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
connector for connection to the process. The TU818 Compact MTU provides
connection to 2-wire sensors without external marshaling.
Event Recording
indicating when it occurred. The time stamp has a resolution of 1 millisecond, and is
compensated for the filter time.

Channel Supervision
The DI885 is able to supervise the process channel regarding wire break of sensor
cable, missing sensor and short circuit of sensor voltage to module ground.
The supervision can be switched on and off per device. The channel supervision is
only possible when the contact is equipped with a parallel resistor of 47 k 20%,
and 48 V sensor power.
362 3BSE020924-510 B
Sensor Power Supply and Supervision

The DI885 provides a 48 V d.c. sensor power supply per device.
The DC/DC - converter for 48 V d.c. supply can be powered from the internal 24 V
d.c. provided by the ModuleBus or from an external source.
The power supply is short-circuit proof and galvanically insulated.
It is also possible to supply the sensors with an external 48 V d.c. power supply. In
this case the internal voltage path is switched off.
Supported Sensor Types

The following sensor types are supported by the DI885.
Dry Contacts supervised: 48 V d.c./ 3,2 mA
The supervision is only possible for contacts with resistor connected in
parallel. Supervision is always available within internal sensor power supply.
Supervision in connection with external sensor power supply requires the same
strict limits in the tolerances of the external supply voltage as for internal
supply voltage (48 V d.c. 10%)
Dry Contacts not supervised with external Power Supply: >= 60 V d.c./
max. 4 mA
The maximum input voltage of 60 V DC must be kept strictly.
Electronic Inputs not supervised: 24 V d.c./ 1.6 mA
Only in combination with external power supply.
Open Collector Drivers (Current sourcing) not supervised: 24 V DC / 1.6
mA
Only in combination with external power supply.
3BSE020924-510 B 363
Technical Data
DI885
Feature
Power supply:
Nominal voltage 24 V d.c.
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 30 V d.c.
Process Power supply: (UP)
Nominal voltage with internal supply 48 V d.c.+/- 10%
Voltage range with external supply 18 V d.c. - 60 V d.c.
Input signal 1: >30 V d.c....<60 V d.c.
48 V contact supervised (>2 mA...<4 mA)
0: <23 V d.c....>8 V d.c.
(<1.5 mA...>0.5 mA)
Open circuit: <5 V (<0.33 mA)
48 V contact not supervised (>2 mA...<4 mA)
0: <23 V d.c....>-30 V d.c.
(<1.5 mA...>-2.2 mA)
24 V electronic not supervised (>0.5 mA...<4 mA)
0: <5 V d.c....>-30 V d.c.
(<0.33 mA...>-2.2 mA)
Input impedance 15 kOhm
Bounce filter times (digital, selectable) 0 to 255 ms
364 3BSE020924-510 B
DI885
Feature
Shutter filter
Shutter trigger 0.. 255 changes
Process voltage supervision per device
power supply, UPx)
power supply, UPx)
Power dissipation (1) 3W
Isolation Yes, opto
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830
or TU833
MTU keying code BF
24/48 Volts.
3BSE020924-510 B 365
Block Diagram DI885

X2
EMC- L1+
BARRIER L1-
CH 1 I1
FAULT 1
L1+
RUN
CH 2 I2
WARNING MBI-2 L1-
ASIC . .
X1 (CPU)
+5VI .
+5V .
RESET
POWER-OK L1+ .
Modulebus Connector
0V .
Process Connector
.
DAT
.
DAT-N RS-485 .
CH 8 L1+
POS0-9 8
I8
BLOCK
24V 24V SUPER-
ERROR 1-8 VISION
EEPROM L1-
RAM
EM
24V
48V
48V d.c.
Power
Switch 24V d.c.
366 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 male TU818 Terminal
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. ext. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1-, L2- 2, 15 L1- (2), L2- (2) L1- (2), L2- (2)
Ch1 +48 V B1 16 B1 C2
Ch1 Input C1 3 D1 C1
Ch 2 +48 V B2 17 B2 C4
Ch 2 Input C2 4 D2 C3
Ch 3 +48 V B3 18 B3 C6
Ch 4 +48 V B4 19 B4 C8
Ch 5 +48 V B5 20 B5 C10
Ch 6 +48 V B6 21 B6 C12
Ch 7 +48 V B7 22 B7 C14
Ch 8 +48 V B8 23 B8 C16
Ch8 Input C8 10 D8 C15
+48 V ext. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 367

+ +
24V
6.3 A _ 48V_
24V+ L1+
Pwr. 1) L1+
0V L1- Fuse
Sup.
L1-
47K Ch1 C1 I1
U C2 U
L1- A1,A2 L-
Ch2 C3 I2
U C4 U
L1- A3,A4 L-
Ch3 C5 I3
U C6 U
L1- A5,A6 L-
Ch4 C7 I4
U C8 U
L1- A7,A8 L-
Ch5 C9 I5
U C10 U
A9,A10
Ch6 C11 I6
U C12 U
A11,A12
Ch7 C13 I7
U C14 U
A13,A14
47K Ch8 C15 I8

U C16 U
A15,A16
6.3 A
48V+ L2+
Pwr. 2) L2+
Sup. L2- Fuse
0V
L2- EM
1) Connected if 24 V external power supply

368 3BSE020924-510 B
Process TU810
DI885
(or TU814)
+ +
24V
_ 48V_
24V+ L1+
Pwr. 1) L1+
Sup. 0V L1-
47K Ch1 C1 I1
U B1 U
L1- A1 L-
Ch2 C2 I2
U B2 U
L1- A2 L-
Ch3 C3 I3
U B3 U
L1- A3 L-
Ch4 C4 I4
U B4 U
L1- A4 L-
Ch5 C5 I5
U B5 U
A5
Ch6 C6 I6
U B6 U
A6
Ch7 C7 I7
U B7 U
A7
47K Ch8 C8 I8
U B8 U
A8
48V+ L2+
Pwr. 2) L2+
Sup. 0V L2-
EM

3BSE020924-510 B 369
Figure 147 shows the connections for the DI885 when installed on a TU812.
TU812 DI885
1 1 UP1 +24V + +
24V
_ 48V_
14 14 UP1
2 2 ZP1 0V
15 15 ZP1
3 3 S1 Ch1 I I1
L+
16 16 S2 Ch1 L-
4 4 S3 Ch2 I
I2
17 17 S4 Ch2 L+
L-
5 5 S5 Ch3 I
18 18 S6 Ch3 I3
L+
Process 6 6 S7 Ch4 I L-
Connection
19 19 S8 Ch4 I4
7 S9 L+
7 Ch5 I
L-
20 20 S10 Ch5
I5
8 8 S11 Ch6 I L+
21 21 S12 Ch6
9 9 S13 Ch7 I I6
L+
22 22 S14 Ch7
10 10 S15 Ch8 I
I7
23 23 S16 Ch8 L+
11 11 UP2 +48 V
24 24 UP2 I8
L+
12 12 ZP2 0V
25 25 ZP2
13 13 EM EM
EM
370 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current

Sourcing
Features
current sourcing outputs.
1isolated groups of 16 S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16
channels.
STATUS
Output status indicators.
OSP sets outputs to
predetermined state upon
communication error.
Short-circuit protection to
ground and 30 V.
DO801
Over-voltage and over- 24V 0.5A
temperature protection.
Process and power
connection via detachable
connectors.
L+ L- 24V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Description
The DO801 is a 16 channel 24 V
digital output module for the
S800 I/O. The output voltage
range is 10 to 30 volt and the
maximum continuous output
current is 0.5 A. The outputs are protected against short circuits, over voltage and
over temperature. The outputs are in one isolated group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state
3BSE020924-510 B 371
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
The outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature. If the
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload, the indication LED on
that channel is not switched off. The output status of that channel cannot be read
from the module.
Technical Data
Table 75. DO801 Digital Output Module Specifications
DO801
Feature
Digital Output Module
Number of channels 16 (1 x 16)
Type of output Transistor current source,
current limited
Voltage range 12 - 32 V d.c.
Load current, maximum 0.5 A
Short circuit current, maximum 2.4 A
Leakage current, maximum <10 a
Signal delay <0.2 ms
Output impedance <0.4 ohm
timer
372 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 75. DO801 Digital Output Module Specifications (Continued)
DO801
Feature
Recommended torque: 0.5-0.6 Nm
Block Diagram DO801

Output
drivers
CH1 O1
STATUS
MBI CH2 O2
Process Connector
. .
.
+5V
.
POWER-OK
0V
DAT
DAT-N CH15 O9
POS0-9
CH16 O16
BLOCK
L+
connector
Power
L-
Figure 148. DO801 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 373
DO801 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
Process Connections
Table 76. DO801 Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch 1 Output 1
Ch 2 Output 2
Ch 3 Output 3
Ch 4 Output 4
Ch 5 Output 5
Ch 6 Output 6
Ch 7 Output 7
Ch 8 Output 8
Ch 9 Output 9
Ch 10 Output 10
Ch 11 Output 11
Ch 12 Output 12
Ch 13 Output 13
Ch 14 Output 14
Ch 15 Output 15
Ch 16 Output 16
374 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 149 shows the process connections for the DO801.
DO801 Process
1
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
L+ +24V
L- 0V
EM
Figure 149. DO801 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 375
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open Appendix A Specifications
DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally

Open
Features
8 channels for 110 V
d.c./250 V a.c. relay
Normally Open (NO)
S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
outputs.
8 isolated channels.
STATUS
OSP sets outputs to
predetermined state upon
error detection.
DO802
Relay 24-250V
Description
The DO802 is an 8 channel
110 V d.c./250 V a.c. relay (NO)
output module for the S800 I/O.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
The maximum voltage range is A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
250 V and the maximum
continuous output current is 2 A.
All outputs are individually
isolated.
Each output channel consists of
optical isolation barrier, output state indication LED, relay driver, relay and EMC
protection components.
376 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO802 Digital Output Module, 24-250 V, Relay Normally Open
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from the 24 V distributed on the
ModuleBus, gives a channel signal error and a module warning signal if the voltage
disappears. The error signal and warning signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
Technical Data
DO802
Feature
Type of output Relay (NO)
Voltage range 24 - 110 V d.c./250 V a.c.
Load current, maximum 2A
Load current, minimum 5 mA
Max break power a.c. 500 VA
d.c. 60W
Maximum field cable length (d.c., a.c.) 600 meters (656 yd.)
Pick-up time, maximum 10 ms
Release time, maximum 6 ms
Number of operations per hour, 1000
maximum
Number of operations per lifetime:
Mechanical >20 x 106
Electrical at 30 V d.c. / 250 V a.c. >0,16 x 106 (2 A resistive)
(1)
3BSE020924-510 B 377
DO802
Feature
timer
Power supervision 24/12 V Relay power converter monitor
Isolation Individually isolated from ground
378 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO802
X1 BIC OUTPUT CHANNELS

+24V
12V
0V-24V 24V
X2
STATUS
ModuleBus Connector
12V SUPER-
VISION
ERROR 1-8
1A
+5VI
+5V
Process Connector
RESET
MBI-1 CH 1 1B
POWER-OK
ASIC
0V 2A
DAT CH 2 2B
DAT-N RS-485
POS0-9 . .
. .
. .
8A
EEPROM CH 8 8B
3BSE020924-510 B 379
Process Connections
Process Process
Connection Terminal
Ch1 Input 1A
1B
Ch 2 Input 2A
2B
Ch 3 Input 3A
3B
Ch 4 Input 4A
4B
Ch 5 Input 5A
5B
Ch 6 Input 6A
6B
Ch 7 Input 7A
7B
Ch 8 Input 8A
8B
380 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 151 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO802.
DO802 Process
110V d.c./250V a.c.

a.c/d.c.
1A
1B
2A
2B
3A
3B
4A
4B
5A 110V d.c./250V a.c.

5B a.c/d.c.
6A
6B
7A
7B
8A
8B
EM
Figure 151. DO802 Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 381
DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing
Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sourcing
outputs.
process voltage supervision.
Short-circuit protection to ground and 30
V.
Over-voltage and over-temperature
protection.
Description
The DO810 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output
digital outputs. The output voltage range is 10
to 30 volt and the maximum continuous output
current is 0.5 A. The outputs are protected
against short circuits, over voltage and over
temperature. The outputs are divided into two
individually isolated groups with eight output
channels and one voltage supervision input in
each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit
and over temperature protected high side driver,
EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output state indication
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
382 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO810 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A Current Sourcing
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. This means that the power
dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown if the
temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output will
switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to about
140 C (284 F). If any output is shutdown due to overload, the indication LED on
that channel is also switched off. The output status of that channel cannot be read
from the module.
Four different types of MTUs can be used. TU830 Extended MTU and TU810 (or
TU814) Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connections and two
terminals per channels. The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male)
Technical Data
DO810
Feature
Type of output Transistor current sourcing, current
limited
(1)
3BSE020924-510 B 383
DO810
Feature
timer
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code AA
384 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO810

BIC GROUP 1 X2
24V SUPER-
VISION OUTPUT-
DRIVERS L1+
FAULT ERROR 1-8
RUN L1+
WARNING CH 1 O1
OSP L1+
MBI-1 CH 2 O2
X1
Process Connector
. .
+5VI ASIC .
. .
RESET
+5V . L1+
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK CH 8 O8
0V
L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9 24V SUPER-

VISION OUTPUT-
BLOCK ERROR 9-16 DRIVERS L2+
L2+
8 8
EEPROM / CH 9-16 / O 9-16
L2-
3BSE020924-510 B 385
Process Connections
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2
Ch 1 Output C1 3 C1
Ch 2 Output B1 16 C2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4
Ch 3 Output C2 4 C3
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6
Ch 5 Output C3 5 C5
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8
Ch 7 Output C4 6 C7
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10
Ch 9 Output C5 7 C9
386 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 80. DO810 Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12
Ch 11 Output C6 8 C11
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 387
Figure 153 shows the process connections for the Digital Output Module DO810
when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
DO810 TU830/TU833 Process
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,A16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
Figure 153. DO810 with TU830/TU833 Extended MTU Process Connections
388 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 154 shows the process connections for the DO810 when installed on a
DO810 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
L2+
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM
Figure 154. DO810 with TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 389
when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO810 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
Supervise
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
L1+
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
L2+ Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
L2+
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
L2+ Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
L2+
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
Figure 155. DO810 with TU812 Compact MTU Process Connections
390 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking
DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking
Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current sinking
outputs.
Short-circuit protection to ground and 30
V.
Over-voltage and over-temperature
protection.
Description
module with current sinking for the S800 I/O.
The output voltage range is 10 to 30 volt and
the maximum continuous current sinking is
0.5 A. The outputs are protected against short
circuits and over temperature. The outputs are
divided into two individually isolated groups
with eight output channels and one voltage
supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit
and over temperature protected low side
switch, EMC protection components,
inductive load suppression, output state
The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if the voltage
disappears.The error signal can be read via the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 391
DO814 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking Appendix A Specifications
outputs are overloaded the output current sinking will be limited. This means that
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output
will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to
about 140 C (284 F).
Five different types of MTUs can be used. The TU830 Extended MTU enables three
wire connection to the devices without additional terminals. The TU810 (or TU814)
Compact MTU has terminals for 24 V output power connection, but requires
external terminals for distribution of 24 V power supply to the devices. The TU812
Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25 pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
TU838 provide a fuse (3 A max.) per two channels or process power output.
Technical Data
DO814
Feature
Number of channels 16 (2 x 8) current sinking
Type of output Transistor current sinking,
current limited
(1)
392 3BSE020924-510 B
DO814
Feature
timer
Module termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or
TU838
MTU keying code BE
3BSE020924-510 B 393
Block Diagram DO814

BIC GROUP 1 X2
24V SUPER- OUTPUT

VISION Current Sinking-
ERROR 1-8 DRIVERS UP1 24V
FAULT
RUN U1
CH 1 O1
WARNING
X1 OSP U2
Process Connector
+5VI MBI-1 CH 2 O2
. .
+5V
RESET
ASIC .
. .
POWER-OK . U8
Modulebus Connector
0V CH 8 O8
DAT+
ZP1
DAT- RS-485
CLK+
GROUP 2
CLK- RS-485
24V SUPER- OUTPUT
POS0-6 VISION Current Sinking-
BLOCK ERROR 9-16 DRIVERS UP2 24V
U9-16
8 CH 9-16 8 O 9-16
EEPROM / /
ZP2
394 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Table 82. DO814 Process Connection
TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - B1, B2 A1 (F1)
Ch 1 Output C1 3 C1 B1
Ch 2 Output B1 16 C2 B2
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A2
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - B3, B4 A3 (F2)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A4
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - B5, B6 A5 (F3)
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A6
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - B7, B8 A7 (F4)
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A8
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - B9, B10 A9 (F5)
3BSE020924-510 B 395
Table 82. DO814 Process Connection (Continued)
TU812
TU810
(or TU814)
Terminal
Connector (1)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A10
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - B11, B12 A11 (F6)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A12
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - B13, B14 A13 (F7)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A14
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - B15, B16 A15 (F8)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2)
396 3BSE020924-510 B
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
3BSE020924-510 B 397
(current sinking) when installed on a TU838 Extended MTU.
DO814 TU838 Process
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ F1 L1+
A1
O1 B1 Ch1
O2 B2 Ch2
L1- A2 L1-
L1+ F2
A3 L1+
O3 B3 Ch3
O4 B4 Ch4
L1- A4 L1-
F3
L1+ A5 L1+
O5 B5 Ch5
O6 B6 Ch6
L1- A6 L1-
L1+ F4
A7 L1+
O7 B7 Ch7
O8 B8 Ch8
L1- A8 L1-
L2+ F5
A9 L2+
O9 B9 Ch9
O 10 B10 Ch10
L2- A10 L2-
F6
L2+ A11 L2+
O 11 B11 Ch11
O 12 B12 Ch12
L2- A12 L2-
F7
L2+ A13 L2+
O 13 B13 Ch13
O 14 B14 Ch14
L2- A14 L2-
F8
L2+ A15 L2+
O 15 B15 Ch15
O 16 B16 Ch16
L2- A16 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
Figure 158. DO814 with TU838 Extended MTU Process Connections
398 3BSE020924-510 B
DO814 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
24V Power Supply
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
L2+
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+ 24V Power
L2- 0V Supply
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 399
DO814 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
Supervise
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
L1+
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
L2+ Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
L2+
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
L2+ Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
L2+
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
400 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing
DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing
Features
8 channels for 24 V d.c. current sourcing
outputs.
2 isolated groups of 4 channels with under
voltage detection.
upon communication error.
Output status indicators and a channel
wise error flag.
Short-circuit protection to ground and
positive supply.
Over load protection.
Open load and short-circuit detection.
Two output fault operation modes:
Automatic reset mode and Fault latching
mode.
Inductive load driving capability.
Filament lamp load up to 10W.
Description
module for the S800 I/O. The output voltage
range is 10 to 30 V and the maximum
continuous output current is
2 A @ 24 V. The outputs are protected against
short circuits, and over load. The outputs are divided into two individually isolated
groups with four output channels in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over load protected high side
driver with open load detection (on active signal), EMC protection components,
3BSE020924-510 B 401
DO815 Digital Output Module 24 V, 2 A, Current Sourcing Appendix A Specifications
inductive load suppression, output status indication LEDs and optical isolation
barrier.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO815 has two LEDs (one Yellow and one
Red) per channel. The Yellow LED indicates the output state (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized). The Red LED indicates channel errors
such as short circuit, over load, under voltage and open load (Red = channel error,
Off = no channel error).
The driver outputs provide a free-wheel diode to demagnetize inductive loads.
No external demagnetization arrangement is required up to loads of 1J.
DO815 outputs are able to drive filament lamp loads up to 10W, but only in
Automatic reset mode.
DO815 provides two protection operation modes. Each channel can be configured
to operate in one of the two modes:
1. Automatic reset mode (Default mode): The fault condition disappears, then the
fault disappears, and the operation is resumed.
2. Fault latching mode (This mode in not applicable in all controllers): The output
is switched off by any of the fault conditions. The fault latch remains in fault
condition until reset by temporarily setting the automatic reset mode.
The output drivers are current limited and protected against over load. If an output
has a short circuit to ground, the output current will be limited and the driver will
shutdown in order to minimize the power dissipation. In the automatic reset mode,
the output will switch on again automatically after a defined time interval. If the
short circuit condition is still present, the output is turned off again, otherwise the
normal operation is resumed.
In the fault latching mode, the output remains off until the fault condition is not
valid and the reset of the fault latch is activated. If any output is shutdown due to
fault condition, the indication LED (Yellow) on that channel remains on if the
channel is activated.The output status of the channel can be read from the module.
402 3BSE020924-510 B
Four different types of MTUs can be used, TU830 Extended MTU and TU810,
TU812 or TU814 Compact MTU have terminals for 24 V output power connection
and terminals for the output channels. With use of TU812 the current per group is
limited to 5 A.
Technical Data
DO815
Feature
Type of output High side driver,
current limited
Process voltage (L+)
Normal 24 V d.c.
Range 10 - 32 V d.c.
On-state output voltage drop Max. 0.5 V
Load current, maximum 2 A @ 24 V,
2,5 A @ 30 V
Total permissible current of outputs per Max. 6 A
group
Loop monitoring Open circuit and short circuit detection
in energized state.
Short circuit current Max. 4 A
Open load detection current(1) < 6 mA
Leakage current, maximum Max. 500 A
Filament lamp load Max. 10W
only in Automatic reset mode
Inductive load switch off energy Max. 1J
3BSE020924-510 B 403
DO815
Feature
Output signal delay Max. 0.2 ms
Switching frequency resistive load Max. 200 Hz
Switching frequency inductive load Max. 2.5 Hz
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) 120 mA, 150 mA max.
Power dissipation (2) 4 W @ 24 V
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256 (3), 512, 1024 ms
timer
Module termination units TU810, TU812(4), TU814 or TU830
MTU keying code AA
(1) On active signal
(3) 256 ms are used for Master. Set by the user for MOD.
(4) Current per group is limited to 5 A.
404 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO815

BIC GROUP 1 X2
CH 1-4 F 1-4
OUTPUT-
ERR. DRIVERS L1+
FAULT 4 1-4
RUN / L1+
O1
Fault Mode Control

WARNING
CH 1
OSP L1+
MBI-1 CH 2 O2
X1
Process Connector
.
+5VI ASIC . .
CH 4 .
RESET
+5V
L1+
ModuleBus Connector
POWER-OK CTR O4
4 1-4
0V /
L1-
DAT
DAT-N RS-485
GROUP 2
POS0-9 CH 5-8 F 5-8

OUTPUT-
BLOCK ERR. DRIVERS L2+
4
/ 5-8
Fault Mode
L2+
Control
CH
4 5-8 4 O 5-8
EEPROM / /
4 CTR
/ L2-
5-8
3BSE020924-510 B 405
Process Connections
TU810
Process TU812 TU830/TU833
(or TU814)
Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
Ch 1/ L1+ - - B1, B2
Ch 1 Output C1, B1 3, 16 C1, C2
Ch 1/L1- A1 - A1, A2
Ch 2/L1+ - - B3, B4
Ch 2 Output C2, B2 4, 17 C3
Ch 2/, L1- A2 - A3, A4
Ch 3/ L1+ - - B5, B6
Ch 3Output C3, B3 5, 18 C5
Ch 3/ L1- A3 - A5, A6
Ch 4/ L1+ - - B7, B8
Ch 4/ L1- A4 - A7, A8
Ch 5/ L2+ - - B9, B10
Ch 5/ L2- A5 - A9, A10
Ch 6/ L2+ - - B11, B12
Ch 6 Output C6, B6 8, 21 C11
Ch 6/ L2- A6 - A11, A12
406 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810
Process TU812 TU830/TU833
(or TU814)
Terminal
Ch 7/ L2+ - - B13, B14
Ch 7 Output C7, B7 9, 22 C13
Ch 7/ L2- A7 - A13, A14
Ch 8/ L2+ - - B15, B16
Ch 8 Output C8, B8 10, 23 C15
Ch 8/ L2- A8 - A15, A16
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 407
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
L1+ B1,B2 L1+
C1 Ch1
O1 C2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
L1+ B3,B4 L1+
C3 Ch2
O2 C4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
L1+ B5,A6 L1+
C5 Ch3
O3 C6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
L1+ B7,B8 L1+
C7 Ch4
O4 C8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
L2+ B9,B10 L2+
C9 Ch5
O5 C10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
L2+ B11,B12 L2+
C11 Ch6
O6 C12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
L2+ B13,B14 L2+
C13 Ch7
O7 C14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
L2+ B15,B16 L2+
C15 Ch8
O8 C16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
408 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
DO815
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
L1+
ZP1 15 15
O1
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
L1+ Ch1 S2 16 16
O2 Ch2 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch2 S4 17 17
L1+
Ch3 S5 5 5
O3
L1- Ch3 S6 18 18
Process
L1+ Ch4 S7 6 6 Connection
O4 Ch4 S8 19 19
L1-
Ch5 S9 7 7
L2+
Ch5 S10 20 20
O5
L2- Ch6 S11 8 8
L2+ Ch6 S12 21 21
O6 Ch7 S13 9 9
L2-
Ch7 S14 22 22
L2+
Ch8 S15 10 10
O7
L2- Ch8 S16 23 23
L2+
+24V UP2 11 11
O8
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
3BSE020924-510 B 409
DO815 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
L1- 0V
L1+
C1 Ch1
O1 B1
L1- A1 L1-
L1+
C2 Ch2
O2 B2
L1- A2 L1-
L1+
C3 Ch3
O3 B3
L1- A3 L1-
L1+
C4 Ch4
O4 B4
L1- A4 L1-
L2+
C5 Ch5
O5 B5
L2- A5 L2-
L2+
C6 Ch6
O6 B6
L2- A6 L2-
L2+
C7 Ch7
O7 B7
L2- A7
L2+
C8 Ch8
O8 B8
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
L2- 0V
EM
410 3BSE020924-510 B
DO818 Digital Output Module 24 V, 0.5 A, Current Sinking
Features
2 isolated groups (RIV50V) with 16 channels and
one process voltage supervision input in each group.
The process voltage range is 12-32V dc (nominally
24V dc) and the maximum continuous output current
is 0.5A per channel.
Description
The DO818 is a 32 channel 24 V digital output module for
the S800 I/O. This module has 16 digital outputs. The
output voltage range is 12 to 32 volt and the maximum
continuous output current is 0.5 A.
The outputs are protected against short circuits, over
voltage and over temperature. The outputs are divided into
two individually isolated groups with 16 output channels
and one voltage supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a short circuit and over
temperature protected high side driver, EMC protection
components, inductive load suppression, output state indication LED and optical
isolation barrier. The process voltage supervision input give channel error signals if
the voltage disappears. The error signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
The channel-wise high side drivers are short circuit and over temperature protected.
The outputs are provided with a current limitation that enters a repetitive switched
mode after an initial peak current has been exceeded. The initial peak short circuit
current limit is set to IL(SCp) (typ 1.4A). During the repetitive mode short circuit
current, the limit is set to IL(SCr) (typ1.1A). If this operation leads to an
overtemperature condition, over 135C, a second protection level (Tj > 135C)
changes the output into a low duty cycle PWM (selective thermal shutdown with
restart) to prevent critical chip temperatures. If base chip temperature reaches a
3BSE020924-510 B 411
critical temperature, all 8 outputs are turned off. The output circuitry will shut off if
the process power drops below 11V.
The I/O signals are connected to the MTU with the process connector. Three
different types of MTUs can be used. The extended MTU (TU830) provides 32
outputs terminals and 16 return terminals. The compact MTU (TU818) provides 1-
wire connection to the load. The compact MTU (TU819) has two D-sub 25 pin
connectors for interfacing with the process.
Technical Data
DO818
Feature
limited
Short circuit current, maximum <2A
Current consumption 5 V (Modulebus) Typ 70 mA
Current consumption 24 V (process 40mA
power supply, UPx)
timer
412 3BSE020924-510 B
DO818
Feature
Activated when process power drops
below 12V.
Mounting termination units TU830, TU818, TU819
MTU keying code EA
3BSE020924-510 B 413
Block Diagram DO818
414 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process
TU830 TU818 TU819
Connection
24 V dc L1 + (2) L2 + (2) 1, 14, 11, 24 (X1a)
0 V dc L1 - (2) L1- (2) 2, 15, 12, 25 (X1a)
Ch 1 Output C1 D1 3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Output B1 C1 16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1 - A1 - -
Ch 3 Output C2 B1 4 (X1a)
Ch 4 Output B2 A1 17 (X1a)
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1 - A2 - -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1 - A3 - -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1 - A4 - -
Ch 9/Ch 10, L1 - A5 - -
Ch 11/Ch 12, L1 - A6 - -
3BSE020924-510 B 415
Process
TU830 TU818 TU819
Connection
Ch 13/Ch 14, L1 - A7 - -
Ch 15/Ch 16, L1 - A8 - -
Ch 17 Output C9 D5 3 (X1b)
Ch 18 Output B9 C5 16 (X1b)
Ch 17/Ch 18, L2 - A9 - -
Ch 19 Output C10 B5 4 (X1b)
Ch 20 Output B10 A5 17 (X1b)
Ch 19/Ch 20, L2 - A10 - -
Ch 21/Ch 22, L2 - A11 - -
Ch 23/Ch 24, L2 - A12 - -
Ch 25/Ch 26, L2 - A13 - -
416 3BSE020924-510 B
Process
TU830 TU818 TU819
Connection
Ch 27/Ch 28, L2 - A14 - -
Ch 29/Ch 30, L2 - A15 - -
Ch 31/Ch 32, L2 - A16 - -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) L2+ (2) 1, 14, 11, 24 (X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- (2) L2- (2) 2, 15, 12, 25 (X1b)
Figure 166 shows the Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module
Termination Unit.
* FUSE max 6,3A due to limitation in UL standards.
Figure 167 shows Field connection example with TU818 Compact Module
Termination Unit.
Figure 168 shows Field connection example with TU819 Compact Module
Termination Unit.
3BSE020924-510 B 417
Figure 166. Field connection example with TU830 Extended Module Termination
Unit
418 3BSE020924-510 B
Unit
3BSE020924-510 B 419
Unit
420 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open
Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. relay
Normal Open (NO) outputs.
Description
The DO820 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c.
relay (NO) output module for the S800 I/O.
The maximum output voltage is 250 V
a.c./d.c. and the maximum continuous output
current is 3 A. All outputs are individually
isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical
isolation barrier, output state indication LED,
relay driver, relay and EMC protection
components.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived
from the 24 V distributed on the ModuleBus,
gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error
signal can be read through the ModuleBus.
This supervision can be enabled/disabled with
a parameter.
3BSE020924-510 B 421
DO820 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Open Appendix A Specifications
Six different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU enable two wire connection to
the devices without additional terminals. The extended MTUs, TU836, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended
MTUs, TU837, provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in
two groups of four terminals.
Technical Data
DO820
Feature
Voltage range 5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
Max. make current 30 A, 200ms, L/R >10 ms
Max break power a.c. 720 VA @ power factor > 0.4,
d.c.40 W L/R < 40 ms
maximum
Electrical >1 x 106
422 3BSE020924-510 B
DO820
Feature
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256(2), 512, 1024 ms
timer
or TU851
MTU keying code AD
3BSE020924-510 B 423
Block Diagram DO820

+24V
12V
0V-24V 24V
X2
FAULT
RUN
ModuleBus Connector
WARNING
12V SUPER-
OSP VISION
ERROR 1-8
O 1.1
+5VI
+5V
Process Connector
RESET
MBI-1 CH 1 O 1.2
POWER-OK
ASIC
0V O 2.1
DAT CH 2 O 2.2
DAT-N RS-485
POS0-9 . .
. .
BLOCK .
.
O 8.1
EEPROM CH 8 O 8.2
424 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process TU811/TU813 TU831 TU836 TU837 TU851

Connection Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output B1 B1 11 (fused) B1 B2
Ch 1.2 Output A1 A1 12 A1 (fused) A2
Ch 2.1 Output C2 B2 21 (fused) B2 B4
Process Power - - L1, N1 N1, N1, 11, -
Source 1 12, 13, 14
Process Power - - L2, N2 N2, N2, 25, -
Source 2 26, 27, 28
3BSE020924-510 B 425
DO820 TU831 Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1 5 - 250V

O 5.2 A5 Ch5.2
a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 B6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
426 3BSE020924-510 B
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 C2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 C4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1
A5 Ch5.2 5 - 250V
O 5.2
a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 C6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 C8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 427
TU836 Extended MTU.
DO820 TU836 Process

L1
L1 5 - 250V
N1 a.c/d.c.
N1
3.15A
O 1.1 11 Ch1.1
O 1.2 12 Ch1.2
3.15A
O 2.1 21 Ch2.1
O 2.2 22 Ch2.2
3.15A
O 3.1 31 Ch3.1
O 3.2 32 Ch3.2
3.15A
O 4.1 41 Ch4.1
O 4.2 42 Ch4.2
3.15A
O 5.1 51 Ch5.1
O 5.2 52 Ch5.2
3.15A
O 6.1 61 Ch6.1
O 6.2 62 Ch6.2
3.15A
O 7.1 71 Ch7.1
O 7.2 72 Ch7.2
3.15A
O 8.1 81 Ch8.1
O 8.2 82 Ch8.2
L2
L2 5 - 250V
N2 a.c/d.c.
EM N2
428 3BSE020924-510 B
TU837 Extended MTU.
DO820 TU837 Process

ZP1 N1 0-250V
N1 a.c./d.c.
11
12
13
14
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1
3.15A
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2
3.15A
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
3.15A 0-250V
a.c./d.c.
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
3.15A 0-250V
a.c./d.c.
O 5.1 B5
O 5.2 A5
3.15A
O 6.1 B6
O 6.2 A6
3.15A
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
3.15A 0-250V
a.c./d.c.
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
3.15A 25 0-250V
26 a.c./d.c.
27
28
N2
ZP2 N2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 429
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed Appendix A Specifications
DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed
Features
8 channels for 230 V a.c./d.c. relay
Normal Closed (NC) outputs.
Description
The DO821 is an 8 channel 230 V a.c./d.c.
relay (NC) output module for the S800 I/O.
The maximum output voltage is 250 V a.c.
and the maximum continuous output current
is 3 A. All outputs are individually isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical
isolation barrier, output state indication LED,
relay driver, relay and EMC protection
components.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived
from the 24 V distributed on the ModuleBus,
gives an error signal if the voltage disappears,
and the Warning LED turns on. The error
signal can be read via the ModuleBus. This
supervision can be enabled/disabled with a
parameter.
430 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO821 Digital Output Module, Relay Normally Closed
Six different types of MTUs can be used. The TU831/TU851 Extended MTU,
TU811 Compact MTU, and TU813 Compact MTU enable two wire connection to
the devices without additional terminals. The extended MTU, TU836, provides an
individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel on the load outlet terminals. The extended
MTU, TU837 provides an individual fuse (3 A max.) per channel. Outputs can be
individually isolated or grouped by bridging. Signal return terminals are provided in
two groups of four terminals.
Technical Data
DO821
Feature
Type of output Relay (NC)
Voltage range 5 - 250 V a.c./d.c.
Max. make current 30 A, 200ms, L/R >10 ms
Max break power a.c. 720 VA @ power factor > 0.4,
d.c. 40 W L/R < 40 ms
maximum
Electrical >1 x 106
3BSE020924-510 B 431
DO821
Feature
timer
(RIV=250 V)
or TU851
MTU keying code CA
432 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO821

+24V
12V
0V-24V 24V
X2
FAULT
RUN
WARNING
12V SUPER-
OSP VISION
ModuleBus Connector
ERROR 1-8
O 1.1
+5VI
Process Connector
RESET
+5V O 1.2
MBI-1 CH 1
POWER-OK ASIC
0V O 2.1
DAT CH 2 O 2.2
DAT-N RS-485
POS0-9 . .
. .
BLOCK . .
O 8.1
EEPROM CH 8 O 8.2
3BSE020924-510 B 433
Process Connections
Process TU811/TU813 TU831 TU836 TU837 TU851

Connection Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal Terminal
Process Power - - L1, N1 N1, N1, 11, 12, -
Source 1 13, 14
Process Power - - L2, N2 N2, N2, 25, 26, -
Source 2 27, 28
434 3BSE020924-510 B
DO821 TU831 Process
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1 5 - 250V

O 5.2 A5 Ch5.2 a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 B6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 435
5 - 250V
a.c/d.c.
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
O 2.1 C2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
O 4.1 C4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1
A5 Ch5.2 5 - 250V
O 5.2
a.c/d.c.
O 6.1 C6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
O 8.1 C8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
EM
436 3BSE020924-510 B
TU836 Extended MTU.
DO821 TU836 Process

L1
L1 5 - 250V
N1 a.c/d.c.
N1
3.15A
O 1.1 11 Ch1.1
O 1.2 12 Ch1.2
3.15A
O 2.1 21 Ch2.1
O 2.2 22 Ch2.2
3.15A
O 3.1 31 Ch3.1
O 3.2 32 Ch3.2
3.15A
O 4.1 41 Ch4.1
O 4.2 42 Ch4.2
3.15A
O 5.1 51 Ch5.1
O 5.2 52 Ch5.2
3.15A
O 6.1 61 Ch6.1
O 6.2 62 Ch6.2
3.15A
O 7.1 71 Ch7.1
O 7.2 72 Ch7.2
3.15A
O 8.1 81 Ch8.1
O 8.2 82 Ch8.2
L2
L2 5 - 250V
N2 a.c/d.c.
EM N2
3BSE020924-510 B 437
TU837 Extended MTU.
DO821 TU837 Process

ZP1 N1 230V
N1
O 1.1 B1 Ch1.1
O 1.2 A1 Ch1.2
3.15A
11
O 2.1 B2 Ch2.1
O 2.2 A2 Ch2.2
3.15A 12 Bridging
O 3.1 B3 Ch3.1
O 3.2 A3 Ch3.2
3.15A
13
O 4.1 B4 Ch4.1
O 4.2 A4 Ch4.2
3.15A 14
230V
O 5.1 B5 Ch5.1
O 5.2 A5 Ch5.2
3.15A 25
O 6.1 B6 Ch6.1
O 6.2 A6 Ch6.2
3.15A 26 Bridging
O 7.1 B7 Ch7.1
O 7.2 A7 Ch7.2
3.15A 27
O 8.1 B8 Ch8.1
O 8.2 A8 Ch8.2
3.15A 230V
28
N2 230V
ZP2 N2
EM
438 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO828 Channel Relay Output Module
DO828 Channel Relay Output Module
Features
16 channels for 125V d.c. / 250V a.c. relay
outputs.
OSP sets outputs to predetermined state upon
error detection.
Description
The DO828 is an 16 channel 125V d.c. / 250V a.c.
relay output module for the S800 I/O. The
maximum output voltage is 125V d.c. / 250V a.c.
and the maximum continuous output current is 2A.
All outputs are individually isolated.
Each output channel consists of optical isolation
barrier, output state indication LED, relay driver,
relay and EMC protection components.
The relay supply voltage supervision, derived from
the 12 V distributed on the ModuleBus, gives an
error signal if the voltage disappears, and the
Warning LED turns on. The error signal can be
read through the ModuleBus. This supervision can
be enabled/disabled with a parameter.
DO828 can be used on the Extended MTU TU851. The TU851 Extended MTU
provides two terminals per channel.
3BSE020924-510 B 439
DO828 Channel Relay Output Module Appendix A Specifications
Technical Data
DO828
Feature
Voltage range 5-250V a.c. / 5-125V d.c.
Max. make current 30 A, 50ms, resistive
Max break power a.c. 500VA
d.c 60W
maximum
Electrical at 30 V d.c. / 250 V a.c. >0,16 x 106 (2 A resistive)
Output Set as Predetermined (OSP) 256(2), 512, 1024 ms
timer
Power supervision 12 V Relay power converter monitor
440 3BSE020924-510 B
DO828
Feature
Isolation Channel wise isolated (RIV 250)
Module termination units TU851
MTU keying code ED
3BSE020924-510 B 441
Block Diagram DO828
442 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Process TU851
Connection Terminal
Ch 1.1 Output B1
Ch 1.2 Output A1
Ch 2.1 Output B2
Ch 2.2 Output A2
Ch 3.1 Output B3
Ch 3.2 Output A3
Ch 4.1 Output B4
Ch 4.2 Output A4
Ch 5.1 Output B5
Ch 5.2 Output A5
Ch 6.1 Output A6
Ch 6.2 Output B6
Ch 7.1 Output A7
Ch 7.2 Output B7
Ch 8.1 Output A8
Ch 8.2 Output B8
Ch 9.1 Output A9
Ch 9.2 Output B9
Ch 10.1 Output A10
Ch 10.2 Output B10
3BSE020924-510 B 443
Process TU851
Connection Terminal
Ch 11.1 Output A11
Ch 11.2 Output B11
Ch 12.1 Output A12
Ch 12.2 Output B12
Ch 13.1 Output A13
Ch 13.2 Output B13
Ch 14.1 Output A14
Ch 14.2 Output B14
Ch 15.1 Output A15
Ch 15.2 Output B15
Ch 16.1 Output A16
Ch 16.2 Output B16
444 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 180. Field Connection Example with TU851 Extended MTU
3BSE020924-510 B 445
DO840 Digital Output Module Appendix A Specifications
DO840 Digital Output Module
Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current
sourcing outputs.
Redundant or single applications.
Current limited and over-temperature
protection.
Description
The DO840 is a 16 channel 24 V digital
output module for single or redundant
application. This module has 16 digital
outputs. The maximum continuous output
current per channel is 0.5 A. The outputs are
current limited and protected against over
temperature. The outputs are divided into two
groups with eight output channels and one
voltage supervision input in each group.
Each output channel consists of a current
limited and over temperature protected high
side driver, EMC protection components,
inductive load suppression, output state
446 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO840 Digital Output Module
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO840 has one LED (Yellow/Red) per
channel (16) that indicate output state and channel error (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized, Red = channel error).
External channel error is reported if process power is low and channel has over load.
Internal channel error is reported if output driver or main power switch has failed.
Module error is reported if internal power has failed or if internal communication
link between the modules in redundant applications has failed.
The pulse tests inverts all outputs for the group for < 1ms in intervals of 100 ms.
That will give a short pulse < 1ms on the output. The pulse tests can be
enabled/disabled by parameter.
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset or latch on fault mode.
outputs are overloaded the output current will be limited. In automatic reset mode
the power dissipation in the output stage will increase and the output will shutdown
if the temperature in the output stage increases above 150 C (302 F). The output
will switch on again automatically as the component temperature has decreased to
about 140 C (284 F). In Latch on Fault mode the outputs will switch off and stay
so until the overload has disappeared and the fault is acknowledged. If any output is
shutdown due to overload the indication LED on that channel is also switched to
red.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single applications. TU830/TU833
Extended MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25
pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
3BSE020924-510 B 447
Technical Data
DO840
Feature
limited
Voltage range 19.2 - 32 V d.c.
Maximum continuos load current total per 4A @ <40C
module 2A @ <55C
Short circuit current per channel, 2.5 A
maximum
in energized state.
On-state voltage drop <0.3 V
power supply, UPx), no external load
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830,
TU833, TU842 or TU843 and TU852
448 3BSE020924-510 B
DO840
Feature
MTU keying code CE
(1) Power dissipation is calculated with 24 V and 4 A total load.
Block Diagram DO840
FAULT
RUN-N
WARN-N
OSP
MSL OUT MSL_txd
MSL IN MSL_rxd1
UP1 UP2 MBI
FPGA
OUT1-8 DO Circuits CH1-8
OUT9-16 DO Circuits
CH9-16
UP1 UP2
EM ZP
Figure 181. Block Diagram D0840
3BSE020924-510 B 449
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ 1, 14 (X1a
and X1b)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- 2, 15 (X1a
and X1b)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1+ - - - -
Ch 1 Output C1 3 C1 C1 3 (X1a)
Ch 2 Output B1 16 C2 C2 16 (X1a)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A1, A2 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1+ - - - - -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A3, A3 -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1+ - - - - -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A5, A6 -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1+ - - - - -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A7, A8 -
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2+ - - - - -
450 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
Ch 10 Output B5 20 C10 C10 20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A9, A10 -
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2+ - - - - -
Ch 11 Output C6 8 C11 C11 8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Output B6 21 C12 C12 21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A11, A12 -
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2+ - - - - -
Ch 13 Output C7 9 C13 C13 9 (X1a)
Ch 14 Output B7 22 C14 C14 22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A13, A14 -
Ch 15/ Ch16, L2+ - - - - -
Ch 15 Output C8 10 C15 C15 10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Output B8 23 C16 C16 23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A15, A16 -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ 11, 24 (X1a
and X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- 12, 25 (X1a
and X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B 451
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
B15,B16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
452 3BSE020924-510 B
when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO840 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 453
DO840 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
Supervise
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
Ch7 S7 6 6
O7 Connection
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
Ch12 S12 21 21
O 11
O 12 Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13 Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
454 3BSE020924-510 B
when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
L1+ +24V
Supervise L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
DO840
Supervise
O1
O2
L1-
---
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 185. DO840 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 455
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Appendix A Specifications
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module
Features
16 channels for 24 V d.c. current
sourcing outputs in one isolated group.
Redundant or single configuration.
Loop monitoring, supervision of short
and open load with configurable limits
(see table Table 95).
Diagnostic of output switches without
pulsing on outputs.
Output status indicators (activated/error).
Degraded mode for normally energized
channels (supported from DO880 PR:G).
Current limitation at short circuit and
over-temperature protection of switches.
Fault tolerance of 1 (as defined in IEC
61508) for output drivers. For ND
(Normally De-energized) systems,
outputs can still be controlled with error
on output drivers.
Certified for SIL3 according to IEC
61508.
954-1.
Description
The DO880 is a 16 channel 24 V digital output module for single or redundant
application. The maximum continuous output current per channel is 0.5 A. The
outputs are current limited and protected against over temperature.
456 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module
Each output channel consists of a current limited and over temperature protected
high side driver, EMC protection components, inductive load suppression, output
state indication LED and an isolation barrier to the Modulebus.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DO880 has one LED (Yellow/Red) per
channel (16) that indicates the output state and channel error (Yellow = output is
energized, Off = output is de-energized, Red = channel error).
The outputs can be set in two different modes for handling of over load, automatic
reset when overload/short is removed or manual reset by operator (forcing output off
and on).
The outputs are current protected and protected against over temperature. If load
increases above 0,6A, the output will be switched off and an external channel error
reported.
Five different types of MTUs can be used for single configuration. TU830/TU833
Extended MTU and TU810 (or TU814). The TU812 Compact MTU has a D-Sub 25
pin (male) connector for connection to the process.
For redundant configuration there are three types of MTUs, TU842/TU852 for
Shielded field cables are required for process connections (over all shield is
sufficient if a multi core cable contains sorted signal types).
Self-diagnostic Functions
The module cyclically performs comprehensive self-diagnostic. Detected failures
are grouped and reported as described below:
Errors in External power supply and detected field loop fault will be reported as
External error.
Errors in circuits only affecting specific channels on the module (short circuits,
open circuits, stuck-at faults) will be reported as Internal channel error.
Errors in internal power supplies, Errors in micro controller, FPGA and
Memory will be reported as Module Error.
3BSE020924-510 B 457
Technical Data
Table 95. DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Specifications
DO880
Feature
limited
Voltage range 19.2 - 32 V
Maximum continuos load current total 8A @ <55C
per module
Short circuit current, maximum See Figure 186
Leakage current, maximum <100 A
in both de-energized and energized
state. Configurable for loop resistance
from 50 to 2 k depending on
configuration and mode of operation
(when using inductive loads, the time
constant (L/R) should be less than 3ms).
De-energized safe voltage at fault <5 V
De-energized safe current at fault <35 mA
On-state voltage drop <0.8 V
power supply, UPx), no external load
458 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 95. DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module Specifications

(Continued)
DO880
Feature
Power dissipation 5.6 W (0,5 A x 16 channels)
Maximum switching frequency 1.25 Hz
Process voltage supervision Yes
Isolation Yes
TU842, TU843 and TU852
MTU keying code FE
Propagation delay Modulebus output 15 ms max
3BSE020924-510 B 459
Figure 186. Short circuit current, worst case
The short circuit current is dependent on the power supply and the cable resistance.
A configuration with a power supply with very low internal resistance and a very
low cable resistance represents the worst case.
460 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DO880
FS FPGA R
W
SHUNT F
CH1 MUX
CH1
CH16
MCU
MUX
CH16 SHUNT
FS
Figure 187. Block Diagram D0880
3BSE020924-510 B 461
Process Connections
TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) 1, 14 (X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) 2, 15 (X1a and
X1b)
Ch 1/Ch 2, L1- A1 - A1, A2 A1, A2 -
Ch 3/Ch 4, L1- A2 - A3, A4 A3, A3 -
Ch 5/Ch 6, L1- A3 - A5, A6 A5, A6 -
Ch 7/Ch 8, L1- A4 - A7, A8 A7, A8 -
Ch 10 Output B5 20 C10 C10 20 (X1a)
Ch 9/Ch 10, L2- A5 - A9, A10 A9, A10 -
462 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU810 TU842
(or TU814) TU843
Terminal Terminal
Connector(1)
Ch 11 Output C6 8 C11 C11 8 (X1a)
Ch 12 Output B6 21 C12 C12 21 (X1a)
Ch 11/Ch 12, L2- A6 - A11, A12 A11, A12 -
Ch 13 Output C7 9 C13 C13 9 (X1a)
Ch 14 Output B7 22 C14 C14 22 (X1a)
Ch 13/Ch 14, L2- A7 - A13, A14 A13, A14 -
Ch 15 Output C8 10 C15 C15 10 (X1a)
Ch 16 Output B8 23 C16 C16 23 (X1a)
Ch 15/Ch16, L2- A8 - A15, A16 A15, A16 -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) l2+ (2) 11, 24 (X1a
and X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) 12, 25 (X1a
and X1b)
3BSE020924-510 B 463
Figure 188 shows the process connections for the High Integrity Digital Output
Module DO880 when installed on a TU830/TU833 Extended MTU.
6.3 A
L1+ +24V
L1+
Fuse L1- 0V
L1-
B1,B2 L1+
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
B3,B4 L1+
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
B5,A6 L1+
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
B7,B8 L1+
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
B9,B10 L2+
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
B11,B12 L2+
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
B13,B14 L2+
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
B15,B16 L2+
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
6.3 A
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
Fuse L2- 0V
EM L2-
464 3BSE020924-510 B
Module DO880 when installed on a TU810 or TU814 Compact MTU.
DO880 TU810 Process

(or TU814)
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 B1 Ch2
L1- A1 L1-
O3 C2 Ch3
O4 B2 Ch4
L1- A2 L1-
O5 C3 Ch5
O6 B3 Ch6
L1- A3 L1-
O7 C4 Ch7
O8 B4 Ch8
L1- A4 L1-
O9 C5 Ch9
O 10 B5 Ch10
L2- A5 L2-
O 11 C6 Ch11
O 12 B6 Ch12
L2- A6 L2-
O 13 C7 Ch13
O 14 B7 Ch14
L2- A7 L2-
O 15 C8 Ch15
O 16 B8 Ch16
L2- A8 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 465
Module DO880 when installed on a TU812 Compact MTU.
DO880 TU812
+24V UP1 1 1
UP1 14 14
0V ZP1 2 2
O1 ZP1 15 15
O2
L1- Ch1 S1 3 3
Ch2 S2 16 16
O3
O4 Ch3 S3 4 4
L1-
Ch4 S4 17 17
O5 Ch5 S5 5 5
O6
L1- Ch6 S6 18 18
Process
Ch7 S7 6 6 Connection
O7
O8 Ch8 S8 19 19
L1-
Ch9 S9 7 7
O9 Ch10 S10 20 20
O 10
L2- Ch11 S11 8 8
O 11 Ch12 S12 21 21
O 12
Ch13 S13 9 9
L2-
Ch14 S14 22 22
O 13
Ch15 S15 10 10
O 14
L2- Ch16 S16 23 23
O 15 +24V UP2 11 11
O 16
L2- UP2 24 24
0V ZP2 12 12
Supervise
ZP2 25 25
EM EM 13 13
466 3BSE020924-510 B
Module DO880 when installed on a TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU.
L1+ +24V
L1+
L1- 0V
L1-
O1 C1 Ch1
O2 C2 Ch2
L1- A1,A2 L1-
O3 C3 Ch3
O4 C4 Ch4
L1- A3,A4 L1-
O5 C5 Ch5
O6 C6 Ch6
L1- A5,A6 L1-
O7 C7 Ch7
O8 C8 Ch8
L1- A7,A8 L1-
O9 C9 Ch9
O 10 C10 Ch10
L2- A9,A10 L2-
O 11 C11 Ch11
O 12 C12 Ch12
L2- A11,A12 L2-
O 13 C13 Ch13
O 14 C14 Ch14
L2- A13,A14 L2-
O 15 C15 Ch15
O 16 C16 Ch16
L2- A15,A16 L2-
L2+ +24V
Supervise L2+
L2- 0V
EM L2-
DO880
O1
O2
L1-
---
O 15
O 16
L2-
Supervise
EM
Figure 191. DO880 with TU842 or TU843 Redundant MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 467
DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Appendix A Specifications
Features
Two channels.
Interface for RS422, 5 V, 12 V, 24 V and
13 mA transducer signal levels.
Simultaneous pulse count and frequency
measurement.
Pulse count (length/position) by
accumulation in a bidirectional 29 bit
counter.
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.25
Hz - 1.5 MHz.
Description
The DP820 module consists of two identical
independent channels. Each channel can be
used for independent pulse count
(length/position) and frequency (speed)
measurement.
Transducer Connection
Each channel has four inputs (A, B, ST and
DI) and one output (DO). The input signals A
and B are used as pulse inputs. The input
signals ST and DI is used for synchronizing,
sampling and gated count purposes.
The balanced inputs A, B and ST can be
connected to pulse transducers with RS422, 5
V, 12 V, 24 V and 13 mA signal levels if an extended MTU is used (TU830).
Adaption to different signal levels is made by using different terminals on the MTU
(see section about process connection).
468 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module
Pulse transducers with RS422, 5 V, 12V, 24V and 13 mA signal levels can be used if
an compact MTU is used (TU810, TU812 or TU814).
An external resistor is needed for 12V and 24V range when using the compact
MTU (see the process connection diagrams for DP820).
The unipolar input (DI) is intended for 24 V unipolar signal level.
The DO output is a current limited digital output, current sourcing type,
24 V d.c., 0.5 A.
All signals are individually isolated.
All inputs have overvoltage protection. A maximum voltage of 30 V can be
connected without any damages.
Shielded twisted pair cables with characteristic impedance=100 (+/- 25%) ohm shall
be used for connection of transducers with RS422/5 V /13 mA signals.
Input Filter
Each DP820 input has a configurable input filter (see Technical Data). Notice the
following restrictions for selection of filters for inputs A or B:
The 1s filter shall always be used when 12 V and 24 V inputs are used.
Unfiltered inputs can be used if RS422/+5 V /13 mA inputs are used, but cables
between transducers and the DP820 module must then be separated from other
cables to avoid that extra pulses that occur due to EMI.
Pulse Encoding
The following different methods for pulse encoding are supported by DP820:
Input A is used for counting up, input B is used for counting down, u/d.
Input A is used for pulse counting, input B is used to determine count direction,
c/d, B=0: down, B=1: up.
Input A and B is used for a quadrature encoded signals. Multiplication factors
x 1, x 2 and x 4 can be specified. Count direction is determined by A and B
phase shift:
3BSE020924-510 B 469
. 00 10 11 01 00 10 ...
. 11 10 00 01 11 10 ...
A
B
PULSE 4 3 2
0 -1 0 1 2 3
COUNT
Figure 192. Up/Down Pulse Mode
B
PULSE 4 3 2
0 -1 0 1 2 3
COUNT
Figure 193. Count/Direction Mode
B
PULSE 4 3 2 1 0
0 1 2 3
COUNT
UP DOWN
Figure 194. Quadrature Mode, #1 (Count on Pos. Edge Input A)
470 3BSE020924-510 B
B
PULSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 1 -1
0 3 2 0
COUNT
UP DOWN
Figure 195. Quadrature Mode, #2 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A)
B
PULSE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 13121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3
0
COUNT
UP DOWN
Figure 196. Quadrature Mode, #4 (Count on Pos. Edge and

Neg. Edge Input A and Input B)
Pulse Count (Length/Position) Measurement

Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 29-bit (28bit + sign) bidirectional
pulse counter. The pulse counter value is normally continuously loaded into the
pulse register (see block diagram).
A pulse count sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the pulse register freezed. The value in the
pulse register will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is received from
the controller. The pulse accumulation in the pulse counter continues during the
time when the pulse register is frozen.
3BSE020924-510 B 471
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value or freezed value)
is read by the CPU, and transferred to the controller.
The pulse counter is synchronized (that is, set to zero) if a user selectable
synchronization condition is fulfilled.
A comparator is used to compare the value of the pulse counter with the content of
the compare register. The value of the compare register is specified by the user. A
coincidence occur when a equal condition is detected by the comparator.
The coincidence function can be used to control the digital output signal (DO), as
pulse count sample condition, as synchronization condition and as frequency sample
condition (see below).
The pulse counter has overflow detection.
Gated Count Mode

In gated count mode the pulse counter only counts when the gate is active. The gate
is controlled by the DI input. The gate can be controlled in two different ways:
The DI input is level sensitive, that is, the counter only counts when DI = high.
The DI input is edge sensitive, that is, the counter starts count on a positive edge on
the DI input, stops on the next positive edge, continues on the next positive edge,
and so forth.
Level sensitive
DI
Counter 0
Value 1 2 3 4 5
Edge sensitive
DI
Counter
Value 0 1 2 3 4 5
Figure 197. Gated Count Mode in Two different Ways
472 3BSE020924-510 B
Synchronization and sample conditions which uses the DI signal as part of the
condition can not be used in gated count mode.
Frequency (speed) Measurement.

The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters (see block diagram). The SX counter is used to count number of pulses
(Sx) from the unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the
number of pulses (Sr) from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The
frequency value (Fx) is calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 24 bit up/down counter (23 bit + sign). The SR
counter is implemented by a 24 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period. The
measurement period can be determined in two different ways (user selectable):
By a measurement interval timer.
By the coincidence comparator function.
With the first method is a measurement interval for each channel defined by the user
in increments of 1 ms from 1 to 2.700 ms. By changing the measurement interval
the user can select a suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the
applications requirements.
With the second method is the measure interval controlled by the coincidence
function, that is, a measurement interval is started when a coincidence is detected.
Next coincidence terminates the measurement interval, and starts a new
measurement interval.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
It is possible to synchronize frequency measurements between the two channels,
that is, the measurement period from one of the channels is then used by both
channels.
A frequency sample condition can be specified by the user. When a sample
condition is fulfilled is the value in the SX and SR registers freezed. The value in
3BSE020924-510 B 473
the SX and SR registers will remain freezed until a freeze disable command is
received from the controller. The pulse accumulation in the SX and SR counters
continues during the time when the SX and SR registers is frozen
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 4.3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
Digital Output
The digital output function can be configured in four different ways:
1. The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur, and inactivated
after a configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms).
2. The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE =1, and inactivated after a
configurable pulse-length (1ms - 65535 ms). The function is retriggable.
3. The digital output DO is activated when DOVALUE=1, and deactivated
DOVALUE=0.
4. The digital output DO is activated when coincidence occur and the
DOVALUE =1, and inactivated when DOVALUE=0.
DO DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms

1.
COINC
2. DO DOTIME, 1ms - 65535 ms
DOVALUE=1
3. DO
DOVALUE=1 DOVALUE=0
4. DO
COINC and DOVALUE=1 DOVALUE=0
Figure 198. Configuration of Digital Output Function
474 3BSE020924-510 B
OSP Function
The digital outputs will be set to a predetermined value if the OSP-watchdog timer
expires or if the SetOSPState command is received. The watchdog timer is re-
triggered every time the correct module address has been decoded (or broadcast). If
the watchdog timer expires or if the SetOSPState command is received, the module
enters the OSP state.
The function in OSP state, and when reentering the operational state, will be
different depending on how the DO function is configured (see Digital Output 1 - 4
above):
1. Function in OSP state: No more pulses will be activated as long as the module
remains in OSP state. The DO pulse is always completed if the OSP-state is
entered during an active DO pulse (this is, the pulse width is always in
accordance with the DOTIME value).
Function when reentering operational state: The coincidence function has to be
enabled before normal DO function will start.
2. Function in OSP state: Same as in 1. above. Function when reentering
operational state: A new DO-pulse will be started as soon as a modulebus
frame with DOVALUE=1 is received.
3. Function in OSP state: The digital outputs are set to their OSP values which
can be configured as a predefined value or to use last good value sent.
Function when reentering operational state: The outputs keeps the OSP value
until a modulebus frame with a new DOVALUE value is received.
4. Same as 3.
LED Indicators
For description about the LED-indicators with comments see Table 97.
Table 97. Description of LED-Indicators
Name Name Color Comments

PX1 PX2 Yellow Activated on each pulse on A or B input
(>0.5s flash)
UP1 UP2 Yellow Activated when count direction = up
3BSE020924-510 B 475
Table 97. Description of LED-Indicators (Continued)
Name Name Color Comments

ST1 ST2 Yellow Activated on each pulse on ST input
(>0.5s flash)
DI1 DI2 Yellow Activated on each pulse on DI input
(>0.5s flash)
SY1 SY2 Yellow Activated on PSX counter sync. (>0.5s flash)
DO1 DO2 Yellow Activated when DO is activated (>0.5s flash)
TP1 TP2 Green Transducer power OK
Technical Data
Table 98. DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications
DP820
Feature
Digital Pulse Counter
Power Supply voltage 24 V d.c.
(12 to 32 V d.c.)
Max non-destructive voltage on inputs 30 V d.c.
A, B, ST or DI
Maximum field cable length 200 m
Cable type Shielded, twisted pair
Characteristic impedance 100 (+/- 25%) ohm
Configurable input filters
Input A and B Unfiltered or 1 s
Input ST 1 s or 220 s
Input DI 220 s or 2.2 ms
476 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 98. DP820 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications (Continued)
DP820
Feature
Max input frequency / Min pulse width, input A
and B for the RS422/+5V/13mA range
Filter = unfiltered
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d 1.5 MHz / 333 ns
Pulse encoding = quadrature 750 kHz / 667 ns
Filter = 1 s
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d 200 kHz / 2.5 s
Pulse encoding = quadrature 100 kHz / 5 s

and B for the 12V range (only TU830)
Filter = unfiltered Not allowed
Filter = 1 s
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d 200 kHz / 2.5 s
Pulse encoding = quadrature 100 kHz / 5 s
and B for the 24V range (only TU830)
Filter = unfiltered
Filter = 1 s Not allowed
Pulse encoding = u/d or c/d
200 kHz / 2.5 s
Pulse encoding = quadrature
100 kHz / 5 s
Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,
input ST
All voltage ranges
200 kHz / 2.5 s
Filter = 1 s
Filter = 220 s 1 kHz / 500 s
Max. input frequency/Min. pulse width,

input DI
Filter = 220 s 1 kHz / 500 s
Filter = 2.2 ms 0.1 kHz / 5ms
3BSE020924-510 B 477
DP820
Feature
Input impedance, A, B and ST -inputs 100 (1) characteristic
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range impedance
12 V - range (only TU830) 1 k
24 V - range (only TU830) 2 k
Input impedance, DI - input 2.5 k

Input signal voltage range
Input A, B, ST
RS422/+5 V /13 mA - range
1 2.5 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 1.0 V
12 V - range (external resistance)(2)
1 8 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 2.0 V
24 V - range (only TU830)(3)
1 15 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 5.0 V
Input DI
1 15 V to 30 V
0 -30 V to 5.0 V
Digital output, max. load current 0.5 A
Digital output, max. short circuit current 2.4 A
Digital output, max. leakage current 10 A
Digital output, max. output impedance 0.4
478 3BSE020924-510 B
DP820
Feature
Max. frequency measurement error
Relative error [ 260/(MEASTIMEx in ms)] ppm
Absolute error (Temperature drift included) [ (260/(MEASTIMEx in ms))
+100] ppm
Resolution at frequency measurement in
percentage of actual frequency
Resolution in% Measuring time 1 ms,
= 25.6 x 10-3 / Measuring time in ms Resolution = 0,026
Measuring time 2700 ms,
Resolution = 9,5 x 10-6
Current consumption, 5 V (Modulebus) 120 mA
Mounting termination units TU810, TU812, TU814, TU830 or
TU833
MTU keying code CB
(1) Load 20 mA at 5 V, 8 mA at 2.5 V
(2) With TU830 external resistor 1.8 k, see Figure 203.
With TU810, TU814 external resistor ca 920 , see Figure 200.
(3) With external resistor also TU810, TU814
External resistor 1.8 k, see Figure 200.
3BSE020924-510 B 479
Block Diagram DP820
FAULT
RUN
X1 WARNING X2
CHANNEL1 (FPGA) L1+
TP1
+5VI PULSE COUNT
COUNT CA+_1
+5V
RESET
PULSE PULSE A1
CA-_1
MODULEBUS CONNECTOR
DIR
POWER-OK REGISTER COUNTER VA_11, VA_12
0V
CB+_1
MBI2 COMPARE COINC COINC B1
PULSE CB-_1
REGISTER COMP
PROCESS CONNECTOR
DAT+ DECO- VB_11, VB_12
(MODULE DER CST+_1
DAT- RS485 FREQUENCY
BUS COUNT ST1 CST-_1
CLK+ COMM.) SX SX DIR
REGISTER COUNTER VST_11, VST_12
CLK- RS485 DI1 DI_1
POS0-6 SR SR Fref
BLOCK REGISTER COUNTER DO1 DO_1
CHANNEL2 (FPGA) CA+_2

A2 CA-_2
OSP PULSE COUNT
COUNT VA_21, VA_22
PX1 PX2 PULSE PULSE DIR
REGISTER COUNTER CB+_2
UP1 UP2 CPU B2 CB-_2
ST1 ST2 COMPARE COINC COINC VB_21, VB_22
REGISTER COMP PULSE CST+_2
DI1 DI2 (CONTROL DECO- ST2
DER CST-_2
OF MODULE FREQUENCY VST_21, VST_22
SY1 SY2 BUS COMM.) COUNT
SX SX DIR DI2 DI_2
DO1 DO2 REGISTER COUNTER
(FREQUENCY DO_2
TP1 TP2 CALC.) DO2
SR SR Fref
UL1 UL2 REGISTER COUNTER TP2 L2+
Figure 199. DP820 Block Diagram
480 3BSE020924-510 B
Process Connections
Table 99. DP820 Process Connections
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
(or TU814) D-Sub 25 Male
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L1- 2, 15 L1- (2)
Ch1, CA+ C1 3 C1
Ch1, CA- B1 16 C2
Ch1, VA_1 - - B1
Ch1, VA_2 - - B2
Ch1, Zp A1 - A1, A2
Ch1, CB+ C2 4 C3
Ch1, CB- B2 17 C4
Ch1, VB_1 - - B3
Ch1, VB_2 - - B4
Ch1, Zp A2 - A3, A4
Ch1, CST+ C3 5 C5
Ch1, CST- B3 18 C6
Ch1, VST_1 - - B5
Ch1, VST_2 - - B6
Ch1, Zp A3 - A5, A6
Ch1, DI C4 6 C7
Ch1, DO B4 19 C8
Ch1, L1+ - - B7
3BSE020924-510 B 481
Table 99. DP820 Process Connections (Continued)
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
Ch1, L1+ - - B8
Ch1, Zp A4 - A7, A8
Ch2, CA+ C5 7 C9
Ch2, CA- B5 20 C10
Ch2, VA_1 - - B9
Ch2, VA_2 - - B10
Ch2, Zp A5 - A9, A10
Ch2, CB+ C6 8 C11
Ch2, CB- B6 21 C12
Ch2, VB_1 - - B11
Ch2, VB_2 - - B12
Ch2, Zp A6 - A11, A12
Ch2, CST+ C7 9 C13
Ch2, CST- B7 22 C14
Ch2, VST_1 - - B13
Ch2, VST_2 - - B14
Ch2, Zp A7 - A13, A14
Ch2, DI C8 10 C15
Ch2, DO B8 23 C16
Ch2, L2+ - - B15
Ch2, L2+ - - B16
Ch2, Zp A8 - A15, A16
482 3BSE020924-510 B
TU810 TU812
Process TU830/TU833
Connection Terminal
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2)
0 V d.c. (ZP) L2- 12, 25 L2- (2)
3BSE020924-510 B 483
Figure 200 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU810 or
TU814 MTU.
PROCESS +24V L1+ TU810 or

RS422 0V +24V L1+ TU814 L1+ DP820
V+
0V 0V L1- L1-
C1 CA+_1
+ VA_11
A
- B1 CA-_1
VA_12
A1
C2 CB+_1
+ VB_11
B
- B2 CB-_1
VB_12
A2
C3 CST+_1
+ VST_11
ST
- B3 CST-_1
VST_12
A3
C4 DI_1
L1+
B4 DO_1
L1+
A4
V+ *
* 0V
C5 CA+_2
A VA_21
R
B5 CA-_2
VA_22
A5
C6 CB+_2
B VB_21
R
B6 CB-_2
VB_22
A6
C7 CST+_2
ST VST_21
R
B7 CST-_2
VST_22
A7
C8 DI_2
L2+
B8 DO_2
L2+
A8
V+ L2+
+24V L2+ L2+
0V
0V L2- L2-
EM
* R = 0 for 5 V
R = ca 920 for 12 V
R = 1.8 k for 24 V
Figure 200. DP820 with TU810 or TU814 MTU Process Connections
484 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 201 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU812
MTU.
1 1 TU812
14 14 L1+ DP820
2 2 L1-
15 15 CA+_1
3 3 VA_11
16 16 CA-_1
VA_12
4 4 CB+_1
VB_11
17 17 CB-_1
VB_12
5 5 CST+_1
VST_11
18 18 CST-_1
VST_12
6 6 DI_1
L1+
PROCESS 19 19 DO_1
CONNECTION L1+
7 7 CA+_2
VA_21
20 20 CA-_2
VA_22
8 8 CB+_2
VB_21
21 21 CB-_2
VB_22
9 9 CST+_2
VST_21
22 22 CST-_2
VST_22
10 10 DI_2
L2+
23 23 DO_2
11 11 L2+
24 24 L2+
12 12 L2-
25 25
13 13 EM
Figure 201. DP820 with TU812 MTU Process Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 485
MTU, and with RS422 transducer connected to channel 1 and +5 V transducer to
channel 2.
PROCESS L1+ TU830/TU833

+24V L1+ 6.3A
L1- Fuse L1+ DP820
RS422 0V L1- L1-
C1 CA+_1
+ B1 VA_11
A A1
- C2 CA-_1
B2 VA_12
A2
+ C3 CB+_1
B3 VB_11
B A3
- C4 CB-_1
B4 VB_12
A4
C5 CST+_1
+ B5 VST_11
ST A5
- C6 CST-_1
B6 VST_12
A6
C7 DI_1
B7 L1+
A7
C8 DO_1
B8 L1+
A8
V+
5V 0V
A C9 CA+_2
B9 VA_21
A9
C10 CA-_2
B10 VA_22
A10
B C11 CB+_2
B11 VB_21
A11
C12 CB-_2
B12 VB_22
A12
C13 CST+_2
ST B13 VST_21
A13
C14 CST-_2
B14 VST_22
A14
C15 DI_2
B15 L2+
A15
C16 DO_2
B16 L2+
A16
L2+
V+ +24V L2+ 6.3A L2+
0V 0V L2- Fuse L2-
L2- EM
Figure 202. DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and with Transducer
Connections
486 3BSE020924-510 B
Figure 203 shows the process connections for DP820 when installed on a TU830 MTU,
and with +24 V transducer connected to channel 1 and +12 V transducer to channel 2.
PROCESS L1+ TU830/TU833

+24V L1+ 6.3A
L1- Fuse L1+ DP820
24V 0V L1- L1-
C1 CA+_1
A B1 VA_11
A1
C2 CA-_1
B2 VA_12
A2
C3 CB+_1
B B3 VB_11
A3
C4 CB-_1
B4 VB_12
A4
C5 CST+_1
ST B5 VST_11
A5
C6 CST-_1
B6 VST_12
A6
C7 DI_1
B7 L1+
A7
C8 DO_1
B8 L1+
A8
12V
C9 CA+_2
A B9 VA_21
A9
1.8k C10 CA-_2
B10 VA_22
A10
C11 CB+_2
B B11 VB_21
A11
1.8k C12 CB-_2
B12 VB_22
A12
C13 CST+_2
ST B13 VST_21
A13
1.8k C14 CST-_2
B14 VST_22
A14
C15 DI_2
B15 L2+
A15
C16 DO_2
B16 L2+
A16
L2+
+24V L2+ 6.3A L2+
V+
0V L2- Fuse L2-
0V L2- EM
Figure 203. DP820 with TU830 MTU Process Connections and Transducer
Connections
3BSE020924-510 B 487
Features
8 channels.
The modules can be used in both single
and redundant applications.
Interface for NAMUR, 12 V and 24 V
transducer signal levels.
Each channel can be configured for
pulse count or frequency measurement.
The inputs can also be read as DI
signals.
Pulse count by accumulation in a 16 bit
counter.
Frequency (speed) measurement 0.5 Hz
- 20 kHz.
Description
The DP840 module consists of 8 identical
independent channels. Each channel can be
used for pulse count or frequency (speed)
measurement. The inputs can also be read as
DI signals.
Each channel has a configurable input filter.
The module perform self-diagnostics
cyclically. Module diagnostics include
among other things:
Transmitter power supply error, power supply error (process side), short circuit
and open wire. These errors will be reported as External Channel Error.
488 3BSE020924-510 B
Counter supervision. This will be reported as Internal Channel Error.

Error in data/address bus supervision will be reported as Module Error.
Synchronization error will be reported as Module Warning.
In addition to the four module LEDs, DP840 has two LEDs per channel that indicate
input state (Px - yellow) and channel fault (F - red). The Px LED glows if there is
pulse (high signal) on the input, and F LED glows if the channel is faulty.
Transducer Connection
Each channel has inputs for 12 V, 24 V and NAMUR input signals and a
configurable transducer power output. The configurable transducer power is set on
module (not channel vise) for all channels to either NAMUR, 12 V or 24V.
simple connection to distribute the supply to 2-wire or 3-wire transmitters. The
transmitter power is supervised and current limited. The inputs can be supervised
for short circuit and open wire. The supervision can be enabled/disabled per module
(not channel vise).
The transducers should be connected by shielded twisted pair cable if the used filter
time is less than 800s.
The MTU have to be chosen with consideration to function and signal range, see
Table 100. Type of sensor to be used is defined by parameters.
The parameter set the sensor power output for NAMUR sensors to 8.2 V, for 12 V
sensors to 12 V and for 24 V sensors to 24 V.
Table 100. Function and Signal Range with Different MTUs
Redundant configuration Single configuration

MTU type Namur 12 V 24 V Namur 12 V 24 V
sensors sensors sensors sensors sensors sensors
TU810/TU812/TU814 - - - X X
TU818 - - - X X X
TU830/TU833 - - - X X X
3BSE020924-510 B 489
Table 100. Function and Signal Range with Different MTUs (Continued)
Redundant configuration Single configuration

MTU type Namur 12 V 24 V Namur 12 V 24 V
sensors sensors sensors sensors sensors sensors
TU842/TU843 - X X - - -
TU844/TU845 X X X - - -
TU852/ X X X - - -
TU854 X - - - - -
The parameter for internal and external shunt shall only be set to External when
DP840 is used with TU844 or TU845 or TU854.
Pulse Count Measurement

Pulse count is done by pulse accumulation in a 16 bit pulse counter. The pulse
counter value is continuously loaded into the pulse register.
The value of the pulse register (that is, actual pulse count value) is read by the CPU,
and transferred to the ModuleBus master.
Frequency (speed) Measurement.

The frequency measurement function consists of two counters, that is, the SX and
SR counters. The SX counter is used to count number of pulses (Sx) from the
unknown input frequency. The SR counter is used to count the number of pulses (Sr)
from a reference frequency source with frequency FREF. The frequency value (Fx) is
calculated as:
Fx = FREF x Sx / Sr
The SX counter is implemented by a 12 bit up-counter. The SR counter is
implemented by a 20 bit up-counter.
The SX and SR counters accumulates pulses during a measurement period.
490 3BSE020924-510 B
The measurement interval for each channel defined by the user to 10 ms, 20 ms,
50 ms or 100 ms. By changing the measurement interval the user can select a
suitable filter time (integration time) with respect to the applications requirements.
At the end of each measurement period are the SX and SR registers is updated with
the value of the SX and SR counters. The CPU reads the content in the SX and SR
registers and calculates a frequency value.
The reference counter (SR) has a overflow detection function. The SR overflow will
be activated if no incoming pulses has been detected during 3 s. When the CPU
detects SR overflow, is the frequency value set to zero.
Redundant Applications
In a redundant application one module is set to primary and one to backup. The
primary module synchronize the counter on the backup module every 10 seconds.
After start-up it will take about 30 s before the backup has been synchronized.
Technical Data
Table 101. DP840 Incremental Pulse Counter Module Specifications
DP840
Feature
Power Supply voltage 24 V d.c.
(19.2 to 30 V d.c.)
Max non-destructive voltage on inputs 30 V d.c.
Maximum field cable length 200 m
Cable type Twisted pair(1)
Input filter time 10 s, 100 s, 800 s and 6400 s,
3BSE020924-510 B 491
DP840
Feature
Frequency range at different filter time 10 s input filter: 0.5 Hz - 20 kHz
100 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 5 kHz
800 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 625 Hz
6400 s input filter(2): 0.5 Hz - 78 Hz
Min pulse width (1 or 0) at different 10 s input filter: 10 s
filter time 100 s input filter: 100 s
800 s input filter: 800 s
6400 s input filter: 6400 s
Input thresholds, NAMUR Open wire: 0 mA IIN < 0.1 mA
Contact open: 0.1 mA < IIN< 1.6 mA
Contact closed: 1.6 mA < IIN< 6.0 mA
Short circuit: IIN > 6.0 mA
Input thresholds, 12V / 24 V Open wire: 0 V VIN < 0.1 V
With external resistor for cable Contact open: 0.1 V < VIN < 1.6 V
supervision Contact closed: 1.6 V < VIN < 6.0 V
Short circuit: VIN > 6.0 V
Input threshold, 12 V Contact open: 0 V VIN < 5.0 V
No resistors for cable supervision Contact closed: VIN > 5.0 V
Input threshold, 24 V Contact open: 0 VIN < 8.3 V

No resistors for cable supervision Contact closed: VIN > 8.3 V
Maximum pulse frequency 20 kHz(3)

Hysteresis (ION - IOFF) / Input threshold: >20%
or
(VON - VOFF) / Input threshold: >20%
Input impedance NAMUR: 1 k, +/-10%
12 V range: 2.8 k, +/-10%
24 V range: 4.0 k, +/-10%
492 3BSE020924-510 B
DP840
Feature
Sensor supply (voltage, max 20 mA NAMUR: 8.2 V +/-10%
per channel) 12 V range: 12 V +/-10%
24 V range: VL+ - (3.0 +/-1.0) V
Sensor supply (current) 38 mA +- 10%
Max. measurement error, frequency Max relative error(4):
measurement PRIT = 10 ms: 300 ppm
PRIT = 20 ms: 150 ppm
Max error in crystal oscillator:
120 ppm + 5 ppm/year
Max absolute error = rel. error + oscillator
error (PRIT = 10 ms, age < 16 year): 500
ppm (= 0.05%)
Min. sampling interval when used in fMAX - Maximum expected input
pulse count mode frequency: 216 x (1/fMAX)
fMAX = 20 kHz: 3.27 s
Synchronization accuracy +/-1 pulse
External power supply consumption NAMUR: 208 mA (max) (56 mA +
(Internal load + external load) 0.5 * sensor current)
Current consumption 24 V (process 12 V: 302 mA (max) (89 mA +
power supply, UPx) 0.7 * sensor current)
24 V: 401 mA (max) (97 mA + sensor
current)
Power dissipation 4W
Process voltage supervision 1 channel
3BSE020924-510 B 493
DP840
Feature
Module termination units, single TU810, TU812, TU814, TU818, TU830,
applications TU833
Module termination units, redundant TU842/TU843, TU844/TU845 or
applications TU852/TU854
MTU keying code CF
(1) Shielded cables for transmitters at filter times less than 800 s
(2) Symmetric input pulse (i.e. 50% duty cycle)
(3) Input channel pulse supervision does not work with pulse frequency <2 Hz
(4) Relative error - Max difference in frequency measurement between two channels on the same
module connected to the same source.
494 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram DP840
L+ 5VP
Fault (F)
Sensor Run (R)
Power
Warning (W)
SP Primary (P)
24V Ch 1 1Px
12V 1F
NAMUR FPGA +5V
8Px
8F
ModuleBus
Int Shunt
CLK
Data
OW
SC
det
SP
24V Ch 8 MCU Block
12V
NAMUR
SYNC
SYNC DATA
Figure 204. DP840 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 495
Process Connections
Table 102. DP840 Process Connections
TU812
TU830 TU842 TU844
TU810 or D-Sub 25
Process or or or TU818 TU852 TU854
TU814 Male
Connection TU833 TU843 TU845 Terminal Terminal Terminal
Terminal Connector
(1) Terminal Terminal Terminal
+24 V d.c. L1+ (2) 1, 14 L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) L1+ (2) 1, 14 1, 14
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L1- 2, 15 L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) L1- (2) 2, 25 2, 15
(X1a and
X1b)
I1, NAMUR C1 3 C1 C1 B2 D1 3 (X1a) 16
U1 - - B1 B1 B1 C1 3 (X1b) 3
ZP - - A1 A1 A1 - - -
I1, 24 V B1 16 C2 C2 - B1 16 (X1a) -
I1, 12 V - - B2 B2 - A1 16 (X1b) -
ZP A1 - A2 A2 A2 - - -
I2, NAMUR C2 4 C3 C3 B4 D2 4 (X1a) 17
U2 - - B3 B3 B3 C2 4 (X1b) 4
ZP - - A3 A3 A3 - - -
I2, 24 V B2 17 C4 C4 - B2 17 (X1a) -
I2, 12 V - - B4 B4 - A2 17 (X1b) -
ZP A2 - A4 A4 A4 - - -
I3, NAMUR C3 5 C5 C5 B6 D3 5 (X1a) 18
U3 - - B5 B5 B5 C3 5 (X1b) 5
ZP - - A5 A5 A5 - - -
496 3BSE020924-510 B
TU812
TU830 TU842 TU844
TU810 or D-Sub 25
TU814 Male
Terminal Connector
I3, 24 V B3 18 C6 C6 - B3 18 (X1a) -
I3, 12 V - - B6 B6 - A3 18 (X1b) -
ZP A3 - A6 A6 A6 - - -
I4, NAMUR C4 6 C7 C7 B8 D4 6 (X1a) 19
U4 - - B7 B7 B7 C4 6 (X1b) 6
ZP - - A7 A7 A7 - - -
I4, 24 V B4 19 C8 C8 - B4 19 (X1a) -
I4, 12 V - - B8 B8 - A4 19 (X1b) -
ZP A4 - A8 A8 A8 - - -
I5, NAMUR C5 7 C9 C9 B10 D5 7 (X1a) 20
U5 - - B9 B9 B9 C5 7 (X1b) 7
ZP - - A9 A9 A9 - - -
I5, 24 V B5 20 C10 C10 - B5 20 (X1a) -
I5, 12 V - - B10 B10 - A5 20 (X1b) -
ZP A5 - A10 A10 A10 - - -
I6, NAMUR C6 8 C11 C11 B12 D6 8(X1a) 21
U6 - - B11 B11 B11 C6 8(X1b) 8
ZP - - A11 A11 A11 - - -
I6, 24 V B6 21 C12 C12 - B6 21 (X1a) -
I6, 12 V - - B12 B12 - A6 21 (X1b) -
3BSE020924-510 B 497
TU812
TU830 TU842 TU844
TU810 or D-Sub 25
TU814 Male
Terminal Connector
ZP A6 - A12 A12 A12 - - -

I7, NAMUR C7 9 C13 C13 B14 D7 9(X1a) 22
U7 - - B13 B13 B13 C7 9(X1b) 9
ZP - - A13 A13 A13 - - -
I7, 24 V B7 22 C14 C14 - B7 22 (X1a) -
I7, 12 V - - B14 B14 - A7 22 (X1b) -
ZP A7 - A14 A14 A14 - - -
I8, NAMUR C8 10 C15 C15 B16 D8 10(X1a) 23
U8 - - B15 B15 B15 C8 10(X1b) 10
ZP - - A15 A15 A15 - - -
I8, 24 V B8 23 C16 C16 - B8 23 (X1a) -
I8, 12 V - - B16 B16 - A8 23 (X1b) -
ZP A8 - A16 A16 A16 - - -
+24 V d.c. L2+ (2) 11, 24 L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) L2+ (2) 11, 24 11, 24
(X1a and
X1b)
0 V d.c. L2- 12, 25 L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) L2- (2) 12, 25 12, 25
(X1a and
X1b)
498 3BSE020924-510 B
TU814 MTU.
PROCESS TU810/TU814
L1+
24 V L1+ DP840
Supply L1-
C1 I1, NAMUR
24 V U1
sensor ZP
2-wire B1 I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
A1 ZP
C2 I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
B2 I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
A2 ZP
C3 I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
24 V B3 I3, 24 V
sensor I3, 12 V
3-wire A3 ZP
C4 I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
10 k B4 I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
33 k SC/OW A4 ZP
supervision C5 I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
B5 I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
A5 ZP
NAMUR C6 I6, NAMUR
sensor U6
ZP
B6 I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
A6 ZP
C7 I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
B7 I7, 24 V
8.2 V I7, 12 V
Supply A7 ZP
C8 I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
Ch B8 I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
ann A8 ZP
L2+
el L2+
L2-
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 499
MTU.
PROCESS TU812
1
24 V 14 DP840
Supply 2, 15
3 I1, NAMUR
24 V U1
sensor ZP
2-wire 16 I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
ZP
4 I2, NAMUR
U2
ZP
17 I2, 24 V
I2, 12 V
ZP
5 I3, NAMUR
U3
ZP
24 V 18 I3, 24 V
sensor I3, 12 V
3-wire ZP
6 I4, NAMUR
U4
ZP
10 k 19 I4, 24 V
I4, 12 V
33 k SC/OW ZP
supervision 7 I5, NAMUR
U5
ZP
20 I5, 24 V
I5, 12 V
ZP
NAMUR 8 I6, NAMUR
sensor U6
ZP
21 I6, 24 V
I6, 12 V
ZP
9 I7, NAMUR
U7
ZP
22 I7, 24 V
I7, 12 V
8.2 V ZP
Supply 10 I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
23 I8, 24 V
Channel supervision can be
I8, 12 V
enabled/disabled for the
ZP
module (not channel vice).
11
24
12, 25
13 EM
500 3BSE020924-510 B
MTU.
PROCESS
L1+ TU830/TU833
24 V L1+ DP840
Supply L1-
L1-
C1 I1, NAMUR
24 V B1 U1
sensor A1 ZP
2-wire C2 I1, 24 V
B2 I1, 12 V
A2 ZP
C3 I2, NAMUR
B3 U2
24 V
sensor A3 ZP
3-wire C4 I2, 24 V
B4 I2, 12 V
A4 ZP
C5 I3, NAMUR
1) 12 V B5 U3
sensor A5 ZP
2-wire C6 I3, 24 V
B6 I3, 12 V
A6 ZP
1) NAMUR C7 I4, NAMUR
sensor B7 U4
A7 ZP
C8 I4, 24 V
SC/OW 2) B8 I4, 12 V
4.7 k supervision
1) A8 ZP
15 k C9 I5, NAMUR
12 V B9 U5
A9 ZP
C10 I5, 24 V
SC/OW 2) B10 I5, 12 V
10 k supervision
1) A10 ZP
33 k C11 I6, NAMUR
24 V B11 U6
A11 ZP
C12 I6, 24 V
B12 I6, 12 V
A12 ZP
C13 I7, NAMUR
B13 U7
1) The figure shows how to connect NAMUR, 12V, A13 ZP
24V sensors and voltage-free contact with, or C14 I7, 24 V
without, short circuit and open wire detection. But B14 I7, 12 V
notice that only one type of sensor power supply A14 ZP
can be distributed from the module at time. The C15 I8, NAMUR
sensor power can be set to either NAMUR, 12 V B15 U8
or 24 V. A15 ZP
C16 I8, 24 V
2) Notice that the NAMUR input connection always B16 I8, 12 V
must be used for 12V and 24V signal range when A16 ZP
external resistors are used to achieve short circuit/ L2+
L2+
open wire supervision.
L2-
L2-
Channel supervision can be enabled/disabled EM
for the module (not channel vice).
3BSE020924-510 B 501
TU843 MTU.
PROCESS TU842/TU843
L1+
24 V L1+ DP840
Supply L1-
L1-
C1 I1, NAMUR
24 V B1 U1
sensor A1,A2 ZP
2-wire C2 I1, 24 V
B2 I1, 12 V
C3 I2, NAMUR
24 V B3 U2
sensor A3,A4 ZP
3-wire C4 I2, 24 V
B4 I2, 12 V
C5 I3, NAMUR
B5 U3
1) 12 V A5,A6 ZP
sensor C6 I3, 24 V
2-wire B6 I3, 12 V
C7 I4, NAMUR
B7 U4
A7,A8 ZP
C8 I4, 24 V
B8 I4, 12 V
C9 I5, NAMUR
B9 U5
A9,A10 ZP
C10 I5, 24 V
B10 I5, 12 V
1) The figure shows how to C11 I6, NAMUR
connect 12V, 24V sensors and B11 U6
voltage-free contact. But A11,A12 ZP
notice that only one type of C12 I6, 24 V
sensor power supply can be B12 I6, 12 V
C13 I7, NAMUR
distributed from the module at B13 U7
time. The sensor power supply A13,A14 ZP
can be set to either NAMUR, C14 I7, 24 V
12 V or 24 V. B14 I7, 12 V
C15 I8, NAMUR
B15 U8
A15,A16 ZP
C16 I8, 24 V
B16 I8, 12 V
L2+
L2+
L2-
L2- EM
DP840
I1, NAMUR
U1
ZP
I1, 24 V
I1, 12 V
I8, NAMUR
U8
ZP
I8, 24 V
I8, 12 V
EM
502 3BSE020924-510 B
TU845 MTU.
PROCESS TU844 or TU845

L1+ DP840
24 V L1+
Supply L1-
L1- Shunt
B1 sticks U1
NAMUR B2 I1, NAMUR
sensor A1,A2 ZP
B3 U2
B4 I2, NAMUR
A3,A4 ZP
B5 U3
4.7 k 12 V B6 I3, NAMUR
1) A5,A6 ZP
SC/OW
15 k B7 U4
supervision
B8 I4, NAMUR
A7,A8 ZP
10 k 24V B9 U5
1) B10 I5, NAMUR
SC/OW
33 k supervision A9,A10 ZP
B11 U6
B12 I6, NAMUR
A11,A12 ZP
B13 U7
B14 I7, NAMUR
A13,A14 ZP
B15 U8
B16 I8, NAMUR
A15,A16 ZP
1) The figure shows how to connect L2+
NAMUR, voltage-free contact L2+
with short circuit and open wire L2-
detection. But notice that only one L2- EM
type of sensor power supply can
be distributed from the module at
time. The sensor power supply DP840
can be set to either NAMUR, 12 V
or 24 V.
U1
I1, NAMUR
ZP
Channel supervision can be
enabled/disabled for the module
(not channel vice). U8
I8, NAMUR
Shunt stick TY804 in pos I. ZP
EM
3BSE020924-510 B 503
TU805 Terminal Unit Appendix A Specifications
TU805 Terminal Unit
Features
Enables 2- and 3-wire
connections of process signals.
Direct mounting on the I/O
module.
Requires no extra space.
Description
The TU805 is a 16 channel 50 V terminal unit for the S800L I/O modules DI801
and DO801. The Terminal Unit is a passive unit for distribution of external process
power.
The module has 2 x 2 connections for external power and 2 x 16 connections for
distribution.
Technical Data
Table 103. TU805 Compact MTU Specifications
Item Value
Process Connections 18
2 x 2 Process power terminals
2 x 16 Process power distribution
terminals
Rated maximum continuous current per 1 A
terminal
504 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU805 Terminal Unit
Table 103. TU805 Compact MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Acceptable Wire Sizes Solid: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 1.5 mm2,
24- 16 AWG
Recommended torque
0.3 Nm
Equipment class Class I according to IEC 61140; (earth
protected)
3BSE020924-510 B 505
TU805 Terminal Unit Appendix A Specifications
Block Diagram TU805
TU805 _ +
L
L
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
24 V 6
L+
7
L-
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
L
L
Figure 210. TU805 Block Diagram
506 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU
Features
50 Volt applications - use with AI810,
AI815, AI820, AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI845, AO810, AO810V2,
AO815, AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830, DI831,
DI840, DI880, DI885, DO810,
DO814, DO815, DO840, DO880,
DP820 and DP840 I/O modules.
Compact installation of I/O modules
using one-wire connections.
Up to 16 channels of field signals and
E
F
process power connections. D
A
C
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O
B
modules.
E
F
D
A
Mechanical keying prevents insertion
C
B
of the wrong I/O module.
Latching device to DIN rail for
grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Row C L1+C1 2 3 4 5 6 7 C8 L2+

Description
The TU810/TU810V1 is a 16 channel 50 V Row B L1+B1 2 3 4 5 6 7 B8 L2+
compact module termination unit (MTU) Row A L1- A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8 L2-

for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit
used for connection of the field wiring to
the I/O modules. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
The TU810/TU810V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process
voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
3BSE020924-510 B 507
TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU Appendix A Specifications
current is 2A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also
generates the correct address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position
signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps
the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The process signal terminals are divided into 2 equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, one process voltage connection
and 5 common L- connections.
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
508 3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 104. TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU Specifications
Item Value
up to 16 I/O channels
2 x 2 Process power
5 x 2 Process power (0 V)
I/O channel
process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution 1.5 A
Acceptable Wire Sizes Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque: 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
Stripping length: 7 mm
Mechanical Keys (2) 36 different combinations
I/O Module Lock Locks module and enables operation
protected)
Width 64 mm (2.52) including connector, 58.5
mm (2.3) edge to edge installed
Depth 64 mm (2.52) including terminals
3BSE020924-510 B 509
Table 104. TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Height 170 mm (6.7) including latch
Weight 0.17 kg (0.37 lbs.)
Connections
Table 105. TU810/TU810V1 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1)
Position Row A Row B Row C

1 L1- L1+ L1+
2 A1 (L1-) B1 C1
3 2 (L1-) 2 2
4 3 (L1-) 3 3
5 4 (L1-) 4 4
6 5 (L2-) 5 5
7 6 (L2-) 6 6
8 7 (L2-) 7 7
9 A8 (L2-) B8 C8
10 L2- L2+ L2+
510 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU810/TU810V1
TU810
C B A
ModuleBus Connector I/O module
C/4 Male UP1 UP1
ZP1 ZP1
EM
I1 I1 1
I2 I 21
ZP1 1
BLOCK
I3 I3 2
I4 I4 2
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female
ZP12
I5 I5 3
Module Process Connector

I6 I6 3
ZP1 3
I7 I7 4
I8 I8 4
ZP1 4
I9 I9 5
I 10 I 10 5
ZP2 5
I 11 I 11 6
I 12 I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 13 I 13 7
I 14 I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 15 I 15 8
I16 I 16 8
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
ZP2 8
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2 UP2
+5V
0V
ZP2 ZP2
ModuleBus Connector EM
R/4 Female
Figure 211. TU810/TU810V1 Block Diagram
3BSE020924-510 B 511
Features
250 Volt applications - use with
DI820, DI821, DO820, and DO821
I/O modules.
Compact installation of I/O modules.
Up to 8 isolated channels of field
signals.
modules.
E
F
D
A
C
grounding.
B
E
DIN rail mounting.
F
D
A
C
B
Description
The TU811/TU811V1 is a 8 channel 250
V compact module termination unit
(MTU) for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the
field wiring to the I/O modules. It also Row C C 2 4 6 C8
contains a part of the ModuleBus.
Row B B1 3 5 7 B
The TU811/TU811V1 MTU can have up
to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated Row A A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A8
voltage is 250 V and maximum rated
current is 3 A per channel. Two
mechanical keys are used to configure the
MTU for different types of I/O modules.
512 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals has 8 individually isolated I/O channels. Each channel
has two connections.
The TU811/TU811V1 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated
channels.
3BSE020924-510 B 513
Technical Data
Item Value
Process connections 16
(2 terminals per channel)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Recommended torque 0.5 - 0.6 Nm
Mechanical keys (2) 36 different combinations
I/O Module lock Locks module and enables operation
protected)
Depth 64 mm (2.52), including terminals
514 3BSE020924-510 B
Connections
Position (1) Row A Row B Row C

1 NC NC NC
2 A1 B1 NC
3 2 NC C2
4 3 3 NC
5 4 NC 4
6 5 5 NC
7 6 NC 6
8 7 7 NC
9 A8 NC C8
10 NC NC NC
(1) All positions marked NC are not mounted in the connector.
3BSE020924-510 B 515

TU811
ModuleBus Connector C B A
I/O module
C/4 Male
I 1.1 S1 1
I 1.2 S2 1
I 2.1 S3 2
EM
I 2.2 S4 2
I 3.1 S5 3
BLOCK
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female I 3.2 S6 3
I 4.1 S7 4

I 4.2 S8 4
I 5.1 S9 5
I 5.2 S10 5
I 6.1 S11 6
I 6.2 S12 6
I 7.1 S13 7
I 7.2 S14 7
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
I 8.1 S15 8
I 8.2 S16 8
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
516 3BSE020924-510 B
Features
AI815, AI820, AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI845, AO810, AO810V2,
AO815, AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814, DI830, DI831,
DI840, DI880, DI885, DO810, DO814,
DO840, DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules.
using D-sub connector.
E
F
modules. D
A
C
B
E
F
D
A
C
B
grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU812/TU812V1 is a 50 V compact
module termination unit (MTU) for the S800
I/O system with 16 signal connections. The
MTU is a passive unit used for connection of
the field wiring. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 517
The TU812/TU812V1 MTU can have up to 16 I/O signals. The maximum rated
voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 2A per channel. The MTU distributes
the ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
Technical Data
Item Value
Process connections 25 pin (male) D-Sub connector
up to 16 I/O signals
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
518 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Equipment class Class I according to IEC 61140;
(earth protected)
Rated max. continuos current per 5A
process voltage connection Up/Zp.
Connections
Table 109. TU812/TU812V1 Process Connection D-Sub Connector (X1)
Position Row A
1 UP1
2 ZP1
3 S1
4 S3
5 S5
6 S7
7 S9
3BSE020924-510 B 519
Table 109. TU812/TU812V1 Process Connection D-Sub Connector (X1)

(Continued)
Position Row A
8 S11
9 S13
10 S15
11 UP2
12 ZP2
13 EM
14 UP1
15 ZP1
16 S2
17 S4
18 S6
19 S8
20 S10
21 S12
22 S14
23 S16
24 UP2
25 ZP2
520 3BSE020924-510 B

TU812
C/4 Male
UP1 UP1 1
UP1 14
ZP1 ZP1 2
EM
ZP1 15
Ch1 S1 3
Ch2 S2 16
BLOCK
Ch3 S3 4
Ch4 S4 17
S5 5
Ch5
Ch6 S6 18

Ch7 S7 6
Ch8 S8 19
Ch9 S9 7
Ch10 S10 20
Ch11 S11 8
Ch12 S12 21
Ch13 S13 9
Ch14 S14 22
Ch15 S15 10
Ch16 S16 23
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
UP2 UP2 11
UP2 24
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
ZP2 ZP2 12
POWOK
ZP2 25
+5V
0V
EM EM 13
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 B 521
TU813 Compact MTU Appendix A Specifications
TU813 Compact MTU
Features
250 Volt applications - use with DI820,
DI821, DI825, DO820, DO821 and AI825
I/O modules.
Compact installation of I/O modules.
Up to 8 isolated channels of field signal
connections with crimped snap-in
connectors.
modules.
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of
the wrong I/O module.
Latching device to DIN rail for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU813 is a 8 channel 250 V compact
module termination unit (MTU) for the S800
I/O. The TU813 has three rows of crimp
snap-in connectors for field signals and process
power connections. The MTU is a passive unit
used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The maximum rated voltage is 250 V and
maximum rated current is 3 A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to
configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
522 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU813 Compact MTU
with a screwdriver.
The MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the I/O module in its
the I/O module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
The TU813 is primarily intended for modules with individually isolated channels.
an operational system. Such a need can be caused by a damaged terminal.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the
3 snap-in connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Crimp snap-in connectors are not included in TU813.
To provide protection from hazardous voltage, all plugs must be connected.
3BSE020924-510 B 523
Technical Data
Item Value
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Stranded: 0.2 - 0.5 mm2, 24 - 20 AWG
attached to crimped snap-in connectors 0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 20 - 18 AWG
(1)
(3) 1.5 - 2.5 mm2, 16 - 14 AWG
protected)
Insulation test voltage
Channel to EM 2300 V a.c.
Channel to Channel 1350 V a.c.
24 V modulebus to EM 500 V a.c.
524 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
(1) 3 pcs of cable plugs are supplied with TU813 (1809792 MSTBC 2.5/8/STZF-5.08)
3BSE020924-510 B 525
Connections
Table 111. TU813 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1)

1 NC NC NC
2 A1 B1 NC
3 2 NC C2
4 3 3 NC
5 4 NC 4
6 5 5 NC
7 6 NC 6
8 7 7 NC
9 A8 NC C8
10 NC NC NC
526 3BSE020924-510 B
Contact crimping tool for

installation is not supplied
(Use Phoenix 1204038 CRIMPFOX MT2.5).
3 pcs of cable plugs are Remove insulation tool is not supplied
FE FE
supplied with TU813
D A
(Use Phoenix 1204384 QUICK WIREFOX 6).
CB CB
(Phoenix 1809792 D A
MSTBC 2.5/8/STZF-5.08)
Connection is made with removable
contacts crimped to the wires
(Phoenix 1879531 MSTBC-MT 0.2-0.5 or
3190564 MSTBC-MT 0.5-1.0 or
3190551 MSTBC-MT 1.5-2.5
Figure 214. Connections to TU813
3BSE020924-510 B 527
Block Diagram TU813

TU813
ModuleBus Connector C B A
I/O module
C/4 Male
I 1.1 S1 1
I 1.2 S2 1
I 2.1 S3 2
EM
I 2.2 S4 2
I 3.1 S5 3
BLOCK
I 3.2 S6 3
I 4.1 S7 4

I 4.2 S8 4
I 5.1 S9 5
I 5.2 S10 5
I 6.1 S11 6
I 6.2 S12 6
I 7.1 S13 7
I 7.2 S14 7
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
I 8.1 S15 8
I 8.2 S16 8
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
528 3BSE020924-510 B
Features
AI815, AI820, AI830, AI835A, AI835,
AI845, AO810, AO810V2, AO815,
AO820, AO845, AO845A, DI810,
DI811, DI814, DI830, DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885, DO810, DO814,
DO815, DO840, DO880, DP820 and
DP840 I/O modules.
using one-wire connections.
E
F
process power connections with D
A
crimped snap-in connectors.
C
B
E
F
modules. D
A
C
B
grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Row C
Description Row B
The TU814/TU814V1 is a 16 channel 50 V Row A

compact module termination unit (MTU)
for the S800 I/O. The TU814/TU814V1 has
three rows of crimp snap-in connectors for Snap-on connector positions
field signals and process power
connections. The MTU is a passive unit
3BSE020924-510 B 529
used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
voltage connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
current is 2 A per channel. Two mechanical keys are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O connections, 2 process voltage connection and
5 common L- connections.
Crimp terminals are provided for connection to field wiring and insertion into the 3
snap-on connectors. Once the contacts are correctly placed in the connectors, the
cable can be easily inserted and removed without future wiring errors. This
assembly function can be performed before the cables are delivered to the site.
Cable plugs and crimp snap in connectors are not included in TU814/TU814V1.
530 3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Item Value
2 x 2 Process power
Rated maximum continuous current 2 A
per I/O channel
per process voltage connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 V current distribution: 1.5 A
Maximum 24V current distribution: 1.5 A
Acceptable wire sizes Stranded: 0.2 - 0.5 mm2, 24 - 20 AWG
attached to crimped snap-in 0.5 - 1.0 mm2, 20 - 18 AWG
connectors (3) (1) 1.5 - 2.5 mm2, 16 - 14 AWG
I/O module lock Locks module and enables operation
protected)
3BSE020924-510 B 531
Item Value
(1) 3 pcs of cable plugs are supplied with TU814/TU814V1 (1808890 MSTBC 2.5/10-ST-5.08)
532 3BSE020924-510 B
Connections
Table 113. TU814/TU814V1 Process Connection Crimp Connector (X1)

1 L1- L1+ L1+
2 A1 (L1-) B1 C1
3 2 (L1-) 2 2
4 3 (L1-) 3 3
5 4 (L1-) 4 4
6 5 (L2-) 5 5
7 6 (L2-) 6 6
8 7 (L2-) 7 7
9 A8 (L2-) B8 C8
10 L2- L2+ L2+
3BSE020924-510 B 533
Contact crimping tool for

installation is not supplied
(Use Phoenix 1204038 CRIMPFOX MT2.5).
3 pcs of cable plugs are Remove insulation tool is not supplied
FE FE
supplied with TU814
D A
(Use Phoenix 1204384 QUICK WIREFOX 6).
CB CB
(Phoenix 1808890 D A
MSTBC 2.5/10-ST-5.08)
Connection is made with removable
contacts crimped to the wires
(Phoenix 1879531 MSTBC-MT 0.2-0.5 or
3190564 MSTBC-MT 0.5-1.0 or
3190551 MSTBC-MT 1.5-2.5
Figure 216. Connections to TU814/TU814V1
534 3BSE020924-510 B

TU814
C B A
C/4 Male UP1 UP1
ZP1 ZP1
EM
I1 I1 1
I2 I2 1
ZP1 1
BLOCK
I3 I3 2
I4 I4 2
ZP12
I5 I5 3

I6 I6 3
ZP1 3
I7 I7 4
I8 I8 4
ZP1 4
I9 I9 5
I 10 I 10 5
ZP2 5
I 11 I 11
I 12 I 12 6
ZP2 6
I 13 I 13 7
I 14 I 14 7
ZP2 7
I 15 I 15 8
I 16 I 16 8
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
ZP2 8
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2 UP2
+5V
0V
ZP2 ZP2
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 B 535
TU818 Compact MTU
Features
AI815, AI835A, AI843, AI845,
AI880A, DI810, DI811, DI818, DI830,
DI831, DI840, DI880, DI885, DO818,
DP840 I/O modules.
using one-wire or two-wire (depends
on I/O module type) connections.
process power connections.
modules.
grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU818 is a 32 channel 50 V compact
module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the
ModuleBus.
The TU818 MTU can have up to 32 I/O channels and two process voltage
connections. The maximum rated voltage is 50V, maximum rated current is 2.5A
per channel and 8A per process voltage connection. The Mechanical keys are used
for the I/O module slot to configure the MTU for different types of I/O modules.
536 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
locks the MTU to the DIN rail. The latch can be released with a screwdriver. The
MTU has a mechanical locking mechanism that locks the module in its position.
This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that keeps the
module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
groups. Each group consists of 16 I/O connections. The top part of the MTU can be
removed to replace the termination board even with an operational system. Such a
need can be caused by a damaged terminal screw.
3BSE020924-510 B 537
Technical Data
Item Value
Process connections 40 pole screw terminal
Rated maximum continuous current 2.5 A
per I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous current L1+ max 8A
per process voltage connection L2+ max 8A
(L1+, L2+)
ModuleBus:
Maximum 24V current distribution: 1.5 A
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2
Stranded: 0.5 - 1.5 mm2
Equipment class Class II according to IEC 61140; (earth
protected)
538 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Connections
Table 115. Process Connector Pinning (X2)
Position
Row A Row B Row C Row D
1 L1- L1- L1+ L1+
2 A1 B1 C1 D1
3 A2 B2 C2 D2
4 A3 B3 C3 D3
5 A4 B4 C4 D4
6 A5 B5 C5 D5
7 A6 B6 C6 D6
8 A7 B7 C7 D7
9 A8 B8 C8 D8
10 L2- L2- L2+ L2+
3BSE020924-510 B 539
Figure 218. TU818 Process Connections
540 3BSE020924-510 B
TU819 Compact MTU
Features
50 Volt applications - use with DI818
and DO818 I/O modules.
using D-sub 25 connector.
modules.
grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU819 is a 50 V compact module
termination unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O
system with 32 signal connections. The
MTU is a passive unit used for connection
of the field wiring. It also contains a part of
the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 541
The TU819 MTU can have up to 32 I/O signals. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V
and maximum rated current is 2.5 A per channel. The MTU distributes the
ModuleBus to the I/O module and to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O module by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal connector is a D-Sub 25 pin (male).
Technical Data
Item Value
Process connections Two D-sub connectors 25 pin (male)
up to 32 I/O signals
Rated maximum continuous current per 2.5 A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
542 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Equipment class Class II according to IEC 61140;
(earth protected)
Rated max. continuos current per L1+ max 8A
process voltage connection Up/Zp. L2+ max 8A
3BSE020924-510 B 543
Connections
Table 117. Process Connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)
X1A X1B
Pin. MTU Signal Pin. MTU Signal
1 UP1 1 UP2
14 UP1 14 UP2
2 ZP1 2 ZP2
15 ZP1 15 ZP2
3 S1 3 S17
16 S2 16 S18
4 S3 4 S19
17 S4 17 S20
5 S5 5 S21
18 S6 18 S22
6 S7 6 S23
19 S8 19 S24
7 S9 7 S25
20 S10 20 S26
8 S11 8 S27
21 S12 21 S28
9 S13 9 S29
22 S14 22 S30
10 S15 10 S31
23 S16 23 S32
11 UP1 11 UP2
544 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 117. Process Connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)
X1A X1B
24 UP1 24 UP2
12 ZP1 12 ZP2
25 ZP1 25 ZP2
13 EM 13 EM
3BSE020924-510 B 545
Figure 219. TU819 Block diagram and connection to Modulebus
546 3BSE020924-510 B
3BSE020924-510 B 547
TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU Appendix A Specifications
TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU
Features
Row A
Row B
Row C
50 Volt applications - use
with AI810, AI815, AI820,
AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI843, AI845,
L1+ L1+ B1 2
L1- L1- A1
AO810, AO810V2, AO815,
AO820, AO845, AO845A,
C1
DI810, DI811, DI814,
2
2
DI830, DI831, DI840,
3
3
3
DI880, DI885, DO810,
4
4
4
DO814, DO815, DO840,
5
5
5
DO880, DP820 and DP840
6
6
6
I/O modules.
7
7
7
Complete installation of I/O 8
8
8
9
9
9 10
modules using 3-wire
10 11 12
10 11 12 13 14 15 A16 L2- L2-
E
connections, fuses and field
F
11 12 13 14 15 C16
D
power distribution. A
C
B
13 14 15 B16 L2+ L2+
Up to 16 channels of field
E
F
signals and process power D
A
connections.
C
B
Connections to ModuleBus
19 20
and I/O modules.

Mechanical keying prevents
insertion of the wrong I/O
module. Fuse Holder
Latching device to DIN rail

for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
548 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU
Description
The TU830/TU830V1 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit
(MTU) for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field
wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
voltage connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection.
The process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each
group has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated
current is 2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet
the applications needs, see Table 118.
Table 118. Recommended fuse for TU830
Total current consumption

(1) at 24V process power Recommended fuse(2)
Module Type Configuration
supply (both groups UP1 per group (L1 and L2)
and UP2)
DO810 NA Depends on load Total load one group
(8 ch) + 2A
(8 ch) + 2A
(4 ch) + 2A
DO818 NA Depends on load
(8 ch) + 2A
(8 ch) + 2A
DI810 2-wire connection 144 mA (9mA per ch @ 30V) 125mA
3BSE020924-510 B 549
Table 118. Recommended fuse for TU830 (Continued)

at 24V process power Recommended fuse(2)
Module Type Configuration(1)
and UP2)
DI818 2-wire connection
DI831 2-wire connection 100 mA (6.25mA per ch @ 80mA
30V)
DI840 2-wire connection 159 mA (internal + 9mA per 250mA (L1)
ch @ 30V)
DI880 2-wire connection 175 mA (internal 10mA per 315mA (L1)
ch @ 30V)
DI885 2-wire connection 32 mA (4mA per ch @ 30V) 63mA (L1 for 24 V, L2
for 48 V)
AO810/AO810V2 NA 245 mA 400mA (L1 or L2)
AO815 NA 218 mA 400mA (L1)
AO820 NA (3) NA
AO845/AO845A NA 218 mA 400mA (L1)
AI810 2-wire connection 184 mA (23mA per ch) 160mA
AI815 2-wire connection 265 mA (internal + 23mA per 200mA
ch)
AI820 2-wire connection 92 mA (23mA per ch) 80mA
(3)
AI830/AI830A 2-wire connection NA
(3)
AI835/AI835A 2-wire connection NA
AI843 2-wire connection (3) NA
AI845 2-wire connection 265 mA (internal + 23mA per 200mA
ch)
550 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 118. Recommended fuse for TU830 (Continued)

at 24V process power Recommended fuse(2)
Module Type Configuration(1)
and UP2)
DP820 NA Depends on load Depends on load
DP840 2-wire connection, 122 mA (internal + 8.2mA 200 mA (L1)
NAMUR per ch @ 8.2V)
DP840 2-wire connection, 124 mA (internal + 4.3mA 200mA (L1)
12 V per ch @ 12V)
DP840 2-wire connection, 145 mA (internal + 4mA per 250mA (L1)
24 V ch @ 24V)
(1) If 3-wire field devices are connected, the internal current consumption must be considered.
(2) Use fuse 5 x 20 mm, Time-Lag.
(3) Unit does not use process power supply.
with a screwdriver.
position. This mechanism also gives the signal BLOCK to the I/O module that
keeps the module in its init state until it is locked in its position.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
3BSE020924-510 B 551
Technical Data
Table 119. TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU Specifications
Item Value
up to 16 I/O channels (2 terminals per
channel)
4 Process power 6.3 A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Fuse (2) 6.3 A (slow glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
Width 126 mm (5) including connector,
120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge installed
552 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 119. TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections

1 L1- L1+ NC
2 L1- L1+ NC
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
3BSE020924-510 B 553
Table 120. TU830/TU830V1 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1) (Continued)

16 14 14 14
17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+ NC
20 L2- L2+ NC
554 3BSE020924-510 B

TU830 C B A
UP1 6.3A UP1
C/4 Male
UP1
ZP1 ZP1
ZP1
I1 I1 1
EM
U1 U1 1
ZP11
I2 I 22
BLOCK
U2 U2 2
ZP12
I3 I3 3
U3 U3 3
ZP13
I4 I4 4

U4 U4 4
ZP14
I5 I5 5
U5 U5 5
ZP15
I6 I6 6
U6 U6 6
ZP16
I7 I7 7
U7 U7 7
ZP17
I8 I8 8
U8 U8 8
ZP18
I9 I9 9
U9 U9 9
ZP29
. .
.
2
2
3
/ 3
.
/
.
7
/
/
/
.
I16 I16 16
U16 U1616
+24V, 0V24
ZP216
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2
6.3A
+5V
UP2 UP2
0V
ZP2
ZP2 ZP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female EM
3BSE020924-510 B 555
Features
Row A
Row B
with DI820, DI821, DO820,
and DO821 I/O modules.
Greater connection area for
larger wires.
Up to 8 isolated channels of
field signals.
B1 2
A1 2
and I/O modules.
3
Mechanical keying prevents 3
4
4
5
5
module.
6
6
E
F
7
D
A
7
for grounding.
C
B8
B
A8
DIN rail mounting.
E
F
D
A
C
B
Description
The TU831/TU831V1 is a 8
channel 250 V extended module
termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive
unit used for connection of the
field wiring to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
The TU831/TU831V1 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels. The maximum rated
voltage is 250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
556 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
Technical Data
Item Value
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 6mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
3BSE020924-510 B 557
Item Value
protected)
Width 126 mm (5) including connector, 120.5
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Position Row A Row B

1 A1 B1
2 2 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 5 5
6 6 6
558 3BSE020924-510 B

7 7 7
8 A8 B8
3BSE020924-510 B 559

TU831
B A
C/4 Male
O 1.1 S1 1
O 1.2 S2 1
O 2.1 S3 2
EM
O 2.2 S4 2
O 3.1 S5 3
BLOCK
ModuleBus Connector Metral Female O 3.2 S6 3
O 4.1 S7 4

O 4.2 S8 4
O 5.1 S9 5
O 5.2 S10 5
O 6.1 S11 6
O 6.2 S12 6
O 7.1 S13 7
O 7.2 S14 7
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
O 8.1 S15 8
O 8.2 S16 8
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
EM
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
560 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU833 Extended MTU
TU833 Extended MTU
Features
with AI810, AI815, AI820,
AI830, AI830A, AI835,
AI835A, AI843, AI845,
AO810, AO810V2, AO815,
AO820, AO845, AO845A,
DI810, DI811, DI814,
DI830, DI831, DI840,
DI880, DI885, DO810,
DO814, DO815, DO840,
DO880, DP820 and DP840
I/O modules.
Complete installation of I/O
connections, fuses and field
power distribution.
Up to 16 channels of field signals and process power connections.
Connections to ModuleBus and I/O modules.
Mechanical keying prevents insertion of the wrong I/O module.
DIN rail mounting.
Spring-case terminal.
Description
The TU833 is a 16 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU) for the
S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the
I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 561
TU833 Extended MTU Appendix A Specifications
The TU833 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and two process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. The
process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups. Each group
has a 6.3 A fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is
2 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse rating be chosen to meet the
applications needs, see S800 I/O Getting Started chapter Power and Cooling.
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals are divided into two equal and individually isolated
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, process voltage connection and a
6.3 A fuse (as delivered). Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP
connection. For input modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
The process connection terminals are of spring-case type. Only one wire per
terminal is recommended.
562 3BSE020924-510 B
Technical Data
Table 123. TU833 Extended MTU Specifications
Item Value
channel)
4 Process power 6.3 A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Fuse (2) 6.3 A (slow glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 -12 AWG
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Only one wire per terminal
protected)
3BSE020924-510 B 563
Table 123. TU833 Extended MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Height 105 mm (4.1)
Connections

1 L1- L1+ NC
2 L1- L1+ NC
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
564 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 124. TU833 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X1) (Continued)

16 14 14 14
17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+ NC
20 L2- L2+ NC
3BSE020924-510 B 565
Block Diagram TU833

TU833 C B A
UP1 6.3A UP1
C/4 Male
UP1
ZP1 ZP1
ZP1
I1 I1 1
EM
U1 U1 1
ZP11
I2 I 22
BLOCK
U2 U2 2
ZP12
I3 I3 3
U3 U3 3
ZP13
I4 I4 4
U4 U4 4
ZP14
I5 I5 5
U5 U5 5
ZP15
I6 I6 6
U6 U6 6
ZP16
I7 I7 7
U7 U7 7
ZP17
I8 I8 8
U8 U8 8
ZP18
I9 I9 9
U9 U9 9
ZP29
. .
.
2
2
3
/ 3
.
/
.
7
/
/
/
.
I16 I16 16
U16 U1616
+24V, 0V24
ZP216
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2
6.3A
+5V
UP2 UP2
0V
ZP2
ZP2 ZP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female EM
566 3BSE020924-510 B
TU834 Extended MTU
Features
with AI880 and AI880A
modules.
connections and field power
distribution.
signals and process power
connections.
module.
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Include 8 individual shunt sticks.
Description
The TU834 is a 8 channel module termination unit (MTU) for single S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a vertical or horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a
passive unit used for connection of the field wiring to the I/O modules. It also
The TU834 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and 2+2 process voltage
connections. Each channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. Input
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The maximum rated
3BSE020924-510 B 567
The MTU distributes the ModuleBus to the next MTU. It also generates the correct
address to the I/O modules by shifting the outgoing position signals to the next
MTU.
with a screwdriver.
Technical Data
Item Value
channel)
4 Process power
20 Process power (0 V)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
568 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
Mechanical keys (2+2) 36 different combinations
protected)
Width 126 mm (5.0) including connector,
Height 110 mm (4.3) including locking device
Connections

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1
4 2 2
5 3 3
3BSE020924-510 B 569

6 4 4
7 5 5
8 6 6
9 7 7
10 8 8
11 9 9
12 10 10
13 11 11
14 12 12
15 13 13
16 14 14
17 15 15
18 A16 B16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
570 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU834
TU834 Shunt stick B A

ModuleBus
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
ZP L1-
U1 1 L1-
1
S1 2
2
U2 3
3
S2 4
4
BLOCK
U3 5
5
ModuleBus Connector
S3 6
6
U4 7
7
I/O Module
S4 8
8
U5 9
9
S5 10
10
U6 11
11
S6 12
12
U7 13
13
S7 14
14
U8 15
15
S8 16
UP2 L2+ 16
L2+ L2-
EM L2-
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 B 571
Features
Row A
Row B
with the AI810, AI815 and
AI845 modules.
connections. X11
L1+L1+
Each channel has one
L1-L1-
fused transducer power
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 5152 61 62 71 72 8182
terminal and one signal
connection.
Process voltage can be
connected to 2 individually
isolated groups.
E
F
Connections to
D
A
C
ModuleBus and I/O X12
B
modules.
E
F
L2+L2+
D
A
L2- L2-
Mechanical keying
C
B
prevents insertion of the
wrong I/O module. X13
Latching device to DIN

rail for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU835/TU835V1 is a 8 channel 50 V extended module termination unit (MTU)
for the S800 I/O. The MTU is a passive unit used for connection of the field wiring
to the I/O modules. It also contains a part of the ModuleBus.
572 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
has two connections: one fused transducer power terminal and one signal
connection. Process voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups.
3BSE020924-510 B 573
Technical Data
Item Value
4 Process power
4 Process power (0V)
Rated maximum continuous current per 2A
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Maximum 5 current distribution 1.5 A
Fuse (8) 100 mA (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
(earth protected)
Height 110 mm (4.3)
574 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
process voltage connection Up/Zp.
Connections
Table 128. TU835/TU835V1 Process Power Source Connections (X11, X13)

X11 - 1 L1- L1+
X11 - 2 L1- L1+
X13 - 1 L2- L2+
X13 - 2 L2- L2+
Position Row A
1 11 (F1, L1+ power)
2 12 (signal)
3 21 (F2, L1+ power)
4 22 (signal)
5 31 (F3, L1+ power)
6 32 (signal)
7 41 (F4, L1+ power)
8 42 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 B 575
Position Row A
9 51 (F5, L2+ power)
10 52 (signal)
11 61 (F6, L2+ power)
12 62 (signal)
13 71 (F7, L2+ power)
14 72 (signal)
15 81 (F8, L2+ power)
16 82 (signal)
576 3BSE020924-510 B

TU835
ModuleBus Connector I/O module X11
C/4 Male B A
UP1 L1+ 1
L1+ 2
ZP1 L1- 1
L1- 2
EM
X12
A
F1 U1 11 1
S1 12 2
BLOCK
F2 U2 21 3
S2 22 4
F3 U3 31 5

S3 32 6
F4 U4 41 7
S4 42 8
F5 U5 51 9
S5 52 10
F6 U6 61 11
S6 62 12
F7 U7 71 13
S7 72 14
F8 U8 81 15
S8 82 16
X13
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
B A
/
/
/
UP2 L2+ 1
L2+ 2
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
ZP2 L2- 1
POWOK
L2- 2
+5V
0V
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 B 577
Features
Row A
Row B
with the DO820, and
DO821 modules.
Two groups with 4 channels
of field signals and process X11
power connections.
L1 L1
N1 N1
Each channel has one fused
load power terminal and
11 12 21 22 31 32 41 42 51 52 61 62 71 72 81 82
one signal return
connection.
isolated groups.
E
F
Connections to ModuleBus D
A
and I/O modules.
C
X12
B
E
F
D
L2 L2
insertion of the wrong I/O A

N2 N2
C
B
module.
X13
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
578 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each groups consists of 4 I/O connections and process voltage connection.
Each channel has two connections: one fused load outlet terminal and one signal
return connection.
3BSE020924-510 B 579
Technical Data
Item Value
4 Process power
4 Process power (0V)
process voltage connection (L1, L2, N1, N2)
Rated maximum continuous current per I/O 3A
channel
ModuleBus:
Fuse (8) 3.15 A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
580 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Table 131. TU836/TU836V1 Process Power Source Connections (X11, X13)

X11 - 1 N1 L1
X11 - 2 N1 L1
X13 - 1 N2 L2
X13 - 2 N2 L2
Position Row A
1 11 (F1, L1 power)
2 12 (signal return)
3 21 (F2, L1 power)
5 31 (F3, L1 power)
7 41 (F4, L1 power)
3BSE020924-510 B 581
Table 132. TU836/TU836V1 Process Connection Screw Terminals (X12) (Continued)
Position Row A
9 51 (F5, L2 power)
11 61 (F6, L2 power)
13 71 (F7, L2 power)
15 81 (F8, L2 power)
582 3BSE020924-510 B
TU836 X11
ModuleBus Connector I/O module B A
C/4 Male
UP1 L1 1
L1 2
ZP1 N1 1
N1 2
EM
X12
A
S1 F1 S11 11 1
12 2
BLOCK
S2 F2 S21 21 3
22 4
S3 F3 S31 31 5

32 6
S4 F4 S41 41 7
42 8
S5 F5 S51 51 9
52 10
S6 F6 S61 61 11
62 12
S7 F7 S71 71 13
72 14
S8 F8 S81 81 15
82 16
2
2
3
/ 3
/
7
/
/
/
X13
B A
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
UP2 L2 1
L2 2
+5V
0V
ZP2 N2 1
N2 2
ModuleBus Connector
EM
R/4 Female
3BSE020924-510 B 583
Features
Row A
Row B
Fuse
250 Volt applications - use Holders
with the DO820, and
DO821 modules. X11
Up to 8 individually
N1 11 12
isolated channels of field
N1 13 14
B1
connections.
A1
Each channel has two
2
terminals and one is fused.
3
Allows a mix of isolated
3
and grouped channels.
4
4
Process voltage return can 5
be connected to two
E
F
5
individually isolated D
A
6
X12
groups.
C
B
6
E
F
7
D
and I/O modules. A
B8
C
B
A8

25 26 N2
27 28 N2

module. X13
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
584 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
has two connections, one is fused. There are 2 individually isolated groups for
signal return connections.
3BSE020924-510 B 585
Technical Data
Item Value
2 x 6 power common terminals
signal return connection (N1, N2)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Fuse (8) 3.15 A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Acceptable wire sizes
Signal connection Solid: 0.2 - 6 mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
Solid: 0.2 - 4 mm
Return connection
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
586 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Table 134. TU837/TU837V1 Process Power Connection X11
Row A Row B
Terminal
Signal Marking Signal Marking
1 ZP1 N1 ZP1 N1
2 ZP1 13 ZP1 11
3 ZP1 14 ZP1 12
Table 135. TU837/TU837V1 Process Power Connection X13
Row A Row B
Terminal
1 ZP2 27 ZP2 25
2 ZP2 28 ZP2 26
3 ZP2 N2 ZP2 N2
3BSE020924-510 B 587
Table 136. TU837/TU837V1 Process Connection Terminals X12
Row A Row B
Terminal
1 S21 (F1) A1 S1 B1
2 S41 (F2) 2 S3 2
3 S61 (F3) 3 S5 3
4 S81 (F4) 4 S7 4
5 S101 (F5) 5 S9 5
6 S121 (F6) 6 S11 6
7 S141 (F7) 7 S13 7
8 S161 (F8) A8 S15 B8
588 3BSE020924-510 B
X11
B A
TU837 ZP1 N1 1
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male I/O module
X12 N1 1
B A
S1 B1 1
S2 F1 S21 A1 1
11 2
EM S3 2 2
S4 F2 S41 2 2
12 3
BLOCK
S5 3 3
S6 F3 S61 3 3
Module Process Connector 13 2

S7 4 4
S8 F4 S81 4 4
14 3
S9 5 5
S10 F5 S101 5 5
25 1
S11 6 6
S12 F6 S121 6 6
26 2
S13 7 7
S14 F7 S141 7 7
2
2
3
3
7
/
/
/
/
/
27 1
S15 B8 8
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
S16 F8 S161 A8 8
POWOK
28 2
+5V
0V
EM N2 3
ZP2
ModuleBus Connector R/4 Female
N2 3
B A
X13
3BSE020924-510 B 589
TU838 Extended MTU
Features
Module
50 Volt applications - use connector
Row A
Row B
Fuse
with the AI810, AI815, Holders
AI845, DI810, DI811,
DI814, DI830, DI831,
DI840 and DO814 modules.
L1
+
L1
-
L1
+
modules using
L1
-
1
B
1
A
3-wire connections, fuses
2
2
and field power distribution.
3
3
4
4
5
5
signals and 8 process power
6
6
connections.
7
7
Two channels share one

8
9
9
fused transducer power

10
10
terminal.
E
11
F
11
D
A
12

12
C
13
B
13
14
E
14
F
isolated groups, if the I/O
15
D
A
15
module supports it.

16
B
C
16
A
B
L2
+
L2
-
L2
+
L2
-
and I/O modules.

module. Screw terminals

DIN rail mounting.
590 3BSE020924-510 B
Description
The TU838 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels. The maximum rated voltage is
50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, four fused transducer power outlets,
four return connections and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be
connected to two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports
that.
3BSE020924-510 B 591
Technical Data
Item Value
8 fused sensor power outlets
4 Process power
process voltage connection
ModuleBus:
channel
Fuse (8) Only on delivery:100 mA (fast glass
tube, 5x20 mm)
Otherwise: Max. 3,5 A
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
592 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Row A Row B
L1- (L1- power) L1+ (L1+ power)
A1 (F1, L1+) B1 (signal)
A2 (L1-) B2 (signal)
A11 (F6, L2+) B11 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 B 593
Row A Row B
A13 (F7, L2+) B13 (signal)
A15 (F8, L2+) B15 (signal)
594 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU838

TU838
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male I/O module

B A
UP1 L1+ 1
ZP1 L1- 1
L1+ 2
L1- 2
S1 B1 3
EM
F1 U1 A1 3
S2 B2 4
A2 4
S3 B3 5
F2 U2 A3 5
S4 B4 6
A4 6
BLOCK
S5 B5 7
F3 U3 A5 7
S6 B6 8
A6 8
S7 B7 9
F4 U4 A7 9
S8 B8 10
A8 10
S9 B9 11
F5 U5 A9 11
S10 B1012
A10 12
S11 B1113
F6 U6 A11 13
S12 B1214
A12 14
S13 B1315
F7 U7 A13 15
S14 B1416
A14 16
S15 B1517
F8 U8 A15 17
2
2
3
/ 3
S16 B1618
/
7
A16 18
/
/
/
UP2 L2+ 19
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
ZP2 L2- 19
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
L2+ 20
L2- 20
+5V
0V
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male EM
3BSE020924-510 B 595
TU839 Extended MTU
Features
250 Volt applications- use
Row A
Row B
Row C
with DI820, DI821and
DI825 I/O modules.
8 individually isolated I/O
channels.
L1 L1
Two individually isolated,
fused groups for sensor
B1
C1
A1
power distribution.
2
2
and I/O modules.
3
3
Mechanical keying prevents 4

4
module. 4
5
5
E
F
6
for grounding. D
6
C
DIN rail mounting.
B
7
7
E
F
D
A
B8
Description
C8
A8
C
B
The TU839 is a 8 channel 250 V
L2 L2
19 20
extended module termination

unit (MTU) for the S800 I/O.
The MTU is a passive unit used
for connection of the field wiring
Fuse Holder
to the I/O modules. It also
The TU839 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and two groups of connections for
sensor power distribution. Each channel has two I/O connections. The process
voltage can be connected to two individually isolated groups for sensor power
distribution. Each group has a 200 mA fuse. The maximum rated voltage is 250 V
596 3BSE020924-510 B
and maximum rated current is 1 A per channel. It is recommended that the fuse
rating be chosen to meet the applications needs.
with a screwdriver.
3BSE020924-510 B 597
Technical Data
Item Value
2x6 Process Power terminals 0.2 A
Rated maximum continuous current 1A
per I/O channel
per process voltage connection (L)
ModuleBus:
Fuse (2) 200 mA (slow glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Acceptable wire sizes Stranded: 24-14 AWG
0.2-2,5 mm2 (solid and stranded)
Recommended torque 0.5 Nm.
Mechanical keys (2) 36 different combinations.
(earth protected)
Dielectric test voltage 2300 V a.c. channel to ground
1350 V a.c. channel to channel
120.5 mm (4.74) edge to edge
installed.
598 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Table 140. TU839 Process connection screw terminals (X1)
Row A Row B Row C

Position(1) Signal Marking Signal Marking Signal Marking
1 NC UP1 L1
2 NC UP1 L1
3 S2 A1 U1 B1 S1 C1
4 NC NC NC
5 S4 2 U1 2 S3 2
6 NC NC NC
7 S6 3 U1 3 S5 3
8 NC NC NC
9 S8 4 U1 4 S7 4
10 NC NC NC
11 S10 5 U2 5 S9 5
12 NC NC NC
13 S12 6 U2 6 S11 6
14 NC NC NC
3BSE020924-510 B 599
Table 140. TU839 Process connection screw terminals (X1) (Continued)
Row A Row B Row C

Position(1) Signal Marking Signal Marking Signal Marking
15 S14 7 U2 7 S13 7
16 NC NC NC
17 S16 A8 U2 B8 S15 C8
18 NC NC NC
19 NC UP2 L2
20 NC UP2 L2
600 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU839

C B A
TU839 F1 UP1 L1 1
L1 2
C/4 Male
U1
B1 3
S1 C1 1
S2 A1 3
EM 2 5
S3 2 3
S4 2 5
3 7
S5 3 5
BLOCK
S6 3 7
4 9
S7 4 7
S8 4 9
5 11
S9 5 9
S10 5 11
6 13
S11 6 11
S12 6 13
7 15
S13 7 13
S14 7 15
B8 17
2
2
3
/ 3
S15 C8 15
/
7
/
/
/
S16 A8 17
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
EM
POWOK
U2 L2 19
F2
+5V
L2 20
0V
UP2
ModuleBus Connector
R/4 Female
Figure 228. Block Diagram of TU839
3BSE020924-510 B 601
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Appendix A Specifications
TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU
Features
with AI843, AO845,
AO845A, DI840, DI880,
DO840, DO880 and DP840
I/O modules.
distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
module.
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
The TU842 is a 16 channel module termination unit (MTU) for redundant S800 I/O
modules and for mounting on a horizontal DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
602 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses to each I/O module and to the next
MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
outgoing position signals to the next MTU.
Four mechanical keys, two for each I/O module, are used to configure the MTU for
different types of I/O modules. This is only a mechanical configuration and it does
not affect the functionality of the MTU or the I/O module. Each key has six
positions, which gives a total number of 36 different configurations.
The configuration can be changed with a screwdriver.
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
Technical Data
Table 141. TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications
Item Value
channel)
4 Process power
I/O channel
3BSE020924-510 B 603
Table 141. TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
124 mm (4.88) edge to edge installed
Height 186.5 mm (7.34) including locking
device
604 3BSE020924-510 B
Connections

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
16 14 14 14
17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
3BSE020924-510 B 605
Block Diagram TU842
TU842 C B A
ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
A B
ZP L1-
L1-
S1 1
U1 1
1
S2 2
U2 2
2
S3 3
U3 3
3
S4 4
BLOCK
U4 4
4
S5 5
U5 5
5
S6 6
ModuleBus Process Connector
U6
ModuleBus Connector
6
6
S7 7
I/O Module A
U7 7
7
S8 8
U8 8
8
S9 9
U9 9
9
S10 10
U10 10
10
S11 11
U11 11
11
S12 12
U12 12
12
S13 13
U13 13
13
S14 14
U14 14
14
S15 15
U15 15
15
S16 16
U16 16
16
UP2 L2+
EM L2+
L2-
L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
S1
U1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
S16
U16
UP2
A B
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
Figure 229. Block Diagram TU842
606 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU
Features
with AI843, AO845,
AO845A, DI840, DI880,
DO840, DO880 and DP840
I/O modules.
distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
module.
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 607
TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Appendix A Specifications
maximum rated voltage is 50 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each the I/O module and to the
next MTU. It also generates the correct address to the I/O modules by shifting the
Four mechanical keys, two for each module, are used to configure the MTU for
Each I/O channel has two I/O connections and one ZP connection. For input
modules, field power is provided by the B-row.
Technical Data
Table 143. TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications
Item Value
channel)
4 Process power
I/O channel
608 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 143. TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
device
3BSE020924-510 B 609
Connections

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1 C1
4 2 2 2
5 3 3 3
6 4 4 4
7 5 5 5
8 6 6 6
9 7 7 7
10 8 8 8
11 9 9 9
12 10 10 10
13 11 11 11
14 12 12 12
15 13 13 13
16 14 14 14
17 15 15 15
18 A16 B16 C16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
610 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU843
TU843 C B A
ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
A B
ZP L1-
L1-
S1 1
U1 1
1
S2 2
U2 2
2
S3 3
U3 3
3
S4 4
BLOCK
U4 4
4
S5 5
U5 5
5
ModuleBus Process Connector S6 6
U6
ModuleBus Connector
6
6
S7 7
I/O Module A
U7 7
7
S8 8
U8 8
8
S9 9
U9 9
9
S10 10
U10 10
10
S11 11
U11 11
11
S12 12
U12 12
12
S13 13
U13 13
13
S14 14
U14 14
14
S15 15
U15 15
15
S16 16
U16 16
16
UP2 L2+
EM L2+
L2-
L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
S1
U1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
S16
U16
UP2
A B
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 B 611
Features
with AI845, AI880, AI880A
and DP840 modules.
distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
module.
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
ModuleBus.
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
612 3BSE020924-510 B
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses, one to each I/O module and to the next
Technical Data
Item Value
channel)
4 Process power
I/O channel
3BSE020924-510 B 613
Item Value
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
device
614 3BSE020924-510 B
Connections

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 4
7 5 5
8 6 6
9 7 7
10 8 8
11 9 9
12 10 10
13 11 11
14 12 12
15 13 13
16 14 14
17 15 15
18 A16 B16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
3BSE020924-510 B 615
Block Diagram TU844

ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
A B
ZP L1-
U1 1 L1-
1
S1 2
2
U2 3
3
S2 4
4

BLOCK
U3 5
5
ModuleBus Connector
S3 6
6
U4 7
I/O Module A
7
S4 8
8
U5 9
9
S5 10
10
U6 11
11
S6 12
12
U7 13
13
S7 14
14
U8 15
15
S8 16
UP2 L2+ 16
L2+ L2-
EM L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
U8
S8
A B UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
616 3BSE020924-510 B
TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU
Features
with AI845, AI880, AI880A
and DP840 modules.
distribution.
connections.
Connections to two
ModuleBuses and I/O
modules.
module.
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Include 8 individual shunt
sticks.
Description
modules and for mounting on a vertical DIN rail. The MTU is a passive unit used
ModuleBus.
3BSE020924-510 B 617
signals are connected via individual shunt sticks, TY801. The shunt stick is used to
choose between voltage and current input. The maximum rated voltage is 50 V and
maximum rated current is 2 A per channel.
Technical Data
Table 147. TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications
Item Value
channel)
4 Process power
I/O channel
618 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 147. TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
ModuleBus:
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
device
3BSE020924-510 B 619
Connections

1 L1- L1+
2 L1- L1+
3 A1 B1
4 2 2
5 3 3
6 4 4
7 5 5
8 6 6
9 7 7
10 8 8
11 9 9
12 10 10
13 11 11
14 12 12
15 13 13
16 14 14
17 15 15
18 A16 B16
19 L2- L2+
20 L2- L2+
620 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU845

ModuleBus MSL
Connector UP1 L1+
L1+
A B
ZP L1-
U1 1 L1-
1
S1 2
2
U2 3
3
S2 4
4

BLOCK
U3 5
5
ModuleBus Connector
S3 6
6
U4 7
I/O Module A
7
S4 8
8
U5 9
9
S5 10
10
U6 11
11
S6 12
12
U7 13
13
S7 14
14
U8 15
15
S8 16
UP2 L2+ 16
L2+ L2-
EM L2-
MSL
UP1
BLOCK
ZP
U1
S1
I/O Module B
- - - - - -
U8
S8
A B UP2
EM
ModuleBus
Connector
3BSE020924-510 B 621
TU850 Extended MTU
Features
Screw Module
50 Volt applications - use with terminals Fuse Holders connector
the AI810, DI810,
DI811,DI830, DI831, modules.
Complete 2-wire connections
for up to 16 channels.
Each channel has one current
limited sensor/transmitter
power outlet terminal and one
signal terminal.
Current limitation in
sensor/transmitter supply is
implemented with
E
F
disconnectable PTC fuse. D
A
C
B
E
F
connected to 2 individually D
A
isolated groups, if the I/O
C
B
module supports it.
Connections to ModuleBus and
I/O modules.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
622 3BSE020924-510 B
50 V and maximum rated current is 15mA per I/O channel (digital input) or 25mA
per two I/O channels (analog input).
with a screwdriver.
groups. Each group consists of 8 I/O channels, 8 current limited sensor/transmitter
power outlets, and process voltage connection. Process voltage can be connected to
two individually isolated groups, only valid if the I/O module supports that. Current
limitation in sensor supply is implemented with disconnectable PTC fuses.
3BSE020924-510 B 623
Technical Data
Item Value
16 current limited sensor/transmitter
power outlets
D-sub connectors 25 pin (male)
process voltage connection
ModuleBus:
Rated max. continuos current per 15 mA per I/O channel (digital input) or
channel 25 mA per two I/O channels (analog
input)
Fuse (2) 2A (fast glass tube, 5x20 mm)
Stranded: 0.2 - 2.5 mm2, 24 - 12 AWG
protected)
624 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
Connections
Row A Row B
A1 (U1) B1 (signal)
A2 (U2) B2 (signal)
A3 (U3) B3 (signal)
A4 (U4 B4 (signal)
A5 (U5) B5 (signal)
A6 (U6) B6 (signal)
A7 (U7) B7 (signal)
A8 (U8 B8 (signal)
A9 (U9) B9 (signal)
A10 (U10) B10 (signal)
3BSE020924-510 B 625
Row A Row B
626 3BSE020924-510 B
Block Diagram TU850

TU850
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male I/O module B A

2A
UP1 UP1
UP1
ZP1 ZP1
ZP1
PTC
U1 1
EM
I1 I1 1
PTC
U2 2
I2 I2 2
PTC U3 3
BLOCK
I3 I3 3
PTC
U4 4
I4 I4 4
PTC
U5 5
I5 I5 5
PTC U6 6
I6 I6 6
PTC U7 7
I7 I7 7
PTC U8 8
I8 I8 8
PTC U9 9
I9 I9 9
. .
. . .
. . .
. . .
. PTC U16 16
I 16 I16 16
2
2
3
/ 3
UP2
/
2A
7
/
/
/
UP2 UP2
ZP2
ZP2 ZP2
+24V, 0V24
DAT, DAT-N
POS 0 - 6
POWOK
+5V
0V
ModuleBus Connector C/4 Male EM
3BSE020924-510 B 627
TU851 Extended MTU
Features
with DI820, DI821, DI825,
DI828, DO820, DO821, and
DO828 I/O modules.
Up to 16 isolated channels
of field signals.
and I/O modules.
module.
for grounding.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
250 V and maximum rated current is 3 A per channel.
628 3BSE020924-510 B
with a screwdriver.
The process signal terminals has 16 individually isolated I/O channels. Each
channel has two connections.
Technical Data
Item Value
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
Acceptable wire sizes Solid: 0.2 - 4mm2
Stranded: 0.2 - 4 mm2, 24 - 10 AWG
protected)
3BSE020924-510 B 629
Item Value
Height 110 mm (4.3)
630 3BSE020924-510 B
Connections
Table 152. TU851 Process Connection 32 Pole Screw-Terminals (X1)

1 A1 B1
2 B2 A2
3 B3 A3
4 B4 A4
5 B5 A5
6 B6 A6
7 B7 A7
8 B8 A8
9 B9 A9
10 B10 A10
11 B11 A11
12 B12 A12
13 B13 A13
14 B14 A14
15 B15 A15
16 B16 A16
3BSE020924-510 B 631
Figure 230. TU851 Process Connection
632 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TU852 Redundant Horizontal Dual MTU
TU852 Redundant Horizontal Dual MTU
Features
50 Volt applications -
use with AI843,
AO845A, DI840,
DI880, DO840,
DO880 and DP840
I/O modules.
Horizontal
installation of I/O
modules using D-sub
connectors.
Up to 16 channels of
field signals and process power connections.
Connections to two ModuleBuses and I/O modules.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
ModuleBus.
The TU842 MTU can have up to 16 I/O channels and process voltage connections.
Each channel has two uncommitted I/O connections. Normally S1-16 (signals) on
X1A and U1-16 (power out) on X1B. Each DB25 include terminals for ZP, UP and
EM.
3BSE020924-510 B 633
TU852 Redundant Horizontal Dual MTU Appendix A Specifications
The MTU distributes the two ModuleBuses to each I/O module and to the next
Technical Data
Item Value
channel), Two D-sub connectors 25 pin (male)
Rated maximum continuous 3A
current per I/O channel
Rated maximum continuous 10 A
current per process voltage
connection (L+)
ModuleBus:
634 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
protected)
Width 131 mm (5.16) including connector, 124 mm
(4.88) edge to edge installed
Height 186.5 mm (7.34) including locking device
3BSE020924-510 B 635
Connection
Table 154. Process connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)
X1A X1B***
1 UP1 1 UP1
14 UP1 14 UP1*
2 ZP 2 ZP
15 ZP 15 ZP
3 S1 3 U1
16 S2 16 U2
4 S3 4 U3
17 S4 17 U4
5 S5 5 U5
18 S6 18 U6
6 S7 6 U7
19 S8 19 U8
7 S9 7 U9
20 S10 20 U10
8 S11 8 U11
21 S12 21 U12
9 S13 9 U13
22 S14 22 U14
10 S15 10 U15
23 S16 23 U16
11 UP2 11 UP2
636 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 154. Process connection D-sub 25 (X1A and X1B)
X1A X1B***
24 UP2 24 UP2**
12 ZP 12 ZP
25 ZP 25 ZP
13 EM 13 EM
* [S+] Function in AI843 module

** [I_cjc 0,24mA] Function in AI843 module
*** Not used on: AO845A, DO840 and DO880
3BSE020924-510 B 637
Process Connections
Figure 231. TU852 - Block Diagram
638 3BSE020924-510 B
Features
50 Volt
applications - use
with AI845,
AI880A and
DP840 modules.
Horizontal
installation of I/O
modules using D-
sub connectors.
Up to 8 channels
of field signals
and process power
connections.
Connections to two ModuleBuses and I/O modules.
DIN rail mounting.
Description
ModuleBus.
The TU854 MTU can have up to 8 I/O channels and process voltage connections.
Each channel has two I/O connections. Input signals are connected via individual
shunt sticks, TY801.
3BSE020924-510 B 639
Technical Data
Item Value
channel)
D-sub connector 25 pin (male)
I/O channel
ModuleBus:
640 3BSE020924-510 B
Item Value
protected)
device
3BSE020924-510 B 641
Connection
Table 156. Process connection X1 D-sub 25
X1
Pin. MTU Signal Description
1 UP Incoming field power (+)
2 ZP Incoming field power (-)
3 Supply, Ch1 Transducer supply output, ch1
16 U/I_IN, Ch1 Voltage/Current input, ch1
642 3BSE020924-510 B
Table 156. Process connection X1 D-sub 25
X1
Pin. MTU Signal Description
13 EM Ground
3BSE020924-510 B 643
Figure 232 shows the TU854 process connection.
Figure 232. TU854 Process Connection
644 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TY801 Shunt Stick
TY801 Shunt Stick
Features
Current/voltage
indicator
Passive unit used for configuration of signal type.
Used withTU834, TU844 and TU845 together
with AI845 or AI880/AI880A.
Description
The TY801 Shunt Stick is used to adjust the input for
current or voltage signals.
In the upper corner of the shunt stick there is a part of
the circuit board that is visible. If the visible part is to
the left, the shunt stick is configured for voltage and if
it is to the right it is configured for current.
Technical Data
Table 157. TY801 Shunt Stick Specifications
Item Value
Module catch Attaches module MTU TU834/TU844/TU845
Internal resistance 2 x 125 , 0.05%
protected)
Protection Rating IP20 according to IEC 60529
3BSE020924-510 B 645
TY801 Shunt Stick Appendix A Specifications
Table 157. TY801 Shunt Stick Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Rated Insulation Voltage 50 V
Width 11 mm (0.43)
Depth 15,5 mm (0.61)
Height 62 mm (2.44)
Weight 6 g (0.013 lbs.)
Block Diagram TY801
125
125
646 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TY804 Shunt Stick
TY804 Shunt Stick
Features
Visible part of
circuit board
Passive unit used for configuration of signal type.
Used on TU844 and TU845 together with DP840.
Description
The TY804 Shunt Stick is used to adjust the input current
to a voltage signal.
In the upper corner of the shunt stick there is a part of the
circuit board that is visible. The visible part shall be turned
to the right (current input) when the shunt stick is
mounted.
Technical Data
Table 158. TY804 Shunt Stick Specifications
Item Value
Module catch Attaches module MTU TU844/TU845
Internal resistance 1.08 k 1%
protected)
3BSE020924-510 B 647
TY804 Shunt Stick Appendix A Specifications
Table 158. TY804 Shunt Stick Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Rated Insulation Voltage 50 V
Width 11 mm (0.43)
Depth 15,5 mm (0.61)
Height 62 mm (2.44)
Weight 6 g (0.013 lbs.)
Block Diagram TY804
1 k
648 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix A Specifications TY820 Temperature Sensor
TY820 Temperature Sensor
Features
Passive unit for measuring of temperature.
Used together with AI835/AI835A and AI843 for measuring of the cold
junction temperature
Description
The TY820 is temperature sensor with a PT 100 element
casted in a transparent plastic material. The temperature
sensor has a 4-wire connection.
3BSE051254R1
Technical Data
Table 159. TY820 Temperature Sensor Specifications
Item Value
Sensor Pt 100 class B
Temperature range - 40 to 100C
(-40 to 212F)
Time constant 3.5 minutes
Width 20 mm (0.79)
Depth 8 mm (0.31)
Height 13 mm (0.51)
3BSE020924-510 B 649
TY820 Temperature Sensor Appendix A Specifications
Table 159. TY820 Temperature Sensor Specifications (Continued)
Item Value
Weight 8g (0.017 lbs)
Connection wires Area: 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG)
Length: 200mm (7.87)
Block Diagram TY820
650 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix B Certifications
Certifications
The S800 I/O system is continuously enhanced with additional certificates.
Table 160 describes the current certifications.
Table 160. Current Certifications for S800 Modules
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
El. safety ATEX Zone
Module El. safety El. safety Zone 2 cULus
CE Haz loc 2 Category SIL1-3
Type Haz loc Haz loc Category El. safety
C1 Zone 3 G (3)
C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2(1)
Analog Input Modules
AI801 X X X X
AI810 X X X X
AI820 X X X X
AI815 X X
AI825 X X
AI830 X X X X
AI830A X X X X
AI835 X X X X
AI835A X X X X
AI843 X X
AI845 X X
3BSE020924-510 B 651
Certifications Appendix B Certifications
Table 160. Current Certifications for S800 Modules (Continued)
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
Type Haz loc Haz loc Category (3) El. safety
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
AI880/ X X X X
AI880A
AI890 X X(4) X(4) X
AI893 X X
(4) (4)
AI895 X X X X
Analog Output Modules

AO801 X X X X
AO810 X X X X
AO810V2 X X X X
AO815 X X
AO820 X X X X
AO845 X X
AO845A X X
AO890 X X(4) X(4) X
AO895 X X(4) X(4) X
Field Communication Interface

CI801 X X
CI810B X X X X
CI820V1 X X X X
652 3BSE020924-510 B
Appendix B Certifications Certifications
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
CI830 X X X X
CI840 X X
CI840A X X
TB815 X X X X
Advant Fieldbus 100

TC501V150 X
TC506 X
TC513V1 X
TC514V2 X
TC515V2 X
Digital Input Modules

DI801 X X X X
DI802 X X X X
DI803 X X X X
DI810 X X X X
DI811 X X X X
DI814 X X X X
DI818 X
3BSE020924-510 B 653
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
DI820 X X X X
DI821 X X X X
DI825 X X
DI828 X
DI831 X
DI830 X X X X
DI831 X X X X
DI840 X X
DI880 X X X X
DI885 X X X X
DI890 X X(4) X(4) X
Digital Output Modules

DO801 X X X X
DO802 X X X X
DO810 X X X X
DO814 X X X X
DO815 X X X X
DO818 X
DO820 X X X X
654 3BSE020924-510 B
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
DO821 X X X X
DO828 X
DO840 X X
DO880 X X X X
DO890 X X(4) X(4) X
SD821(5) X X
SD822(5) X X
(5)
SD823 X X X
SS822(5) X X
SD832 X X
SD833 X X
SD834 X X X
SS823 X X X X
SS832 X X
Pulse Counting Modules

DP820 X X X X
DP840 X X
Module Termination Units
3BSE020924-510 B 655
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
TU801 X
TU807 X X
TU810V1 X X X X
TU811V1 X X X X
TU812V1 X X X X
TU813 X X
TU814V1 X X X X
TU818 X
TU819 X
TU830V1 X X X X
TU831V1 X X X X
TU833 X X
TU834 X X
TU835V1 X X X X
TU836V1 X X
TU837V1 X X X X
TU838 X X X X
TU839 X X
TU840 X X X
TU841 X X X
656 3BSE020924-510 B
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
TU842 X X X
TU843 X X X
TU844 X X X
TU845 X X X
TU846 X X
TU847 X X
TU848 X X
TU849 X X
TU850 X X
TU851 X
TU852 X
TU854 X
TU890 X X(4) X(4) X
TU891 X
TY801 X X X
TY804 X
ModuleBus Communication Parts
TB805 X X X X
TB806 X X X X
TK801V003 X
3BSE020924-510 B 657
cULus
FM CSA ATEX
C1 Zone 3G
(1) C1, Div 2 C1, Div 2 3 (1) G (2)
2
TK801V006 X
TK801V001 X
2
TB807 X X X X
TB810 X X X X
TB811 X X X X
TB820V2 X X X X
TB825 X X
TB826 X X
TB840/ X X X
TB840A
TB842 X X
TB845 X X
TB846 X X
(1) Marking for mounting and interface: Class 1 Zone 2 AEx nC (or nA) IIC T4 and CL 1 DIV 2 GP A B C D T4
(2) Marking for mounting: Ex II 3G EEx nA [ia] IIC T4
Marking for interface: Ex II (1)G [EEx ia] IIC
(3) Marking for mounting and interface: Ex II 3G Ex nA IIC T5 Gc
(4) Provides Intrinsically safe circuit for Cl. I, Div 1; Cl. II, Div. 1; Cl. III, Div 1 or Cl. I, Zone 0 group IIc
(5) cULus; UL508, UL1950, CSA 22.2 No 950
658 3BSE020924-510 B
INDEX
A AO845A 32, 205
AI801 39, 64
AI810 29, 70 B
AI820 29, 96 Bipolar analog output module
AI825 30, 105 AO820 32
AI830 30, 112
AI830A 30, 112 C
AI835 30 Channel Relay Output Module
AI843 30, 134 DO828 439
AI845 31, 144 Compact MTU 23, 517
AI880 31, 159 TU810 23, 507
AI880A 31, 159 TU811 24, 512
Analog input module TU812 24, 517
AI801 39, 64 TU813 24, 522
AI810 29, 70 TU814 24, 529
AI820 96 TU818 536
AI825 105 TU819 541
AI830 112
AI830A 112 D
AI843 134 DI801 40, 215
AI845 31, 144 DI802 40, 220
AI880 31, 159 DI803 40, 226
AI880A 31, 159 DI810 32, 232
Analog output module DI811 32, 244
AO801 39, 172 DI814 32, 255
AO810 31, 178 DI820 33, 276
AO810V2 31, 178 DI821 33, 285
AO820 196 DI825 33, 294, 304
AO845 32, 205 DI828 Digital Input Module 34
AO845A 32, 205 DI830 34, 312
AO801 39, 172 DI831 34, 324
AO810 31, 178 DI840 34, 335
AO810V2 31, 178 DI880 35, 348
AO820 32, 196 DI885 35, 361
AO845 32, 205 Differential analog input module
3BSE020924-510 B 659
Index
AI820 29 E
Digital input module Extended MTU
DI801 40, 215 TU830 24, 548
DI802 40, 220 TU831 25, 556
DI803 40, 226 TU833 25, 561
DI810 32, 232 TU835 25, 572
DI811 32, 244 TU836 25, 578
DI814 32, 255 TU837 26, 584
DI820 276 TU838 26, 590, 622
DI821 33, 285 TU839 26, 596
DI825 33, 294, 304
DI830 34, 312 F
DI831 34, 324 FCI 13
DI840 34, 335 Frequency measuring
DI880 35, 348 DP820 37, 468
DI885 35, 361 DP840 38, 488
Digital input module, SOE 295, 325, 362
Digital output module
I
DO801 40, 371
I/O modules
DO802 40, 376
S800 46
DO810 35, 382
S800L 46
DO814 35, 391
I/O station 13
DO815 36, 401, 411
Incremental pulse counter
DO820 36, 421
DP820 37, 468
DO821 36, 430
DP840 38, 488
DO840 37, 446
DO880 37, 456
DO801 40, 371 L
DO802 40, 376 LEDs
DO810 35, 382 S800L I/O module 51
DO814 35, 391 S800M I/O module 47
DO815 36, 401, 411
DO820 36, 421 M
DO821 36, 430 Module termination units 18
DO828 Digital Output Module 37 ModuleBus master 14
DO840 37, 446 MTU
DO880 37, 456 TU805 504
DP820 37, 468 TU810 507
DP840 38, 488 TU811 512
TU812 517
660 3BSE020924-510 B
Index
TU813 522 DI820 280, 289, 299, 309, 443

TU814 529 DI830 317
TU830 548 DI831 328
TU831 556 DI840 340
TU833 561 DI880 353
TU834 567 DI885 367
TU835 572 DO801 374
TU836 578 DO802 380
TU837 584 DO810 386, 415
TU838 590, 622 DO814 395
TU839 596 DO815 406
TU842 27, 602 DO820 425
TU843 27, 607 DO821 434
TU844 27, 612 DO840 450
TU845 27, 617 DO880 462
MTUs 57 DP820 481
DP840 496
O TU810 510
OSP 36 to 37 TU811 515, 526
TU812 519
P TU814 533
Process connection terminals TU830 553, 564
TU837 588 TU831 558
Process connections TU835 575
AI801 68 TU842 605
AI820 100, 109 TU843 610
AI830 118 TU844 615
AI835 128 TU845 569, 620
AI843 139 Process power connections
AO801 176 TU837 587
AO810 182 Process power source connections
AO810V2 182 TU835 575
AO820 200 TU836 581
AO845 191, 209
DI801 218 R
DI802 224 RTD input module
DI803 230 AI830 30, 112
DI810 236 AI830A 30, 112
DI811 248
DI814 259
3BSE020924-510 B 661
Index
S
S800 I/O module replacement 53
S800 I/O modules 29
S800L I/O module replacement 57
S800L I/O modules 38
Sequence of event 312, 324, 361
Shunt stick
TY801 28, 622
TY804 28, 647
SOE 312, 324, 361
T
Terminal Unit
TU805 23, 504
Thermocouple/mV input module
AI835 30
AI843 30, 134
TU805 23, 504
TU810 23, 507
TU811 24, 512
TU812 24, 517
TU813 24, 522
TU814 24, 529
TU830 24, 548
TU831 25, 556
TU833 25, 561
TU834 567
TU835 25, 572
TU836 25, 578
TU837 26, 584
TU838 26, 590, 622
TU839 26, 596
TU842 27, 602
TU843 27, 607
TU844 27, 612
TU845 27, 617
TY801 28, 622
TY804 28, 647
TY820 649
662 3BSE020924-510 B
Revision History
Introduction
This section provides information on the revision history of this User Manual.
The revision index of this User Manual is not related to the 800xA 5.1 System
Revision.
Revision History
The following table lists the revision history of this User Manual.
Revision
Description Date
Index
- First version published for 800xA 5.1 June 2010
A Updated review comments December 2011
B Updated for new I/O modules and March 2013
Termination Units (TUs)
3BSE020924-510 B 663
Updates in Revision Index A
Updates in Revision Index A

The following table shows the updates made in this User Manual for
Revision Index A.
Updated Section/Sub-section Description of Update

Section 2, Configuration In Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings:
Updated DO880 row.
Updated table footnotes
Appendix A, Specifications Updated Transmitter supply (per channel) row in
Table 31. AI880/AI880A High Integrity Analog
Input Module Specifications at 25C.
Updated sub-section AI880/AI880A High
Integrity Analog Input Module > Process
Connections.
Updated Description of sub-section DI880 High
Integrity Digital Input Module.
Updated Sensor supply (per channel) row in
Table 67. DI880 High Integrity Digital Input
Module Specifications.
Updated Process Connection of sub-section
DI880 High Integrity Digital Input Module, and
sub-section DO880 High Integrity Digital Output
Module.
Added Loop Monitoring row in Table 79 - DO815
Digital Output Module Specifications, and
Table 85 - DO840 Digital Output Module
Specifications.
Updated Description of sub-section DO880 High
Integrity Digital Output Module.
Updated Loop monitoring row in Table 87.
DO880 High Integrity Digital Output Module
Specifications.
Updated Block Diagram TU844 and Block
Diagram TU845.
664 3BSE020924-510 B
Updates in Revision Index B

Appendix B, Certifications In the Table 142. Current Certifications for S800
Modules:
Updated values for SD82X, SD83X, SS823 and
SS832.
Added new row for TB826.
Updated table footnote.

The following table shows the updates made in this User Manual for Revision Index
B.

Section 1, Introduction Updated for the following new IO modules and TUs:
DI818
DI828
DO818
DO828
TU818
TU819
TU851
TU852
TU854
Section 2, Configuration In Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings:
Updated DO880 row.
Updated table footnotes
3BSE020924-510 B 665

Section 2, Configuration Updated Table 2. MTU Usage and Key Settings with
new IO modules:
DI818
DI828
DO818
DO828
Appendix A, Specifications Added the following new IO modules and TUs:
DI818
DI828
DO818
DO828
TU818
TU819
TU851
TU852
TU854
666 3BSE020924-510 B
Contact us
ABB AB ABB Automation LLC

Control Technologies Control Technologies
Vsters, Sweden Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Phone: +46 (0) 21 32 50 00 Phone: +971 (0) 2 4938 000
e-mail: processautomation@se.abb.com e-mail: processautomation@ae.abb.com
3BSE020924-510 B
www.abb.com/controlsystems www.abb.com/controlsystems
ABB Automation GmbH ABB China Ltd

Control Technologies Control Technologies
Mannheim, Germany Beijing, China
Phone: +49 1805 26 67 76 Phone: +86 (0) 10 84566688-2193
e-mail: marketing.control-products@de.abb.com www.abb.com/controlsystems
www.abb.de/controlsystems
ABB S.P.A. Copyright 2003 - 2013 by ABB.

Control Technologies All rights reserved.
Sesto San Giovanni (MI), Italy
Phone: +39 02 24147 555
e-mail: controlsystems@it.abb.com
www.abb.it/controlsystems
ABB Inc.
Control Technologies
Wickliffe, Ohio, USA
Phone: +1 440 585 8500
e-mail: industrialitsolutions@us.abb.com
www.abb.com/controlsystems
ABB Pte Ltd

Control Technologies
Singapore
Phone: +65 6776 5711
e-mail: processautomation@sg.abb.com
www.abb.com/controlsystems
Power and productivity

for a better worldTM

S800 I O Modules and Termination Units PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S800 I O Modules and Termination Units PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

S800 I O Modules and Termination Units PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

S800 I/O

Modules and Termination Units

System Version 5.1

Power and productivity

System Version 5.1

Copyright 2003-2013 by ABB.

Release: February 2013

About This User Manual

S800L I/O Module LED ...................................................................................... 51

DI818 Digital Input Module, 24 v, Current Sinking......................................................265

TU819 Compact MTU .................................................................................................. 541

Electrostatic Sensitive Device

GENERAL Equipment Environment

Electrical Shock Hazard During Maintenance

User Manual Conventions

Feature Pack Functionality______________________________________________________________________

<Feature Pack Content>

Feature Pack functionality included in an existing table is indicated using a

Feature Pack functionality in an existing figure is indicated using callouts.

Warning, Caution, Information, and Tip Icons

ModuleBus master ModuleBus master can be a controller (AC 800M) or a

Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system

Table 1. List of Documents Related to S800 I/O system (Continued)

Released User Manuals and Release Notes

Module Termination Units and Terminal Units

Figure 2. S800L Module with TU805

Figure 3. Typical Compact MTU with I/O Module

Figure 4. Typical Extended MTU with I/O Module

Figure 5. Typical Redundant MTU with I/O Module

TU805 Terminal Unit for 50 Volt Applications

TU810/TU810V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU811/TU811V1 Compact MTU for 250 Volt Applications

TU813 Compact MTU for 250 V Applications

TU814/TU814V1 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU818 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU819 Compact MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU830/TU830V1 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU831/TU831V1 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications

TU833 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU834 Extended MTU for 50 Volt Applications

TU835/TU835V1 Extended MTU, Individually Fused per Channel for 50 Volt

Standard Optional fuse holder with

Figure 6. Exchange of Standard Fuse Holder for Indication Type

TU839 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications

TU842 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

TU843 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications

TU844 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

TU845 Redundant Vertical MTU for 50 V Applications

TU850 Extended MTU, Individually Current Limited and Disconnectable per

TU851 Extended MTU for 250 Volt Applications

TU852 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

TU854 Redundant Horizontal MTU for 50 V Applications

TY801 Shunt Stick

TY804 Shunt Stick

TY820 Temperature Sensor

S800 I/O Modules

AI810 Analog Input Module, 0...20 mA, 0...10 V

AI815 Analog Input Module, 0..20mA, 0..5V, HART

AI820 Differential Analog Input Module, +/- 20 mA, +/- 10 V, +/- 5 V